Owner's Manual

17_GMC_Sierra_SierraDenali_COV_en_US_84360189C_2017APR05.
ai 1 4/5/2017 12:15:54 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 33
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 123
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 188
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 454
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 474
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 484
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner’s manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
If the vehicle has the Duramax suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the 47911 Halyard Drive
GMC Truck Emblem, SIERRA, and For an eAssist vehicle, see the Plymouth, MI 48170
DENALI are trademarks and/or Silverado/Sierra eAssist USA
service marks of General Motors supplement.
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Refer to the purchase Using this Manual
or licensors. documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name “General features.
back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Company” for Keep this manual in the vehicle for alphabetical list of what is in the
GMC Division wherever it appears quick reference. manual and the page number where
in this manual. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84360189 C Third Printing 2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
0 : Adjustable Pedals
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
Caution or information. O : Exterior Lamps
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
damage. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page —
“see page.”
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuel (Gasoline - Except
L86 6.2L Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Fuel (Gasoline - L86 6.2L
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Instrument Panel Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 24
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 25 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 31
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Driving for Better Fuel
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Driver Information Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Roadside Assistance
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Forward Automatic
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Departure
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 27
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 27
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Universal Remote System . . . . . 28
Throttle and Brake Pedal Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
eAssist Features
eAssist Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18 Performance and Maintenance
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Traction Control/Electronic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Uplevel Shown, Base Similar

Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 7
1. Instrument Panel Illumination Tow/Haul Selector Button (If 17. g Traction Control/Electronic
Control 0 184. Equipped). See Tow/Haul Stability Control 0 299.
2. Integrated Trailer Brake Control Mode 0 288.
(ITBC) System (If Equipped). Range Selection Mode (If
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If
See Towing Equipment 0 340. Equipped). See Manual Mode Equipped). See Adjustable
0 286. Throttle and Brake Pedal
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178. 0 273.
Fog Lamps 0 183 (If 10. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 181. { Cargo Lamp 0 184.
Equipped).
4. Air Vents 0 250. 11. Infotainment 0 188. X Parking Assist Button (If
12. Passenger Airbag On-Off Equipped). See Assistance
5. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Systems for Parking or Backing
and Lane-Change Signals Switch (If Equipped) (Out of
View). See Airbag On-Off 0 306.
0 182.
Switch 0 79. A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 126. 13. Heated and Ventilated Front (1500 Series) 0 313 (If
Seats 0 62 (If Equipped). Equipped).
6. Favorite Switches (Out of
View). See Steering Wheel 14. Power Outlet 110/120V 5 Hill Descent Control Switch
Controls 0 125. Alternating Current (If (If Equipped). See Hill Descent
Equipped). See Power Outlets Control (HDC) 0 301.
Volume Switches (Out of View). 0 128.
See Steering Wheel Controls
15. Power Outlets 0 128 (If q Exhaust Brake Switch (If
0 125. Equipped). See “Exhaust
Equipped).
7. Instrument Cluster 0 132. Brake” in the Duramax diesel
16. USB Port (Base Radio) 0 206 supplement.
8. Hazard Warning Flashers or USB Port (Base Radio with
0 182. Touchscreen) 0 208 (If g Power Take Off (PTO)
9. Shift Lever. See Automatic Equipped). Switch (If Equipped). See the
Transmission 0 283. Duramax diesel supplement.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
8 In Brief
Auxiliary Button (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Initial Drive
See Add-On Electrical System 0 308 (If Equipped).
Equipment 0 350. 24. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Information
18. Climate Control Systems (with (Out of View). See Malfunction This section provides a brief
Heater Only) 0 243 or Climate Indicator Lamp (Check Engine overview about some of the
Control Systems (with Air Light) 0 144. important features that may or may
Conditioning) 0 245 (If 25. Parking Brake 0 297. not be on your specific vehicle.
Equipped).
26. Electronic Transfer Case Knob For more detailed information, refer
Dual Automatic Climate Control (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel to each of the features which can be
System 0 246 (If Equipped). Drive 0 289. found later in this owner’s manual.
19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 125 Card Holder (If Equipped). See
(If Equipped). Remote Keyless Entry
Instrument Panel Storage
Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. (RKE) System
Controls. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
See Driver Information Center transmitter functions may work from
(DIC) (Base Level Cluster) up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
0 152 or Driver Information vehicle.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel and
Denali Cluster) 0 154.
20. Hood Release. See Hood
0 358.
21. Horn 0 125.
22. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 124 (Out of View).
23. Cruise Control 0 302.
Heated Steering Wheel 0 125.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 9
Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks

If equipped, the engine can be There are several ways to lock and
started from outside of the vehicle. unlock the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle From outside, use the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or
1. Press and release Q on the the key in the driver door.
RKE transmitter.
From inside, use the power door
2. Immediately press and hold / locks.
for at least four seconds or until From inside, pull the door handle
the turn signal lamps flash. once to unlock the door. Pull again
Start the vehicle normally after to open the door.
K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering. Power Door Locks
Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking
to unlock all remaining doors and lamps will turn on.
the tailgate.
Remote start can be extended.
Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate. Lock and unlock feedback Canceling a Remote Start
can be personalized. See Vehicle To cancel a remote start, do one of
Personalization 0 167. the following:
7 : Press and release one time to . Press and hold / until the
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and parking lamps turn off.
hold for at least three seconds to
. Turn on the hazard warning
sound the panic alarm. Press 7 flashers.
again to cancel the panic alarm. Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Keys 0 33 and Remote Keyless Shown, Other Models Similar
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 36. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
Q : Press to lock the doors.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
10 In Brief
K : Press to unlock the doors. or when Retained Accessory Power Press the switch to open the
(RAP) is active. See Retained window. Pull the switch up to close
See Door Locks 0 39 and Power Accessory Power (RAP) 0 277. it.
Door Locks 0 40. See Windows 0 51 and Power
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to raise Windows 0 51.
Windows
it. The power sliding rear window
Power Windows See Windows 0 51 and Power cannot be operated manually. See
Windows 0 51. “Power Sliding Rear Window” in
Rear Windows 0 53.
Power Sliding Rear Window
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim

Shown, Other Models Similar
If equipped, the driver door has a
switch to control all windows. Each If equipped, the power sliding rear
passenger door has a switch to window works when the ignition has
control that window. The power been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY
windows work when the ignition is in or ON/RUN, or when Retained To adjust a manual seat:
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power 1. Pull the handle at the front of
(RAP) 0 277. the seat.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 11
2. Slide the seat to the desired . If equipped, raise or lower the Power Lumbar
position and release the front part of the seat cushion by
handle. moving the front of the control
3. Try to move the seat back and up or down.
forth to be sure it is locked in . If equipped, raise or lower the
place. seat by moving the rear of the
See Seat Adjustment 0 57. control up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 58.
Power Seats
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
. If equipped, press and hold the
control up to increase upper
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: lumbar support and decrease
. Move the seat forward or lower lumbar support.
rearward by sliding the control If equipped, move the lever up or Press and hold the control down
forward or rearward. down repeatedly to increase or to increase lower lumbar support
decrease lumbar support. and decrease upper lumbar
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 58. support.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
12 In Brief
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 58. To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward
position: to raise.
Reclining Seatbacks
1. Lift the lever fully without See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will Memory Features
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever. The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons
The seatback will automatically on the driver door are used to
fold forward. manually store and recall memory
settings for the driver seat, outside
2. To recline, move the seatback mirrors, and adjustable pedals.
rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever Automatic Memory Recall and/or
To recline a power seatback,
to lock the seatback in place. Easy Exit Recall features may be
if equipped:
enabled in the Personalization
3. Push and pull on the seatback . Tilt the top of the control Menus.
to make sure it is locked. rearward to recline.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 13
See Memory Seats 0 60 and Press J to heat the driver or Safety Belts
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Heated and Ventilated
PressC to ventilate the driver or
Seats passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Refer to the following sections for
To achieve a comfortable seating important information on how to use
position, change the seatback safety belts properly:
Heated and Ventilated Seat recline angle as little as necessary . Safety Belts 0 65.
while keeping the seat and the head
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat .
restraint height in the proper How to Wear Safety Belts
Buttons Similar position. Properly 0 66.
If equipped, the buttons are on the See Head Restraints 0 56 and . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67.
center stack. To operate, the engine Power Seat Adjustment 0 58.
must be running. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 95.
Press I to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
14 In Brief
Passenger Sensing Exterior Mirrors

System Manual Mirrors
The passenger sensing system, If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
if equipped, turns off the front by moving them up and down or left
outboard passenger frontal airbag to right to see a little of the side of
under certain conditions. No other United States the vehicle and to have a clear view
airbag is affected by the passenger behind the vehicle.
sensing system.
See Manual Mirrors 0 46.
If the vehicle has one of the
indicators pictured in the following Power Mirrors
illustrations, then the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position
unless there is an airbag off switch Canada and Mexico
on the instrument panel endcap. See Passenger Sensing System
If there is an airbag off switch, the 0 81 for important information.
vehicle does not have a passenger
sensing system. See Airbag On-Off Mirror Adjustment
Switch 0 79 for more information.
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
The passenger airbag status and add-on convex mirror
indicator will be visible on the attachments could decrease mirror
overhead console when the vehicle performance. Base Power Mirrors
is started.
If equipped with power mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 15
2. Press the arrows on the control 2. Press the arrows on the control Interior Mirror
pad to move the mirror up, pad while the indicator light on
down, right, or left. the (1) or (3) button is Adjustment
3. Adjust each outside mirror so illuminated, to move the mirror Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
that a little of the vehicle and up, down, right, or left. the area behind the vehicle.
the area behind it can be seen. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
4. Keep the selector switch in the that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen. If equipped, push the tab forward for
center position when not daytime use and pull it for nighttime
adjusting either outside mirror. 4. Press either (1) or (3) again to use to avoid glare from the
deselect the mirror. headlamps from behind. See
See Power Mirrors 0 47. Manual Rearview Mirror 0 50.
If equipped with power folding Automatic Dimming Rearview
mirrors: Mirror
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out If equipped, the mirror will
to the driving position. automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
2. Press (2) again to fold the
dimming feature comes on when the
mirrors in to the folded position.
vehicle is started.
For manual, power, and auto folding
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
mirrors, see Folding Mirrors 0 48.
Mirror 0 50.
Uplevel with Power Folding The mirrors may also include a
Mirrors memory function that works with the
memory seats. See Memory Seats
1. Press (1) or (3) to select the 0 60.
driver or passenger side mirror.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
16 In Brief
Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering Throttle and Brake Pedal
Wheel
Adjustment Adjustment
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.
To adjust the tilt and telescoping

To adjust the steering wheel: steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Hold the steering wheel and 1. Push the lever (1) down to
pull the lever. move the steering wheel
2. Move the steering wheel up forward or rearward. Lift the The switch used to adjust the
or down. lever up to lock the wheel in pedals is on the center stack, below
place. the climate controls.
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel in place. 2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to Lift the switch up to move the
move the steering wheel up or pedals closer to your body. Press
down, then release the lever to the switch down to move the
lock the wheel in place. pedals away.
Do not adjust the steering wheel See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
while driving. Pedal 0 273.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 17
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
Dome Lamps
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 184.
Exterior Lighting
There are reading lamps in the

overhead console and the headliner,
There are dome lamps in the if equipped. To operate, the ignition
overhead console and the headliner, must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY
if equipped. The exterior lamp control is on the
or using Retained Accessory
instrument panel to the left of the
To change the dome lamp settings, Power (RAP).
steering wheel.
press the following:
O : Turns off the automatic
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even headlamps and Daytime Running
when a door is open. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
DOOR : The lamps come on control to O again to turn the
automatically when a door is automatic headlamps or DRL
opened. back on.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
18 In Brief
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off Windshield Wiper/Washer See Windshield Wiper/Washer
will only work when the vehicle is in 0 126.
P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the Climate Controls
headlamps, parking lamps, These systems control the heating,
taillamps, instrument panel lights, cooling, and ventilation.
roof marker lamps (if equipped),
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and For an eAssist vehicle, see the
license plate lamps. Silverado/Sierra eAssist
The windshield wiper control is on supplement.
; : Turns on the parking lamps the turn signal lever.
including all lamps, except the
The windshield wipers are controlled
headlamps.
by turning the band with z on it.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and 1 : Fast wipes.
instrument panel lights. w : Slow wipes.
See: 3 INT : Turn the band up for more
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178. frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
0 181. OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.
. Fog Lamps 0 183.
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
then release. For several wipes,
hold the band on 8 longer.
Lm : Push the paddle at the top of
the lever to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 19
Climate Control System (with Heater Only)
1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

2. Air Recirculation 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
20 In Brief
Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)
1. Fan Control 6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control f (Outside Heated Mirror, If
4. Defrost Equipped)
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
7. Air Recirculation
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 21
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Range Selection Mode
The Range Selection Mode buttons,

if equipped, are on the automatic
transmission shift lever.
To enable:
1. Driver Temperature Control 9. Power Button
1. Move the shift lever to
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 10. Air Recirculation L (Manual Mode). The current
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) range will display next to the L.
This is the highest attainable
4. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems (with
range with all lower gears
5. Defrost Heater Only) 0 243 or Climate
accessible. As an example,
Control Systems (with Air
6. Passenger Temperature when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected,
Conditioning) 0 245 or Dual
Control 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears
Automatic Climate Control System
are available.
7. SYNC (Synchronized 0 246 (If Equipped).
Temperature) 2. Press the plus/minus buttons to
select the desired range of
8. Rear Window Defogger gears for current driving
conditions. See Manual Mode
0 286.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
22 In Brief
While using Range Selection Mode, Manual Transfer Case Electronic Transfer Case
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 288.
Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.
Transfer Case Controls
This transfer case shift lever is on This transfer case knob is to the left
The vehicle will have one of these the floor to the right of the driver. of the steering column.
three styles of transfer case
controls. Use these controls to shift
into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 23
Automatic Transfer Case AUTO mode only the rear wheels Vehicle Features
will hold the vehicle from sliding
when parked. If parking on a steep
grade, use 4 m to keep all four
Infotainment System
wheels engaged. The base radio and base radio with
touchscreen information is included
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use in this manual. See the infotainment
this setting when extra traction is manual for information on the
needed, such as on snowy or icy uplevel radios, audio players,
roads or in most off-road situations. phone, navigation system, Rear
N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
only when towing the vehicle. voice or speech recognition,
See Recreational Vehicle Towing if equipped.
0 440 or Trailer Towing 0 323.
This transfer case knob is to the left Radio(s)
of the steering column. 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting sends maximum power to all Base Radio
The different drive options that may
be available are described following. four wheels. Choose 4n when O : Press to turn the system on.
driving in deep sand, mud, or snow, Press and hold to turn it off. When
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This and while climbing or descending on, press to mute; press again to
setting is used for driving in most steep hills. unmute. Turn to increase or
street and highway situations. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 289. decrease the volume.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel RADIO : Press to choose between
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use FM, AM, and SiriusXM, if equipped.
when road surface traction MEDIA : Press to change the audio
conditions are variable. source between CD, USB, AUX,
Do not use AUTO mode to park on and Bluetooth Audio, if equipped.
a steep grade with poor traction { : Press to go to the Home Page.
such as ice, snow, mud or gravel. In
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
24 In Brief
MENU : Press to select a menu. Setting the Clock See Satellite Radio (Base Radio)
g : Press to seek the previous 0 200 or Satellite Radio (Base
See Clock 0 127.
station or track. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 201.
l : Press to seek the next station Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices
or track. Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
See “Base Radio” in Overview radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and USB
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) satellite radio subscription can
ports in the center console or
0 193 or Overview (Base Radio) receive SiriusXM programming.
armrest. There may be a USB port
0 189. in the upper glove box. External
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Base Radio with Touchscreen Service devices such as iPods, laptop
computers, MP3 players, and USB
O : Press to turn the system on. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service storage devices may be connected,
Press and hold to turn it off. When based in the 48 contiguous United depending on the audio system.
on, press to mute; press again to States and 10 Canadian provinces.
unmute. Turn to increase or SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 206
decrease the volume. variety of programming and or USB Port (Base Radio with
commercial-free music, coast to Touchscreen) 0 208 and Auxiliary
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Jack 0 214.
7 : Press to seek the previous A fee is required to receive the
station or track. SiriusXM service. Bluetooth®
6 : Press to seek the next station For more information refer to: The Bluetooth system allows users
or track. with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
. www.siriusxm.com or call
See “Base Radio with Touchscreen” to make and receive hands-free
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
in Overview (Base Radio with calls using the vehicle audio system
. www.siriusxm.ca or call and controls.
Touchscreen) 0 193 or Overview
(Base Radio) 0 189. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 25
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

must be paired with the in-vehicle can be adjusted at the steering
Bluetooth system before it can be wheel.
used in the vehicle. Not all phones g : For vehicles with OnStar or a
will support all functions. Bluetooth system, press to interact
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - with those systems. See OnStar
Base Radio) 0 228 or Bluetooth Overview 0 488 or “Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base (Overview)” in the infotainment
Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth manual.
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth i : Press to reject an incoming
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio call or end a current call. Press to
with Touchscreen) 0 233. mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call. The favorite and volume switches
Steering Wheel Controls are on the back of the steering
o or p : Press to go to the wheel.
previous or next menu option.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
w or x : Press to go to the next or source, press to select the next
previous selection. or previous favorite. When on a
V : Press to select a highlighted media source, press to select
menu option. the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 125.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
26 In Brief
Cruise Control SET − : Press briefly to set the w or x : Press to move up or

speed and activate cruise control. down in a list.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed. o or p : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
* : Press to disengage cruise cluster.
control without erasing the set
speed from memory. V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
See Cruise Control 0 302. reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Driver Information (Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver
Center (DIC) Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel
The DIC display is in the instrument and Denali Cluster) 0 154.
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems. Forward Collision Alert
5 : Press to turn the system on or (FCA) System
off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
control is on and turns off when reduce the harm caused by
cruise control is off. front-end crashes. FCA provides a
+ RES : If there is a set speed in green indicator, V, when a vehicle
memory, press briefly to resume to is detected ahead. This indicator
that speed or press and hold to displays amber if you follow a
accelerate. If cruise control is vehicle too closely. When
already active, use to increase approaching a vehicle ahead too
vehicle speed. quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 27
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) marking is detected. If the vehicle Rear Vision
System 0 308. departs the lane, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
Camera (RVC)
Forward Automatic addition, beeps will sound or the If equipped, RVC shows a view of
driver seat will pulse. the area behind the vehicle on the
Braking (FAB) infotainment display when the
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
(2500/3500 Series) 0 312.
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which aid with parking and low-speed
includes Intelligent Brake backing maneuvers.
Assist (IBA). When the system Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
See Assistance Systems for Parking
detects a vehicle ahead in your path If equipped, LKA may help avoid or Backing 0 306.
that is traveling in the same crashes due to unintentional lane
direction that you may be about to departures. It may assist by gently
crash into, it can provide a boost to turning the steering wheel if the
Parking Assist
braking or automatically brake the vehicle approaches a detected lane If equipped, Rear Parking
vehicle. This can help avoid or marking without using a turn signal Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
lessen the severity of crashes when in that direction. It may also provide rear bumper to assist with parking
driving in a forward gear. a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and avoiding objects while in
See Forward Automatic Braking alert as the lane marking is crossed. R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
(FAB) 0 310. The system will not assist or alert if less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
it detects that you are actively show a warning triangle on the
steering. Override LKA by turning infotainment display and a graphic
Lane Departure the steering wheel. LKA uses a on the instrument cluster to provide
Warning (LDW) camera to detect lane markings the object distance. In addition,
If equipped, LDW may help avoid between 60 km/h (37 mph) and multiple beeps or seat pulses may
unintentional lane departures at 180 km/h (112 mph). occur if very close to an object.
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) The vehicle may also have the Front
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor (2500/3500 Series) 0 312 and Lane Parking Assist system.
to detect the lane markings. The Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series)
See Assistance Systems for Parking
LDW light, @, is green if a lane 0 313.
or Backing 0 306.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
28 In Brief
Power Outlets Universal Remote System Sunroof

Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have up to four
accessory power outlets.
Vehicles with a Center Console
. One or two in front of the
cupholders on the center
console
. One inside the center console
. One on the rear of the center If equipped with the Universal If equipped, the sunroof operates
console Remote system, these buttons will when the ignition is on or in ACC/
be in the front overhead console. ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Vehicles with Bench Seats Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
This system provides a way to
. One on the center stack below See Retained Accessory Power
replace up to three remote control
the climate control system transmitters used to activate (RAP) 0 277.
. One or two in the storage area devices such as garage door Slide Switch
on the bench seat openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. Express-Open/Express-Close : To
Lift the cover to access and replace express-open the sunroof, fully
when not in use. See Universal Remote System press and release I. Press the
0 174. switch again to stop the movement.
See Power Outlets 0 128.
To express-close the sunroof, fully
press and release K. Press the
switch again to stop the movement.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 29
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To eAssist Features Performance and

open the sunroof, press and hold
I. Release the switch to stop the Maintenance
movement. Press and hold K to
eAssist Overview
close the sunroof. Release the For an eAssist vehicle, see the Traction Control/
switch to stop the movement. Silverado/Sierra eAssist Electronic Stability
supplement.
Tilt Switch Control
Vent : From the closed position, The vehicle has a traction control
press J to vent the sunroof. Press system that limits wheel spin and
K to close the vent. the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
When the sunroof is opened, an air in difficult driving conditions. Both
deflector will automatically raise. systems come on automatically
The air deflector will retract when when the vehicle is started and
the sunroof is closed. begins to move.
The sunroof also has a sunshade, . To turn off traction control, press
which can be pulled forward to block
and release g on the center
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually. stack. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
If an object is in the path of the
cluster. The appropriate Driver
sunroof while it is closing, the
Information Center (DIC)
automatic reversal system will
message displays. See Ride
detect the object and stop the
Control System Messages
sunroof.
0 161.
See Sunroof 0 53. . To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
g until i and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster and the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
30 In Brief
appropriate DIC message pressure shown on the Tire and Regular Fuel
displays. See Ride Control Loading Information label. See Use only unleaded gasoline rated
System Messages 0 161. Vehicle Load Limits 0 265. The 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
warning light will remain on until the Do not use gasoline with an octane
. Press and release g again to tire pressure is corrected.
turn on both systems. rating lower as it may result in
The low tire pressure warning light vehicle damage and lower fuel
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on may come on in cool weather when economy. See Fuel 0 315.
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h the vehicle is first started, and then
(35 mph). Traction control will turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Fuel (Gasoline - L86 6.2L
remain off. may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
Engine)
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 299. the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal
This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 410. Premium Recommended Fuel
Use premium 93 octane unleaded
Fuel (Gasoline - Except gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
L86 6.2L Engine) gasoline with an octane rating as
low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
The low tire pressure warning light economy. See Fuel 0 315.
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Brief 31
Fuel (Diesel) Resetting the Oil Life System 2. Fully press the accelerator
To reset the engine oil life system: pedal slowly three times within
For diesel vehicles, do not use five seconds.
gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
Engines” in the Duramax diesel on the DIC. 3. If the display changes to 100%,
supplement. See Driver Information Center the system is reset.
(DIC) (Base Level Cluster) See Engine Oil Life System 0 367.
E85 or FlexFuel 0 152 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel and Driving for Better Fuel
Denali Cluster) 0 154. If the
vehicle does not have DIC
Economy
buttons, the vehicle must be in Driving habits can affect fuel
P (Park) to access this display. mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
2. Press and hold V on the DIC, possible.
or the trip odometer reset stem
FlexFuel Possible if the vehicle does not have . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
Certain models are compatible with DIC buttons, for several smoothly.
E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel seconds. The oil life will . Brake gradually and avoid
0 317. change to 100%. abrupt stops.
The oil life system can also be reset . Avoid idling the engine for long
Engine Oil Life System as follows: periods of time.
The engine oil life system calculates 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather
engine oil life based on vehicle use on the DIC. conditions are appropriate, use
and, on most vehicles, displays a See Driver Information Center cruise control.
DIC message when it is necessary (DIC) (Base Level Cluster)
to change the engine oil and filter. . Always follow posted speed
0 152 or Driver Information
The oil life system should be reset limits or drive more slowly when
Center (DIC) (Uplevel and
to 100% only following an oil conditions require.
change.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
32 In Brief
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 478.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
46
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48 Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Keys and Locks Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 49 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 the ignition key is dangerous and
Interior Mirrors children or others could be
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 seriously injured or killed. They
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 50 could operate the power windows
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 or other controls or make the
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Windows function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 closing window. Do not leave
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 children in a vehicle with the
Doors Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ignition key.
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 45
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The combination and size of the

Warning (Continued) rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
impacted, and airbags may not vehicle. The rings are connected to
deploy. To reduce the risk of the key like two links of a chain to
unintentional rotation of the reduce the risk of unintentionally
ignition key, do not change the moving the key out of the RUN
way the ignition key and Remote position. Do not add any additional
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, items to the ring attached to the
if equipped, are connected to the ignition key. Attach additional items
provided key rings. only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
The ignition key and key rings, and
{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
an RKE transmitter.
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1. Insert the original, already Programming without

programmed key in the ignition Recognized Keys
and turn the key to the ON/ Program a new key to the vehicle
RUN position. when a recognized key is not
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, available. Canadian regulations
and remove the key. require that owners see their dealer.
3. Quickly, within five seconds, If two currently recognized keys are
insert the second original not available, follow this procedure
already programmed key in the to program the first key.
ignition and turn the key to the This procedure will take
ON/RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to
Interference from radio-frequency 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, complete for the first key. The
identification (RFID) tags may and remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the
prevent the key from starting the 5. Insert the key to be keys you wish to program must be
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from programmed and turn it to the with you.
the key when starting the vehicle. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
The key is used for the ignition, all five seconds. the ignition.
door locks and glove box, 6. The security light will turn off 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
if equipped. once the key has been light will come on.
programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
Programming Keys
7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional security light turns off.
Follow these procedures to program keys are to be programmed.
up to eight keys to the vehicle. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
Programming with Two dealer to have a new key made.
Recognized Keys times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
To program a new key:
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
and all previously known keys Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the
will no longer work with the performance of the transmitter. See
vehicle.
(RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
6. To learn a second key, turn to See Radio Frequency Statement System 0 36.
OFF, insert the second key to 0 484.
be learned, and rotate to If there is a decrease in the Remote
ON/RUN. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
After two keys are learned, the range:
remaining keys can be learned by . Check the distance. The
following the procedure in transmitter may be too far from
“Programming with Two the vehicle.
Recognized Keys.” . Check the location. Other
The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be
that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal.
can use to make new keys. Store . Check the transmitter's battery.
this information in a safe place, not With Remote Start (without
See “Battery Replacement” later
in the vehicle.
in this section. Remote Start Similar)
See your dealer if a replacement . If the transmitter is still not
key or additional key is needed. / : If equipped, / is used to start
working correctly, see your the engine from outside the vehicle
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician using the RKE transmitter. See
inspect the key blade for debris. for service. Remote Vehicle Start 0 38.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick. Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate.
With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation If enabled in vehicle personalization,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar The RKE transmitter functions may the turn signal lamps flash once to
Overview 0 488. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from indicate locking has occurred.
the vehicle. If enabled through vehicle
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
personalization, the horn chirps Pressing K on the RKE transmitter RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
when Q is pressed again within disarms the alarm system. See ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
three seconds. See Vehicle Vehicle Alarm System 0 43. the panic alarm to work.
Personalization 0 167. If equipped with auto mirror folding, Programming Transmitters to
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. pressing and holding K for the Vehicle
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43. one second will unfold the mirrors.
Only RKE transmitters programmed
If equipped with auto mirror folding, The auto mirror folding feature will
to this vehicle will work. If a
not operate unless it is enabled.
pressing and holding Q for See Folding Mirrors 0 48 and
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
one second will fold the mirrors. The replacement can be purchased and
Vehicle Personalization 0 167.
auto mirror folding feature will not programmed through your dealer.
operate unless it is enabled. On some models, press, release Each vehicle can have up to
See Folding Mirrors 0 48 and and then press and hold K to open eight transmitters programmed to it.
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. all of the windows. Pressing the See your dealer for transmitter
button again will stop the windows. programming.
K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If K is pressed again See Vehicle Personalization 0 167. Battery Replacement
within three seconds, all remaining 7 : Press and release one time to Replace the battery in the
doors and the tailgate unlock. The initiate vehicle locator. The turn transmitter soon if the REPLACE
interior lamps may come on and signal lamps flash and the horn BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
stay on for 20 seconds or until the sounds three times. message displays in the DIC.
ignition is turned on.
Press and hold 7 for at least
If enabled in Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic
Caution
Personalization, the turn signal alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
lamps flash twice to indicate When replacing the battery, do
and the horn sounds repeatedly for not touch any of the circuitry on
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
Personalization 0 167. If enabled the transmitter. Static from your
when the ignition is moved to ON/
through vehicle personalization, the body could damage the
exterior lamps may turn on. See transmitter.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 62 and Vehicle
2. Press and slide the battery Personalization 0 167.
down toward the pocket of the Laws in some communities may
1. Separate and remove the back transmitter in the direction of restrict the use of remote starters.
cover of the transmitter with a the key ring. Do not use a Check local regulations for any
flat, thin object, such as a coin. metal object. requirements on remote starting of
3. Remove the battery. vehicles.
4. Insert the new battery, positive Do not use remote start if the
side facing up. Replace with a vehicle is low on fuel.
CR2032 or equivalent battery. The vehicle cannot be remote
5. Push together the transmitter started if:
back cover top side first, and . The key is in the ignition.
then the bottom toward the . The hood is not closed.
key ring.
. There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Fuel level is too low. The engine will continue to run . Turn on the hazard warning
The engine will turn off during a for 10 minutes. After flashers.
remote vehicle start if: 30 seconds, repeat . Turn the ignition on and then off.
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute
. The coolant temperature gets time extension.
too high. Door Locks
Turn the ignition on to operate the
. The oil pressure gets low. vehicle.
The RKE transmitter range may be
{ Warning
Extending Engine Run Time
reduced while the vehicle is running. Unlocked doors can be
The engine run time can be dangerous.
Other conditions can affect the extended by 10 minutes, for a total
performance of the transmitter. of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are children, can easily open
System 0 36 or Vehicle repeated while the engine is still the doors and fall out of a
Personalization 0 167. running. An extension can be moving vehicle. When a
requested 30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle
Starting the Engine Using Remote
will not open it. The chance
Start A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the
or a single start with an extension,
1. Press and release Q. is allowed between ignition cycles.
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
2. Immediately press and hold / The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all
until the turn signal lamps flash turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear
or for at least four seconds. remote start again. safety belts properly and the
When the vehicle starts, the doors should be locked
Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the To cancel a remote start, do one of driven.
climate control system may the following: (Continued)
come on. . Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
From inside, pull the door handle five seconds after the last door is
Warning (Continued) once to unlock the door. Pull the closed. Three chimes signal that
handle again to open the door. delayed locking is in use.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be See Vehicle Alarm System 0 43. Pressing the power lock switch
unable to get out. A child twice overrides the delayed locking
can be overcome by Power Door Locks feature and immediately locks all
extreme heat and can suffer doors.
permanent injuries or even This feature will not operate if the
death from heat stroke. key is in the ignition.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it. Turn delayed locking on or off using
vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
. Outsiders can easily enter Personalization 0 167.
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop Automatic Door Locks
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this The doors will lock automatically
from happening. when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the vehicle is
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim shifted out of P (Park).
There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle. Shown, Other Models Similar To unlock the doors:
From outside, use the Remote Q : Press to lock the doors. . Press K on the power door lock
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or K : Press to unlock the doors. switch.
the key in the driver door.
. Shift the transmission into
From inside, use the power door Delayed Locking P (Park).
locks or manual door locks. To lock
or unlock the door with the manual If equipped, when locking the doors Automatic door locking cannot be
locks, push down or pull up on the with the power lock switch and a disabled. Automatic door unlocking
manual lock knob. door open, the doors will lock can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 167.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lockout Protection Doors

When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the Tailgate
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock. { Warning
This can be manually overridden by
It is extremely dangerous to ride
pressing and holding Q on the
on the tailgate, even when the
power door lock switch.
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
People riding on the tailgate can
Safety Locks easily lose their balance and fall
The rear door safety locks prevent Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim in response to vehicle
passengers from opening the rear Shown, Others Similar maneuvers. Falling from a moving
doors from inside the vehicle. vehicle may result in serious
Press { to activate the safety locks injuries or death. Do not allow
on the rear doors. The indicator light people to ride on the tailgate. Be
comes on when activated. Press { sure everyone in your vehicle is in
again to deactivate. The vehicle a seat and using a safety belt
must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, properly.
or in Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). See Retained Accessory If equipped, to lock or unlock the
Power (RAP) 0 277. tailgate, use the RKE transmitter or
If the indicator light flashes, the the key. See Remote Keyless Entry
feature may not be working properly. (RKE) System Operation 0 36.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it Kick Switch Center Stack Switch
upward until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
to be sure it latches securely.
Power Assist Steps

If equipped, the power assist steps,
when enabled, will extend when the
door is opened. They will retract
three seconds after the door is
closed or immediately if the vehicle
starts moving.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park) The power assist steps can be
assist steps when in motion. and unlock the doors. extended and extended to the tire
The steps will reverse direction if 2. Kick the switch to extend the by pressing j. When extending
there is an obstruction. Remove the power assist step to the tire.
the steps with j, the kick switch is
obstruction, then open and close the A DIC message displays.
disabled.
door on the same side to complete 3. Kick the switch again to return
the motion. If the obstruction is not to normal operation. The vehicle must be in P (Park) or
cleared, the assist steps remain N (Neutral). To extend the steps:
extended. . Press j to extend both steps.
Slight movement of the steps while A DIC message displays.
extended is normal.
. Press j again to extend to the
tire. A DIC message displays.
. Press j again to return to
normal operation.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Enable/Disable Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.

To enable or disable the power A door or the hood is open.
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
assist steps, press and hold j for features; however, they do not make
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
four seconds. A DIC message armed.
the vehicle impossible to steal.
displays. Arming the Alarm System
Cleaning Vehicle Alarm System 1. Turn off the vehicle.
Clean the power assist steps 2. Lock the vehicle in one of
regularly. For an automatic car two ways:
wash, extend the steps while in
N (Neutral) using the center stack . Use the RKE transmitter.
switch. The steps will stow when . With a door open, press Q
shifting into D (Drive). on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds, the alarm
system will arm and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second
The indicator light, on the delay and immediately arm the
instrument panel near the alarm system.
windshield, indicates the status of
The vehicle alarm system will not
the system.
arm if the doors are locked with
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. the key.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by The inclination sensor can set off
first unlocking with the RKE accident: the alarm if it senses movement of
transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all the vehicle, such as a change in
the lights will flash to indicate occupants have exited. vehicle orientation.
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not The intrusion sensor monitors the
started, or the door is not unlocked . Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter. vehicle interior, and can activate the
by pressing K on the RKE alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
transmitter during the 10-second Unlocking the driver door with into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
pre-alarm, the alarm will be the key will not disarm the allow passengers or pets to remain
activated. system or turn off the alarm. in the vehicle when the intrusion
The alarm will also be activated if a sensor is activated.
How to Detect a Tamper
passenger door or the hood is Condition Before arming the theft-deterrent
opened without first disarming the system and activating the intrusion
system. When the alarm is If K is pressed on the RKE sensor:
activated, the turn signals flash and transmitter and the horn chirps three . Make sure all doors and
the horn sounds for about times, an alarm occurred previously
30 seconds. The alarm system will windows are completely closed.
while the alarm system was armed.
then re-arm to monitor for the next . Secure any loose items such as
If the alarm has been activated, a
unauthorized event. sunshades.
message will appear on the DIC.
Disarming the Alarm System See Security Messages 0 163. . Make sure there are no
obstructions blocking the
To disarm the alarm system or turn Inclination Sensor and sensors in the front overhead
off the alarm if it has been activated: Intrusion Sensor console.
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. In addition to the standard . Close DVD screens, if equipped,
theft-deterrent system features, this before leaving the vehicle.
. Start the vehicle. system may also have an,
inclination sensor and intrusion
sensor.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Inclination and Intrusion Immobilizer The security light, in the instrument

Sensors Disable Switch cluster, comes on if there is a
See Radio Frequency Statement problem with arming or disarming
0 484. the theft-deterrent system.
Immobilizer Operation When trying to start the vehicle, the

security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
This vehicle has a passive the key appears to be undamaged,
theft-deterrent system. try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
It is recommended that the intrusion The system does not have to be
Fuses 0 393. If the engine still does
and inclination sensors be manually armed or disarmed.
not start with the other key, the
deactivated if pets are left in the The vehicle is automatically vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
vehicle or if the vehicle is being immobilized when the vehicle is does start, the first key may be
transported. turned off. faulty. See your dealer.
With the vehicle turned off, press The system is automatically It is possible for the immobilizer
o in the front overhead console. disarmed when the key is turned to system to learn new or replacement
The indicator light will come on ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, keys. Up to eight keys can be
momentarily, indicating that these or START from the LOCK/OFF programmed for the vehicle. To
sensors have been disabled for the position. program additional keys, see Keys
next alarm system arming cycle.
0 33. To program additional
transmitters, see your dealer.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Do not leave the key or device that Exterior Mirrors Using hood-mounted air deflectors
disarms or deactivates the vehicle and add-on convex mirror
theft system in the vehicle. attachments could decrease mirror
Convex Mirrors performance.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system. { Warning Trailer-Tow Mirrors
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex

shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat. If equipped, adjust trailer-tow
mirrors for a clear view of the area
Manual Mirrors behind you. Manually pull out the
mirror head to extend it for better
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
visibility when towing a trailer.
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the The lower portion of the mirror is
side of the vehicle and to have a convex. A convex mirror's surface is
clear view behind the vehicle. curved to see more from the driver
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
seat. The convex mirror can be 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the 2. Press one of the four arrows on
adjusted manually to the driver driver or passenger side mirror. the control pad while the
preferred position for better vision. 2. Press one of the four arrows on indicator light on button (1)
The mirror may have a turn signal the control pad to move the or (2) is illuminated, to move
arrow that flashes in the direction of mirror in the desired direction. the mirror in the desired
the turn or lane change. direction.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
Power Mirrors the area behind it can be seen. that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
Using hood-mounted air deflectors 4. Move the selector switch to the
and add-on convex mirror center position when not 4. Press either (1) or (2) again to
attachments could decrease mirror adjusting either outside mirror. deselect the mirror.
performance. If you do not deselect the mirror, the
feature will turn off after about
one minute.
The mirrors may include a memory
function that works with the memory
seats. See Memory Seats 0 60.
Crew/Double Cab Premium

Base Power Mirrors Shown, Other Models Similar
The power mirror controls are on the 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
driver door. driver or passenger side mirror.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Auto Mirror Folding

Mirrors
If equipped, with the ignition off,
Reset the power folding mirrors if: press and hold Q on the RKE
. The mirrors are accidentally transmitter for approximately
obstructed while folding. one second to automatically fold the
. They are accidentally manually exterior mirrors. Press and hold K
folded/unfolded. on the RKE transmitter for
approximately one second to unfold.
. The mirrors will not stay in the
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
unfolded position. System Operation 0 36.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal
This feature is turned on or off
driving speeds. through vehicle personalization. See
Manually fold both mirrors if they Vehicle Personalization 0 167.
Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
are out of sync. Fold and unfold the
Shown, Other Models Similar Turn Signal Indicator
mirrors three times using the mirror
Power Folding controls to reset them to their If equipped, indicator lights on the
normal position. A popping noise mirror flash in the direction of the
If equipped with power folding may be heard. This sound is normal turn or lane change.
mirrors: after a manual folding operation.
1. Press (2) to fold the mirrors out
Manual Folding Heated Mirrors
to the driving position.
If equipped, push the mirror toward If equipped with heated mirrors:
2. Press (2) again to fold the
mirrors in to the folded position. the vehicle to fold. Push the mirror K : Press to heat the outside
outward to return to its original mirrors. If the vehicle has trailer-tow
The mirrors may also include a position. mirrors, only the upper glass of the
memory function that works with the mirror is heated. The lower convex
memory seats. See Memory Seats Manually fold the mirrors inward to
prevent damage when going part of the trailer-tow mirrors is not
0 60. heated.
through an automatic car wash.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle
Dual Automatic Climate Control Mirror is a long distance away, the
System 0 246. image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
Automatic Dimming edge of the mirror.
Mirror 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
larger and moves outboard.
automatically adjusts for the glare of
the headlamps from behind. This 3. As the vehicle enters the blind
feature comes on when the vehicle zone, the image transitions
is started. from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
Blind Spot Mirrors 4. When the vehicle is in the blind
If equipped, there is a small convex zone, the image only appears
mirror built into the upper and outer in the blind spot mirror.
corner of the driver outside mirror. Using the Outside Mirror with
It can show objects that may be in the Blind Spot Mirror
the vehicle's blind zone.
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
Actual Mirror View mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
Rearview Mirror
adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors The mirror will automatically reduce
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear the glare of the headlamps from
Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your behind. The dimming feature comes
vehicle. on each time the vehicle is started.
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
to a preselected position when the may have three control buttons at
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This the bottom of the mirror. See your
allows the curb to be seen when dealer for more information about
parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview 0 488.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when: Do not spray glass cleaner directly
. The vehicle is shifted out of on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds. Manual Rearview Mirror
. The ignition is turned off. If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
. The vehicle is driven in nighttime use to avoid glare from
R (Reverse) above a set speed. the headlamps from behind.
To turn this feature on or off, see
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
{ Warning sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
Manual Windows
closed in warm or hot weather. If equipped, turn the hand crank on
They can be overcome by the each door to manually raise or lower
extreme heat and suffer the manual windows.
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Power Windows Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim
Shown, Other Models Similar
{ Warning The windows work when the vehicle
Children could be seriously is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
injured or killed if caught in the or Retained Accessory Power
path of a closing window. Never (RAP). See Retained Accessory
leave keys in a vehicle with Power (RAP) 0 277.
children. When there are children Press or pull the switch to open or
in the rear seat, use the window close the window.
lockout button to prevent
The windows will be temporarily
operation of the windows. See disabled if the window switches are
Keys 0 33. used repeatedly within a short time.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Window Lockout Press the window switch fully down The window can be closed by
or pull it up, and quickly release it to holding the window switch in the up
engage. Briefly press or pull the position if conditions prevent it from
same switch to stop window express closing.
movement.
Programming the Power
Express Window Obstacle Windows
Detection Programming may be necessary if
The express-up feature will reverse the vehicle's battery has been
window movement if it comes in disconnected or discharged. If the
contact with an object. Extreme cold window is unable to express-up,
or ice could cause the window to program the window:
auto-reverse. The window will 1. Close all doors.
operate as normal after the object or
Crew/Double Cab Premium condition is removed. 2. Place the ignition in ACC/
Shown, Other Models Similar ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
This feature stops the rear door
Obstacle Detection Override
3. Partially open the window to be
passenger window switches from programmed, then close it and
working except from the driver { Warning continue to pull the switch
position. briefly after the window has
If obstacle detection override is
fully closed.
Press Z to engage the rear activated, the window will not
window lockout feature. The reverse automatically. You or 4. Press the power window switch
indicator light is on when engaged. others could be injured and the until the window is fully open
window could be damaged. and briefly hold.
Press Z again to disengage. Before you use obstacle detection
Window Express Movement override, make sure that all
people and obstructions are clear
Express-down/up allows the
of the window path.
windows to be opened or closed
without holding the window switch.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof

Power Sliding Rear Window
Sunroof
Pull the sun visor down to block

glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window and, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
If equipped, the power sliding rear
window works when the ignition has If equipped, the sunroof operates
been turned to ACC/ACCESSORY when the ignition is on or in ACC/
or ON/RUN, or when Retained ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 277. (RAP) 0 277.
. Press the switch to open the Slide Switch
window. Express-Open/Express-Close : To
. Pull the switch to close the express-open the sunroof, fully
window. press and release I. Press the
The power sliding rear window switch again to stop the movement.
cannot be operated manually.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To express-close the sunroof, fully If an object is in the path while cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
press and release K. Press the express closing, the reversal system remove grease from the sunroof
switch again to stop the movement. will detect an object, stop, and open tracks.
the sunroof again. If water is seen dripping into the
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold If frost or other conditions prevent water drainage system, this is
I. Release the switch to stop the closing, override the feature by normal.
closing the sunroof in manual
movement. Press and hold K to
mode. To stop movement, release
close the sunroof. Release the the switch.
switch to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press J to vent the sunroof. Press
K to close the vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
Dirt and debris may collect on the
The sunroof also has a sunshade,
sunroof seal or in the track. This
which can be pulled forward to block
could cause an issue with sunroof
sun rays. The sunshade must be
operation or noise. It could also plug
opened and closed manually.
the water drainage system.
Automatic Reversal System Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
The sunroof has an automatic debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
reversal system that is only active roof sealing area using a clean
when the sunroof is operated in
express-close mode.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Seats and Restraints 55
Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
71
71
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 93
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Restraints Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
72 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 95
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 106
Head Restraints Securing Child Restraints (With
Airbag System the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Front Seats Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 74 Securing Child Restraints (With
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 When Should an Airbag the Safety Belt in the Center
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 58 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (With
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 the Safety Belt in the Front
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 59 How Does an Airbag Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See after an
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 79
Rear Seats Passenger Sensing System . . . 81
Rear Seats (Double Cab Full Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Bench) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Rear Seats (Split Bench) . . . . . . 64 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 86
Safety Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 87
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Child Restraints
Safety Belt Use During Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Infants and Young Children . . . . 89
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 91
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
56 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Rear Seats Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:

The rear seat has adjustable 1. Pull the handle at the front of
headrests in the outboard seating Seat Adjustment the seat.
positions. 2. Slide the seat to the desired
The height of the headrest can be { Warning position and release the
handle.
adjusted. Pull the headrest up to
raise it. To lower the headrest, push You can lose control of the
3. Try to move the seat back and
the headrest down. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure it is locked in
seat while the vehicle is moving. place.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving. To adjust the seatback, see
Child Restraint Designed for the Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children To adjust the lumbar support,
(LATCH System) 0 95. if equipped, see Lumbar Adjustment
0 58.
Center Seat
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used. Do not use it
as a seating position when the
seatback is folded down.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see Power Lumbar
Lumbar Adjustment 0 58.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 305.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control . Press and hold the control
forward or rearward. forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
. If equipped, raise or lower the
lumbar support at the same time.
front part of the seat cushion by
moving the front of the control . If equipped, press and hold the
up or down. control up to increase upper
lumbar support and decrease
. If equipped, raise or lower the
If equipped, move the lever up or lower lumbar support.
seat by moving the rear of the
control up or down. down repeatedly to increase or Press and hold the control down
decrease lumbar support. to increase lower lumbar support
To adjust the seatback, see and decrease upper lumbar
Reclining Seatbacks 0 59. support.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To adjust a manual seatback:
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks The seatback will automatically
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces fold forward.
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning 2. To recline, move the seatback
bones. This could cause serious rearward to the desired
If either seatback is not locked, it
internal injuries. position, then release the lever
could move forward in a sudden
to lock the seatback in place.
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the to make sure it is locked.
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To return the seatback to the upright Memory Seats 2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
position: mirrors, and adjustable pedals
1. Lift the lever fully without (if equipped) to the desired
applying pressure to the driving positions.
seatback, and the seatback will 3. Press and release SET. A beep
return to the upright position. will sound.
2. Push and pull on the seatback 4. Immediately press and hold 1
to make sure it is locked. until two beeps sound.
Power Reclining Seatbacks 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 2.
To store positions to the B (Exit)
button and easy exit features,
Crew/Double Cab Shown, Other repeat Steps 1–4 above using B to
Models Similar store your positions for getting out
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2, of the vehicle.
and B (Exit) buttons on the driver Manually Recalling Memory
door are used to manually store and Positions
recall memory settings for the driver
seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Press and hold 1, 2, or B (Exit) to
pedals (if equipped). manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Releasing
Storing Memory Positions 1, 2, or B before the stored
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped: To store positions to the 1 and 2 positions are reached stops the
buttons: recall.
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline. 1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Automatically Recalling Memory Easy Exit Recall Obstructions

Positions (Auto Recall) If programmed on in the vehicle If something has blocked the driver
If programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, the easy exit seat and/or adjustable pedals while
personalization menu, the Auto feature automatically recalls the recalling a memory position, the
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature previously stored B (Exit) position. recall may stop. Remove the
automatically recalls the current See “Storing Memory Positions” obstruction. Then do one of the
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 listed previously. See also Vehicle following:
position when the ignition is Personalization 0 167. . For manual or automatic recall
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or positions, press and hold the
ACC/ACCESSORY. Easy exit recall automatically
activates when one of the following appropriate manual control for
See “Auto Memory Recall” under occurs: two seconds. Try recalling again
“Comfort and Convenience” in by pressing the appropriate
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. . The vehicle is turned off and the memory button.
driver door is opened within a
To stop recall movement, press one short time. . For exit recall position, press
of the memory, power mirror or and hold the appropriate manual
power seat controls; or press the . The vehicle is turned off with the control for the exit feature not
adjustable pedal control (if driver door open. recalling for two seconds. Then
equipped). To stop recall movement, press one try recalling the exit position
RKE transmitters are not labeled of the memory, power mirror or again.
with a number. If your memory seat power seat controls; or press the If the memory position is still not
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this adjustable pedal control (if recalling, see your dealer for
position is not automatically equipped). service.
recalling, then store your positions
to the other button or switch RKE
transmitters with the other driver.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the

highest setting. With each press of
Front Seats the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
{ Warning the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
If you cannot feel temperature the highest setting and one for the
change or pain to the skin, the lowest. If the heated seats are on
seat heater may cause burns. To high for an extended time, their level
reduce the risk of burns, people may automatically be lowered.
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater, Remote Start Auto Heated and
Ventilated Seats
especially for long periods of Heated and Ventilated Seat
time. Do not place anything on During a remote start, the heated or
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
the seat that insulates against ventilated seats can be turned on
Buttons Similar
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, automatically. When it is cold
cover, or similar item. This may If equipped, the buttons are on the outside, the heated seats turn on,
cause the seat heater to center stack. To operate, the engine and when it is hot outside the
overheat. An overheated seat must be running. ventilated seats turn on. The heated
heater may cause a burn or may or ventilated seats are canceled
Press I to heat the driver or when the ignition is turned on. Press
damage the seat. passenger seatback only. the heated or ventilated seat button
Press J to heat the driver or to use the heated or ventilated seats
passenger seat cushion and after the vehicle is started.
seatback. The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights do not turn on during
Press C to ventilate the driver or a remote start.
passenger seat.
The temperature performance of an
The indicator light on the button unoccupied seat may be reduced.
comes on when this feature is on. This is normal.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The heated or ventilated seats will Rear Seats The feature is active only once each
not turn on during a remote start time the vehicle is turned on and off,
unless they are enabled in the and will require reactivation by
vehicle personalization menu. Rear Seats (Double Cab opening and closing the second row
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38 and Full Bench) doors. There may be an alert even
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. when there is nothing in the rear
Rear Seat Reminder (Full seat; for example, if a child entered
Bench Only) the vehicle through the rear door
If equipped, the message REAR and left the vehicle without the
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR vehicle being shut off.
SEAT displays under certain The feature can be turned on or off.
conditions indicating there may be See Vehicle Personalization 0 167.
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the Folding the Rear Seat
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a Caution
second row door is opened while
Folding a rear seat with the safety
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on. belts still fastened may cause
There will be an alert when the damage to the seat or the safety
vehicle is turned off. The alert does belts. Always unbuckle the safety
not directly detect objects in the rear belts and return them to their
seat; instead, under certain normal stowed position before
conditions, it detects when a rear folding a rear seat.
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Pull up on the seat cushion to

make sure it is locked in place. Caution
Make sure the safety belts are Folding a rear seat with the safety
not twisted or caught in the belts still fastened may cause
seat cushion. damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
{ Warning belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
A safety belt that is improperly folding a rear seat.
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The Make sure that nothing is on the
To fold the seat: person wearing the belt could be seat cushion.
1. Pull up on the front of the seat seriously injured. After raising the
cushion while pulling down on rear seatback, always check to be
the release strap loop under sure that the safety belts are
the seat cushion. properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
2. Pull the seat cushion up until it
latches with the seatback.
3. Pull forward on the seat Rear Seats (Split Bench)
cushion to make sure it is
locked in place. Folding the Rear Seat
To unfold the seat: Either side of the rear seat can be
folded for added cargo space.
1. Push the seat cushion
rearward while pulling the To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
release strap loop under the cushion up.
seat cushion. Pull the seat
cushion down until it latches.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To return the seat to the normal Safety Belts

seating position, slowly pull the seat Warning (Continued)
cushion down. This section describes how to use
safety belts properly, and some passengers to ride in any area of
Make sure the safety belts are not the vehicle that is not equipped
things not to do.
twisted or caught in the seat with seats and safety belts.
cushion.
{ Warning Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
{ Warning Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too.
A safety belt that is improperly safety belt cannot be worn
routed, not properly attached, properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
or twisted will not provide the reminder to buckle the safety belts.
protection needed in a crash. The safety belts, injuries can be much
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 140.
person wearing the belt could be worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously This vehicle may have the Safety
seriously injured. After raising the Belt Assurance System, which may
rear seatback, always check to be injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by prevent the vehicle from shifting out
sure that the safety belts are of P (Park). See Safety Belt
properly routed and attached, and being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not Messages 0 163.
are not twisted.
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
safety belt?
There are special things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about safety belts and children, and
wearing a safety belt or not. there are different rules for smaller
Your chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be
during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 87 or Infants and Young
much greater if you are belted. Children 0 89. Follow those rules for
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why everyone's protection.
should I have to wear safety It is very important for all occupants
When riding in a vehicle, you travel belts? to buckle up. Statistics show that
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental unbelted people are hurt more often
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only. They work with in crashes than those who are
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of wearing safety belts.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! There are important things to know
is provided, all occupants still about wearing a safety belt properly.
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Wear the shoulder belt over the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt
shoulder and across the chest. except for the center front
These parts of the body are best passenger position (if equipped),
able to take belt restraining which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt
forces. The shoulder belt locks if 0 71.
there is a sudden stop or crash. The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
{ Warning properly.
You can be seriously injured, 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
or even killed, by not wearing adjustable, so you can sit up
your safety belt properly. straight. To see how, see
. “Seats” in the Index.
Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
of you. loose or twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
for your seating position. belt under both arms or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause If the vehicle is a regular cab, then
all seating positions in the vehicle 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
serious or even fatal injuries. the belt across you. Do not let
have a lap-shoulder belt. If the
vehicle is a double or crew cab, it get twisted.
then all seating positions in the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The lap-shoulder belt may lock 3. Push the latch plate into the
if you pull the belt across you buckle until it clicks.
very quickly. If this happens, let Pull up on the latch plate to
the belt go back slightly to make sure it is secure. If the
unlock it. Then pull the belt belt is not long enough, see
across you more slowly. Safety Belt Extender 0 71.
If the shoulder portion of a Position the release button on
passenger belt is pulled out all the buckle so that the safety
the way, the child restraint belt could be quickly unbuckled
locking feature may be if necessary.
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
and start again. If the webbing locks in the latch height adjuster, move it to the
plate before it reaches the height that is right for you. See
Engaging the child restraint “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
locking feature may affect the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock. later in this section for
passenger sensing system, instructions on use and
if equipped. See Passenger important safety information.
Sensing System 0 81.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To unlatch the belt, push the button could reduce the effectiveness of
on the buckle. The belt should the safety belt in a crash. See How
return to its stowed position. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 66.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the Push down on the release button to
safety belt and the vehicle. move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Move the adjuster up by pushing up
The vehicle has a shoulder belt on the shoulder belt guide.
height adjuster for the driver and
After the adjuster is set to the
front outboard passenger.
desired position, try to move it down
Adjust the height so the shoulder without pushing the release button
portion of the belt is on the shoulder to make sure it has locked into
and not falling off of it. The belt position.
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Safety Belt Pretensioners the seat. Sitting on the safety belt

can damage the webbing and
This vehicle has safety belt
hardware.
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners cannot be seen, they Guides
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety Rear safety belt comfort guides may
belts during the early stages of a provide added safety belt comfort
moderate to severe frontal, near for older children who have
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold outgrown booster seats and for
conditions for pretensioner some adults. When installed on a
activation are met. And, if your shoulder belt, the comfort guide
vehicle has side impact airbags, positions the belt away from the A pregnant woman should wear a
safety belt pretensioners can help neck and head. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
tighten the safety belts in a side Comfort guides are available portion should be worn as low as
crash. If the vehicle has rollover through your dealer for the rear possible, below the rounding,
roof-rail airbags, safety belt outboard seating positions. throughout the pregnancy.
pretensioners can help tighten the Instructions are included with the The best way to protect the fetus is
safety belts in a rollover event. guide. to protect the mother. When a safety
Pretensioners work only once. If the belt is worn properly, it is more likely
pretensioners activate in a crash, Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a
they will need to be replaced, and Pregnancy crash. For pregnant women, as for
the vehicle's safety belt system will anyone, the key to making safety
probably need other new parts. See Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts including pregnant women. Like all properly.
after a Crash 0 72. occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
Do not sit on the outboard safety wear safety belts.
belt while entering or exiting the
vehicle or at any time while sitting in
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lap Belt will wear, so the extender will be

long enough for you. To help avoid
This section is only for the lap belt. personal injury, do not let someone
To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder else use it, and use it only for the
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67. seat it is made to fit. The extender
The vehicle may have a center has been designed for adults. Never
seating position with a lap safety use it for securing child restraints.
belt. The lap safety belt does not To wear it, attach it to the regular
have a retractor. safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free

Safety System Check
end as shown until the belt is snug. Check that the safety belt reminder,
If the belt is not long enough, see safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
Safety Belt Extender 0 71. and retractors, are all working
properly. Look for any other loose or
Make sure the release button on the damaged safety belt system parts
buckle is positioned so you would that might keep a safety belt system
be able to unbuckle the safety belt from performing properly. See your
quickly if necessary. dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart
plate and pull it along the belt. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten under impact forces. If a belt is torn
around you, you should use it. or frayed, have it replaced
Buckle, position, and release it the immediately.
same way as the lap part of a But if a safety belt is not long
lap-shoulder belt. enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 140.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may See your dealer to have the safety
See Safety Belt Care 0 72. need to be replaced to ensure belt assemblies inspected or
proper functionality of the system. replaced.
Safety Belt Care New parts and repairs may be
Keep belts clean and dry.
Replacing Safety Belt necessary even if the safety belt
System Parts after a system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
{ Warning Crash
Have the safety belt pretensioners
Do not bleach or dye safety belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
the webbing. In a crash, they A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
might not be able to provide belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag
adequate protection. Clean and A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 141.
rinse safety belt webbing only may not properly protect the
with mild soap and lukewarm person using it, resulting in
water. Allow the webbing to dry. serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
Safety belts should be properly safety belt systems are working
cared for and maintained. properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Safety belt hardware should be kept replacements made as soon as
dry and free of dust or debris. As
possible.
necessary exterior hard surfaces
and safety belt webbing may be
lightly cleaned with mild soap and After a minor crash, replacement of
water. Ensure there is not excessive safety belts may not be necessary.
dust or debris in the mechanism. But the safety belt assemblies that
If dust or debris exists in the system were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG is on the center of the Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
airbags: the instrument panel for the front belts, not replace them. Also,
outboard passenger. airbags are not designed to inflate
. A frontal airbag for the driver. in every crash. In some crashes
. A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact safety belts are the only restraint.
outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the See When Should an Airbag
seatback closest to the door. Inflate? 0 75.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word
Wearing your safety belt during a
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
. A seat-mounted side impact crash helps reduce your chance
airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement of hitting things inside the vehicle
the protection provided by safety or being ejected from it. Airbags
. A seat-mounted side impact belts. Even though today's airbags are “supplemental restraints” to
airbag for the front outboard are also designed to help reduce the safety belts. Everyone in the
passenger. the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is
and the passenger seated very quickly to do their job. an airbag for that person.
directly behind the driver. Here are the most important things
. A roof-rail airbag for the front to know about the airbag system:
outboard passenger and the
person seated directly behind { Warning { Warning
the front outboard passenger. Because airbags inflate with great
You can be severely injured or
All of the airbags in the vehicle will force and faster than the blink of
killed in a crash if you are not
have the word AIRBAG on the trim an eye, anyone who is up
or on a label near the deployment wearing your safety belt, even
against, or very close to any
opening. with airbags. Airbags are
airbag when it inflates can be
designed to work with safety
(Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Where Are the Airbags?

Warning (Continued) { Warning
seriously injured or killed. Do not Children who are up against,
sit unnecessarily close to any or very close to, any airbag when
airbag, as you would be if sitting it inflates can be seriously injured
on the edge of the seat or leaning or killed. Always secure children
forward. Safety belts help keep properly in the vehicle. To read
you in position before and during how, see Older Children 0 87 or
a crash. Always wear a safety Infants and Young Children 0 89.
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when The driver frontal airbag is in the
you are sitting well back and center of the steering wheel.
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor. There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
Occupants should not lean on or
shows the airbag symbol.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags electrical system for malfunctions.
and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 141 for more
information.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Warning (Continued)
side instrument panel.
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, block the inflation path of a
Passenger Side Double and seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Regular Cabs Similar
Never secure anything to the roof
Driver Side Shown, Passenger If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
Side Similar for the driver, front outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side passenger, and second row through any door or window
impact airbags for the driver and outboard passengers, they are in opening. If you do, the path of an
front outboard passenger, they are the ceiling above the side windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
in the side of the seatbacks closest blocked.
to the door. { Warning
If something is between an When Should an Airbag
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 73.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
(Continued) impact exceeds the specific airbag
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or If the GVWR is at or below 4 536 kg
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow (10,000 lb), the vehicle has
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. seat-mounted side impact airbags.
to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to Vehicles with a GVWR above
inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not
occupants. The vehicle has rear impacts, or in many side have seat-mounted side impact
electronic sensors which help the impacts. airbags. Seat-mounted side impact
airbag system determine the airbags, if equipped, are designed
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, if the GVWR (Gross to inflate in moderate to severe side
thresholds can vary with specific Vehicle Weight Rating) is at or crashes depending on the location
vehicle design. below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb), the of the impact. Seat-mounted side
vehicle has advanced technology impact airbags are not designed to
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags. You can find the
inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal
GVWR on the Certification/Tire label impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts.
or near frontal crashes to help on the center pillar of the vehicle.
reduce the potential for severe A seat-mounted side impact airbag
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 265 for is designed to inflate on the side of
injuries, mainly to the driver's or more information.
front outboard passenger's head the vehicle that is struck.
and chest. Advanced technology frontal airbags Vehicles with a GVWR at or below
adjust the restraint according to 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) have roof-rail
Whether the frontal airbags will or crash severity. Vehicles with
should inflate is not based primarily airbags. These roof-rail airbags are
advanced technology frontal airbags designed to inflate in moderate to
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. have a seat position sensor that
It depends on what is hit, the severe side crashes depending on
enables the sensing system to the location of the impact. In
direction of the impact, and how monitor the position of the driver
quickly the vehicle slows down. addition, these roof-rail airbags are
seat. The seat position sensor designed to inflate during a rollover
Frontal airbags may inflate at provides information that is used to or in a severe frontal impact. The
different crash speeds depending on adjust the deployment of the driver roof-rail airbags are not designed to
whether the vehicle hits an object frontal airbag. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail
straight on or at an angle, and airbags will inflate when either side
of the vehicle is struck or if the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
sensing system predicts that the are designed to inflate in moderate What Makes an Airbag
vehicle is about to roll over on its to severe side crashes depending
side, or in a severe frontal impact. on the location of the impact. Both
Inflate?
Vehicles with a GVWR above roof-rail airbags will inflate when In a deployment event, the sensing
3 855 kg (8,500 lb) up to and either side of the vehicle is struck. system sends an electrical signal
including 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) also In addition, these roof-rail airbags triggering a release of gas from the
have roof-rail airbags. These are designed to inflate in a severe inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
roof-rail airbags are designed to frontal impact. If the vehicle has airbag causing the bag to break out
inflate in moderate to severe side single rear wheels and has a of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
crashes depending on the location factory-installed pickup box and and related hardware are all part of
of the impact. Both roof-rail airbags roof-rail airbags, the roof-rail airbags the airbag module.
will inflate when either side of the are rollover capable. If the vehicle
For airbag locations, see Where Are
vehicle is struck. In addition, these has dual rear wheels, or is sold as
the Airbags? 0 74.
roof-rail airbags are designed to an incomplete vehicle, as a chassis
cab, or with the pickup box
inflate in a severe frontal impact.
removed, and has roof-rail airbags, How Does an Airbag
The roof-rail airbags are also
rollover capable except on models the roof-rail airbags are not rollover Restrain?
sold as an incomplete vehicle with capable. If the airbags are rollover In moderate to severe frontal or
the pickup box removed. If the capable, both roof-rail airbags will near frontal collisions, even belted
roof-rail airbags are rollover also inflate if the sensing system occupants can contact the steering
capable, both roof-rail airbags will predicts that the vehicle is about to wheel or the instrument panel. In
also inflate if the sensing system roll over on its side. The roof-rail moderate to severe side collisions,
predicts that the vehicle is about to airbags are not designed to inflate in even belted occupants can contact
roll over on its side. The roof-rail rear impacts. the inside of the vehicle.
airbags are not designed to inflate in In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
rear impacts. say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
Vehicles with a GVWR above inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
4 536 kg (10,000 lb) may or may not vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the
be equipped with roof-rail airbags. occupant's body.
These roof-rail airbags, if equipped,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags even realize an airbag inflated.

are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least Warning (Continued)
head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the they inflate. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have
first and second rows. The rollover the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot
capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an
designed to help reduce the risk of airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air
full or partial ejection in rollover Airbags? 0 74. by opening a window or a door.
events, although no system can If you experience breathing
The parts of the airbag that come
prevent all such ejections. problems following an airbag
into contact with you may be warm,
deployment, you should seek
But airbags would not help in many but not too hot to touch. There may
types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming medical attention.
because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated
not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 75. prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn
Airbags should never be regarded the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard
as anything more than a supplement the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
to safety belts. people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
What Will You See after { Warning without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there threshold. You can lock the doors,
For an eAssist vehicle, see the may be dust in the air. This dust and turn off the interior lamps, and
Silverado/Sierra eAssist could cause breathing problems turn off the hazard warning flashers
supplement. for people with a history of by using the controls for those
asthma or other breathing trouble. features.
After the frontal airbags and
To avoid this, everyone in the
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so vehicle should get out as soon as
quickly that some people may not (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
airbag system will not be there turn on or off the front outboard
{ Warning to help protect you in another passenger frontal airbag. See
crash. A new system will include Instrument Panel 0 6.
A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly
the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual
damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need
the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
moderate crash, there may be
crash.
concealed damage that could See Vehicle Data Recording and
make it difficult to safely operate Privacy 0 485 and Event Data
the vehicle. Recorders 0 486. If the vehicle does not have an
Use caution if you should attempt airbag on-off switch, it may have a
. Let only qualified technicians passenger sensing system. See
to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. Passenger Sensing System 0 81.
has occurred. Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work This switch should only be turned to
properly. See your dealer for the off position if the person in the
In many crashes severe enough to
service. front outboard passenger position is
inflate the airbag, windshields are
a member of a passenger risk group
broken by vehicle deformation.
Airbag On-Off Switch identified by the national
Additional windshield breakage may
government as follows:
also occur from the front outboard If the passenger side instrument
passenger airbag. panel endcap has the switch Infant. An infant (less than 1 year
. Airbags are designed to inflate pictured in the following illustration, old) must ride in the front seat
only once. After an airbag the vehicle has an airbag on-off because:
inflates, you will need some new switch that you can use to manually . My vehicle has no rear seat;
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. My vehicle has a rear seat too Medical Condition. A passenger
small to accommodate a has a medical condition which, Warning (Continued)
rear-facing infant seat; or according to his or her physician:
passenger frontal airbag unless
. The infant has a medical . Causes the passenger airbag to the person sitting there is in a risk
condition which, according to the pose a special risk for the group.
infant's physician, makes it passenger; and
necessary for the infant to ride in . Makes the potential harm from
the front seat so that the driver the passenger airbag in a crash
can constantly monitor the greater than the potential harm
child's condition. from turning off the airbag and
Child age 1 to 12. A child allowing the passenger, even if
age 1 to 12 must ride in the front belted, to hit the instrument
seat because: panel or windshield in a crash.
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
. Although children ages 1 to 12
{ Warning
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever If the front outboard passenger To turn off the front outboard
possible, children ages 1 to 12 frontal airbag is turned off for a passenger frontal airbag, insert the
sometimes must ride in the front person who is not in a risk group ignition key into the switch, push in,
because no space is available in identified by the national and move the switch to the off
the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or government, that person will not position.
. The child has a medical have the extra protection of an The word OFF or the off symbol will
condition which, according to the airbag. In a crash, the airbag will come on in the passenger airbag
child's physician, makes it not be able to inflate and help status indicator located in the
necessary for the child to ride in protect the person sitting there. overhead console to let you know
the front seat so that the driver Do not turn off the front outboard that the front outboard passenger
can constantly monitor the (Continued) frontal airbag is off, after the system
child's condition. check is completed. The airbag off
light will come on and stay on to let
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
you know that the front outboard have a passenger sensing system.
passenger frontal airbag is off. See See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 79 for
Airbag On-Off Light 0 141. The front more information.
outboard passenger airbag will The passenger airbag status
remain off until you turn it back on indicator will light on the overhead
again. console when the vehicle is started.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever To turn the front outboard passenger
comes on and stays on, it means frontal airbag on again, insert the
that something may be wrong ignition key into the switch, push in,
with the airbag system. For and move the switch to the on
example, the front outboard position. United States
passenger frontal airbag could The front outboard passenger
inflate even though the airbag frontal airbag is now enabled
on-off switch is turned off. (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
To help avoid injury to yourself or Light 0 141.
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness Passenger Sensing
Light 0 141 for more information, System Canada and Mexico
including important safety If the vehicle has one of the The words ON and OFF, or the
information. following indicators, then the vehicle symbol for on and off, will be visible
has a passenger sensing system for during the system check. When the
the front outboard passenger system check is complete, either the
position, unless there is an airbag word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on-off switch on the instrument on or off, will be visible. See
panel endcap. If there is an airbag Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on-off switch, the vehicle does not 0 143.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The passenger sensing system

turns off the front outboard { Warning Warning (Continued)
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
the front outboard passenger seat
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
and safety belt. The sensors are
forward-facing child restraint can
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear
determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates seat that will accommodate a
passenger frontal airbag should be and the passenger seat is in a rear-facing child restraint, a
allowed to inflate or not. forward position. rear-facing child restraint should not
According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing be installed in the vehicle, even if
children are safer when properly system has turned off the the airbag is off.
secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag, no The passenger sensing system is
child restraint for their weight system is fail-safe. No one can designed to turn off the front
and size. guarantee that an airbag will not outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
Whenever possible, children aged deploy under some unusual . The front outboard passenger
12 and under should be secured in circumstance, even though the seat is unoccupied.
a rear seating position. airbag is turned off.
. The system determines an infant
Never put a rear-facing child seat in Never put a rear-facing child is present in a child restraint.
the front. This is because the risk to restraint in the front seat, even if
. A front outboard passenger
the rear-facing child is so great, the airbag is off. If securing a
takes his/her weight off of the
if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in
seat for a period of time.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who 1. Turn the vehicle off.
the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should 2. Remove the child restraint from
passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt the vehicle.
When the passenger sensing properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person. 3. Remove any additional items
system has turned off the front from the seat such as blankets,
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever 4. Reinstall the child restraint
Indicator 0 143. comes on and stays on, it means following the directions
that something may be wrong provided by the child restraint
The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help manufacturer and refer to
designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others, Securing Child Restraints (With
outboard passenger frontal airbag the Safety Belt in the Center
have the vehicle serviced right
anytime the system senses that a Front Seat) 0 110 or Securing
away. See Airbag Readiness
person of adult size is sitting Child Restraints (With the
properly in the front outboard Light 0 141 for more information,
including important safety Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
passenger seat. 0 106 or Securing Child
information.
When the passenger sensing Restraints (With the Safety Belt
system has allowed the airbag to be in the Front Passenger Seat)
enabled, the on indicator will light If the On Indicator Is Lit for a 0 110.
and stay lit as a reminder that the Child Restraint Make sure the safety belt
airbag is active. The passenger sensing system is retractor is locked by pulling
For some children, including designed to turn off the front the shoulder belt all the way
children in child restraints, and for outboard passenger frontal airbag if out of the retractor when
very small adults, the passenger the system determines that an infant installing the child restraint,
sensing system may or may not turn is present in a child restraint. If a even if the child restraint is
off the front outboard passenger child restraint has been installed equipped with a safety belt
frontal airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit: lock-off. When the retractor
person's seating posture and body
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
lock is set, the belt can be a rear-facing child restraint in the 2. Remove any additional material
tightened but not pulled out of front seat, even if the on indicator is from the seat, such as
the retractor. not lit. blankets, cushions, seat
5. If, after reinstalling the child covers, seat heaters, or seat
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers.
restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant
vehicle, the on indicator is still 3. Place the seatback in the fully
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then upright position.
slightly recline the vehicle 4. Have the person sit upright in
seatback and adjust the seat the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make cushion, with legs comfortably
sure that the vehicle seatback extended.
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion. 5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
Also make sure the child the child restraint locking
restraint is not trapped under feature will be engaged. This
the vehicle head restraint. may unintentionally cause the
If this happens, adjust the head passenger sensing system to
restraint. See Head Restraints turn the airbag off for some
0 56. adult-sized occupants. If this
If a person of adult size is sitting in
6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat, happens, unbuckle the belt, let
The passenger sensing system may but the off indicator is lit, it could be the belt go back all the way,
or may not turn off the airbag for a because that person is not sitting and then buckle the belt again
child in a child restraint depending properly in the seat or that the child without pulling the belt out all
upon the child’s size. It is better to restraint locking feature is engaged. the way.
secure child restraints in the rear If this happens, use the following 6. Restart the vehicle and have
seat. Consider using another steps to allow the system to detect the person remain in this
vehicle to transport the child when a that person and enable the front position for two to three minutes
rear seat is not available. Never put outboard passenger frontal airbag: after the on indicator is lit.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
A thick layer of additional material,

{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system sensing system.
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86 should be serviced. There are parts
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about of the airbag system in several
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have
Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To
System Operation purchase a service manual, see
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering
passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 483.
during vehicle maneuvers and desired, remove the object from
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
the seat. { Warning
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
in the Index for additional Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag
information about the importance of passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper
proper restraint use. passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
Warning (Continued) have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 419 for additional
are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag important information.
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring.
They are probably part of the If a snow plow is added to the
airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle may have a vehicle, the airbags should still work
proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the properly. The airbag systems were
make sure the person performing front outboard passenger position, designed to work properly under a
which includes sensors that are part wide range of conditions, including
work for you is qualified to do so.
of the passenger seat. The snow plowing with vehicles that
passenger sensing system may not have the optional snow plow prep
Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat package (RPO VYU). Do not
trim is replaced with non-GM change or defeat the snow plow's
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with “tripping mechanism.” If you do, it
Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim can damage the snow plow and the
vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any vehicle, and may cause an airbag
height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat deployment.
metal, may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort-enhancing pad If you have to modify your vehicle
from working properly. The or device, installed under or on top because you have a disability and
operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also you have questions about whether
also be affected by changing any interfere with the operation of the the modifications will affect the
parts of the front seats, safety belts, passenger sensing system. This vehicle's airbag system, or if you
the airbag sensing and diagnostic could either prevent proper have questions about whether the
module, steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger airbag system will be affected if the
panel, any of the airbag modules, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger vehicle is modified for any other
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish sensing system from properly reason, call Customer Assistance.
trim, overhead console, front turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Customer Assistance Offices
sensors, side impact sensors, See Passenger Sensing System 0 476.
or airbag wiring. 0 81.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints

The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash
regularly scheduled maintenance or Older Children
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning
Airbag Readiness Light 0 141. A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
Caution A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To
may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag
open or break the airbag systems are working properly
coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them
opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as
covering and/or airbag module possible. Older children who have outgrown
replaced. For the location of the booster seats should wear the
airbags, see Where Are the vehicle safety belts.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
Airbags? 0 74. See your dealer replace airbag system parts. See The manufacturer instructions that
for service. your dealer for service. come with the booster seat state the
If the airbag readiness light stays on weight and height limitations for that
after the vehicle is started or comes booster. Use a booster seat with a
on when you are driving, the airbag lap-shoulder belt until the child
system may not work properly. Have passes the fit test below:
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 141.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to
Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts? { Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder safety belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A safety belt
belt comfort guide, if available. snugly below the hips, just
must be used by only one person
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs.
at a time.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the
0 67. If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 67.
return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
. Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
If you have the choice, a child who are buckled up, or can be
should sit in a position with a thrown out of the vehicle. Older
lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use safety belts
additional restraint a shoulder properly.
belt can provide.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow a child to wear the Children can be seriously injured
safety belt with the shoulder belt or strangled if a shoulder belt is
behind their back. A child can be wrapped around their neck. The
seriously injured by not wearing shoulder belt can tighten but
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a cannot be loosened if it is locked.
crash, the child would not be The shoulder belt locks when it is
restrained by the shoulder belt. pulled all the way out of the
The child could move too far retractor. It unlocks when the
forward increasing the chance of shoulder belt is allowed to go all
head and neck injury. The child the way back into the retractor,
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is
belt. The belt force would then be Children wrapped around a child’s neck.
applied right on the abdomen. If the shoulder belt is locked and
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs tightened around a child’s neck,
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should the only way to loosen the belt is
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across to cut it.
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended
need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow
restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the safety
state in the United States and in belts.
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Child restraints are devices used to
Never hold an infant or a child { Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when called child seats or car seats.
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured There are three basic types of
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints:
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) . Forward-facing child restraints
outboard seat. Secure a
infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats
arms. An infant or child should be forward-facing child restraint in a
secured in an appropriate The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a child depends on their size, weight,
restraint. forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
For each type of child restraint, Child Restraint Systems

there are many different models { Warning
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint will have a label saying that safety belt may not remain low on
it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should.
standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around
manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash,
come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a
weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by
particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone
there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal
available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of
needs. serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
crash, young children should A rear-facing child restraint provides
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and The harness system holds the infant
toddlers should be secured in a in place and, in a crash, acts to
rear-facing child restraint until age keep the infant positioned in the
two, or until they reach the restraint.
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's used for children who have in this manual.
body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury,
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
Children 0 87. the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 95 for more
information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the outboard passenger airbag, see
restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint Airbag On-Off Switch 0 79 and
that come with the restraint which Securing Child Restraints (With the
may be on the restraint itself or in a Safety Belt in the Center Front Seat)
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
{ Warning 0 110 or Securing Child Restraints
The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
important, so if they are not killed in a crash if the child is not Seat) 0 106 or Securing Child
available, obtain a replacement properly secured in the child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
copy from the manufacturer. restraint. Secure the child the Front Passenger Seat) 0 110 for
Keep in mind that an unsecured more information, including
properly following the instructions
child restraint can move around in a important safety information.
that came with that child restraint.
collision or sudden stop and injure Never put a rear-facing child seat in
people in the vehicle. Be sure to the front. This is because the risk to
properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the the rear-facing child is so great,
the vehicle — even when no child is Restraint if the airbag deploys.
in it.
According to accident statistics,
In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when { Warning
and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate
Passenger Safety Technicians A child in a rear-facing child
child restraint secured in a rear
(CPSTs) are available to inspect restraint can be seriously injured
seating position.
and demonstrate how to correctly or killed if the front outboard
use and install child restraints. In Whenever possible, children aged passenger frontal airbag inflates.
the U.S., refer to the National 12 and under should be secured in This is because the back of the
Highway Traffic Safety a rear seating position. rear-facing child restraint would
Administration (NHTSA) website to If a child restraint is secured in the be very close to the inflating
locate the nearest child safety seat front outboard passenger seat, and airbag. A child in a forward-facing
inspection station. For CPST the vehicle has a switch on the child restraint can be seriously
availability in Canada, check with passenger side instrument panel injured or killed if the front
Transport Canada or the Provincial endcap to manually turn off the front (Continued)
Ministry of Transportation office.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Adjacent seating positions should

Warning (Continued) { Warning not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
outboard passenger frontal airbag A child in a child restraint in the the routing of the safety belt.
inflates and the passenger seat is center front seat can be badly
in a forward position. injured or killed by the frontal If the vehicle does not have a rear
airbags if they inflate. Never seat that will accommodate a
Even if the passenger sensing rear-facing child restraint, a
system or airbag switch has secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always rear-facing child restraint should not
turned off the front outboard be installed in the vehicle, even if
passenger frontal airbag, no better to secure a child restraint in
the airbag is off.
system is fail-safe. No one can a rear seat.
Wherever a child restraint is
guarantee that an airbag will not installed, be sure to follow the
deploy under some unusual Do not use child restraints in the instructions that came with the child
circumstance, even though it is center front seat position. restraint system and secure the
turned off. When securing a child restraint in a child restraint system properly.
Secure rear-facing child restraints rear seating position, study the Keep in mind that an unsecured
in a rear seat, even if the airbag instructions that came with your child restraint can move around in a
is off. If you secure a child restraint to make sure it is collision or sudden stop and injure
forward-facing child restraint in compatible with this vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
the front outboard passenger Child restraints and booster seats properly secure any child restraint in
seat, always move the seat as far vary considerably in size, and some your vehicle — even when no child
back as it will go. It is better to may fit in certain seating positions is in it.
secure the child restraint in a better than others.
rear seat. Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the Child Restraints (With the Safety
booster seat can be positioned Belt in the Front Passenger Seat)
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference 0 110.
(LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the Child restraints built after March
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. 2014 will be labeled with the
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions specific child weight up to which the
LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, LATCH system can be used to
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this install the restraint.
restraint to the anchors in the manual. The following explains how to attach
vehicle. This system is designed to
When installing a child restraint with a child restraint with these
make installation of a child restraint
a top tether, you must also use attachments in the vehicle.
easier.
either the lower anchors or the Not all vehicle seating positions or
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the child restraints have lower anchors
your vehicle, you need a child child restraint. A child restraint must and attachments or top tether
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top anchors and attachments. In this
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether. case, the safety belt must be used
rear-facing and forward-facing child
The LATCH anchorage system can (with top tether where available) to
seats can be properly installed
be used until the combined weight secure the child restraint.
using either the LATCH anchors or
of the child plus the child restraint is See Securing Child Restraints (With
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt the Safety Belt in the Center Front
use both the safety belts and the
alone instead of the LATCH Seat) 0 110 or Securing Child
LATCH anchorage system to secure
anchorage system once the Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
a rear-facing or forward-facing
combined weight is more than the Rear Seat) 0 106 or Securing
child seat.
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Child Restraints (With the Safety
Booster seats use the vehicle’s Belt in the Front Passenger Seat)
See Securing Child Restraints (With
safety belts to secure the child in 0 110.
the Safety Belt in the Center Front
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
Seat) 0 110 or Securing Child
recommends that the booster seat
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
be secured with the LATCH system,
the Rear Seat) 0 106 or Securing
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Regular Cab — Two-Passenger
Either will have a single Front Seat
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
has two labels near the crease

between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
For double cab models, the rear
outboard seating positions have
exposed metal lower anchors in the
crease between the seatback and
the seat cushion.
Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Crew and Double Cab Rear Seat

Front Seat i : Seating positions with
i : Seating positions with top tether anchors.
top tether anchors. j : Seating positions with two lower For regular cab models, there is an
anchors. anchor symbol on the cover to
Do not install a child restraint in the
assist you in locating the top tether
center front seating position.
anchors.
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Center Front Do not install a child restraint in the
Seat) 0 110 or Securing Child front center seating position.
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Rear Seat) 0 106 or Securing the Safety Belt in the Center Front
Child Restraints (With the Safety Seat) 0 110 or Securing Child
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) To assist in locating the lower Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
0 110 for more information. anchors on crew cab models, each the Rear Seat) 0 106 or Securing
seating position with lower anchors Child Restraints (With the Safety
Belt in the Front Passenger Seat)
0 110 for more information.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Do not secure a child restraint in a

position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
Regular Cab Crew Cab Shown, Double Cab position. See Where to Put the
For regular cab models, the top Similar Restraint 0 93 for additional
tether anchors are under covers on information.
For crew and double cab models,
the back panel behind the the top tether anchors are the loops Securing a Child Restraint
passenger seat. Remove the trim near the top of the seatback for Designed for the LATCH
plug to access the anchor. Be sure each rear seating position. These System
to use an anchor on the same side loops will be used to route the top
of the vehicle as the seating tether through, as well as to secure
position where the child restraint will the top tether to the vehicle. Be sure { Warning
be placed. to use the anchor (loop) on the
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will be placed. restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
Be sure to read the following child could be seriously injured or
instructions to properly install a child killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint using these loops.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Warning (Continued) { Warning Caution

restraint properly using the Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH
anchors, or use the vehicle's or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the
safety belts to secure the wrapped around their neck. The vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraint, following the instructions shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary,
that came with the child restraint cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to
and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH
manual. pulled all the way out of the attachments.
retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the rear seatback
shoulder belt is allowed to go all when the seat is occupied. Do not
the way back into the retractor,
{ Warning but it cannot do this if it is
fold the empty rear seat with a
safety belt buckled. This could
Do not attach more than one child wrapped around a child’s neck. damage the safety belt or the
restraint to a single anchor, If the shoulder belt is locked and seat. Unbuckle and return the
except for the center top tether tightened around a child’s neck, safety belt to its stowed position,
anchors in the crew and double the only way to loosen the belt is before folding the seat.
cabs. Attaching more than one to cut it.
child restraint to a single anchor Buckle any unused safety belts If you need to secure more than one
could cause the anchor or behind the child restraint so child restraint in the rear seat, see
attachment to come loose or even children cannot reach them. Pull Where to Put the Restraint 0 93.
break during a crash. A child or the shoulder belt all the way out
others could be injured. To reduce of the retractor to set the lock, This system is designed to make
the risk of serious or fatal injuries and tighten the belt behind the installation of child restraints easier.
during a crash, attach only one When using lower anchors, do not
child restraint after the child
child restraint per anchor. use the vehicle's safety belts.
restraint has been installed.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
secure the restraints. Some if your vehicle has one. Refer If the position you are
restraints also use another vehicle to the child restraint using has an adjustable
anchor to secure a top tether. instructions and the following head restraint and you
steps: are using a dual tether,
Regular Cab Models route the tether around
1.1. Fold the passenger
1. For models without a rear seat, seatback forward to the head restraint.
forward-facing child restraints access the top tether
should only be installed in the anchor. See Reclining
right front seating position with Seatbacks 0 59.
safety belts and a top tether.
See Securing Child Restraints 1.2. Find the top tether
(With the Safety Belt in the anchor.
Center Front Seat) 0 110 or 1.3. Remove the cover to
Securing Child Restraints (With expose the anchor.
the Safety Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 106 or Securing Child 1.4. Route, attach, and tighten
Restraints (With the Safety Belt the top tether according
If the position you are
in the Front Passenger Seat) to your child restraint
using has an adjustable
0 110. instructions and the
head restraint and you
following instructions:
If the child restraint are using a single tether,
manufacturer recommends that raise the head restraint
the top tether be attached, and route the tether
attach and tighten the top under the head restraint
tether to the top tether anchor, and in between the head
restraint posts.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Secure the child restraint in the Crew Cab Models 2. For forward-facing child
right front seating position with 1. Attach and tighten the lower restraints, attach and tighten
the vehicle safety belts. attachments to the lower the top tether to the top tether
See Securing Child Restraints anchors. If the child restraint anchor (loop), if your vehicle
(With the Safety Belt in the does not have lower has one. Follow the child
Center Front Seat) 0 110 or attachments or the desired restraint instructions the
Securing Child Restraints (With seating position does not have vehicle LATCH anchor weight
the Safety Belt in the Rear lower anchors, secure the child limits described at the
Seat) 0 106 or Securing Child restraint with the top tether and beginning of this section, and
Restraints (With the Safety Belt the safety belts. Refer to your the following steps:
in the Front Passenger Seat) child restraint manufacturer’s
0 110. instructions and the
3. Before placing a child in the instructions in this manual.
child restraint, make sure it is 1.1. Find the lower anchors
securely held in place. To for the desired seating
check, grasp the child restraint position.
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side 1.2. Put the child restraint on
and back and forth. There the seat.
should be no more than 2.5 cm 1.3. Attach and tighten the
(1 in) of movement for proper lower attachments on the
installation. child restraint to the lower
anchors. Example — Rear Driver Side
Position
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2.1.3. Then attach the posts, through the

top tether (4) to loop on the
the top tether passenger side
anchor (loop) (1) at and behind the
the center rear inboard
seating position. headrest post.
2.2. For a top tether in the 2.3.3. Then attach the
rear center position: top tether (4) to
2.2.1. Route the top the top tether
tether (4) through anchor (loop) (1) at
the center loop (1), the center rear
and behind the seating position.
Example — Rear Driver Side
passenger side 3. Tighten the top tether per the
Position headrest post. child restraint manufacturer's
2.1. For a top tether in the 2.2.2. Then attach the instructions.
rear driver side position: top tether (4) to When the top tether is properly
2.1.1. Raise the the top tether tightened, the anchor (loop)
headrest. anchor (loop) at may bend. This is normal and
the rear passenger will not damage the vehicle.
2.1.2. Route the top
side seating If child restraints are installed
tether (4) between
position. in both outboard positions, both
the headrest
posts, through the 2.3. For a top tether in the top tethers can be attached to
loop (3), behind rear passenger position: the center loop. Top tethers
the inboard 2.3.1. Raise the can be attached for child
headrest post, and headrest. restraints in all three rear
under the center seating positions at the same
shoulder belt (2). 2.3.2. Route the top time, following the routing
tether (4) between instructions above.
the headrest
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. Before placing a child in the 2.1. Find the lower anchors

child restraint, make sure it is for the desired seating
securely held in place. To position.
check, grasp the child restraint 2.2. Put the child restraint on
at the LATCH path and attempt the seat.
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should 2.3. Attach and tighten the
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) lower attachments on the
of movement for proper child restraint to the lower
installation. anchors.
Double Cab Models 3. For forward-facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
1. Remove the headrest prior to the top tether to the top tether Example — Rear Driver Side
installing a forward-facing child anchor (loop). Follow the child Position
restraint in an outboard rear restraint instructions, the
seating position. See “Headrest vehicle LATCH anchor weight
Removal and Reinstallation” at limits described at the
the end of this section. beginning of this section, and
2. Attach and tighten the lower the following steps:
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
3.1.3. Then attach the 3.3.2. Route the top

top tether (4) to tether (4) through
the top tether the loop on the
anchor (loop) (1) at passenger side.
the center rear 3.3.3. Then attach the
seating position. top tether (4) to
3.2. For a top tether in the the top tether
rear center position: anchor (loop) (1) at
3.2.1. Route the top the center rear
tether (4) through seating position.
the center loop (1), 4. Tighten the top tether per the
and behind the child restraint manufacturer's
Example — Rear Driver Side
passenger side instructions.
Position headrest post. When the top tether is properly
3.1. For a top tether in the 3.2.2. Then attach the tightened, the anchor (loop)
rear driver side position: top tether (4) to may bend. This is normal and
3.1.1. Remove the the top tether will not damage the vehicle.
headrest. anchor (loop) at If child restraints are installed
the rear passenger in both outboard positions, both
3.1.2. Route the top
side seating top tethers can be attached to
tether (4) through
position. the center loop. Top tethers
the loop (3) on the
driver side under 3.3. For a top tether in the can be attached for child
the center rear passenger position: restraints in all three rear
shoulder belt (2). 3.3.1. Remove the seating positions at the same
headrest. time, following the routing
instructions above.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
5. Before placing a child in the To reinstall the headrest: Double Cab Models
child restraint, make sure it is The rear outboard headrests should
securely held in place. To be removed when installing
check, grasp the child restraint forward-facing child restraints.
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and To remove the headrest:
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation.
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation
Crew Cab Models
For outboard rear seating positions, 1. Insert the headrest posts into
if the child restraint cannot be the holes in the top of the
installed properly with the headrest seatback with the longer
in place, the headrest may be chrome plated post toward the
removed. See your dealer for driver side of the vehicle.
1. Press both buttons on the
assistance with removal. 2. Push the headrest all the way headrest posts and pull up on
Store the removed headrests in a down until it contacts the top of the headrest.
secure place. Reinstall the headrest the seatback.
2. Store the headrest in a secure
before the seating position is place.
moved.
3. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the headrest
before the seating position
is used.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To reinstall the headrest: Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints

Parts After a Crash (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
{ Warning When securing a child restraint in a
A crash can damage the LATCH rear seating position, study the
system in the vehicle. A damaged instructions that came with the child
LATCH system may not properly restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
death in a crash. To help make system, see Lower Anchors and
sure the LATCH system is Tethers for Children (LATCH
working properly after a crash, System) 0 95 for how and where to
see your dealer to have the install the child restraint using
1. Insert the headrest posts into
system inspected and any LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
the holes in the top of the
necessary replacements made as in the vehicle using a safety belt
seatback with the longer
and it uses a top tether, see Lower
chrome plated post toward the soon as possible.
Anchors and Tethers for Children
driver side of the vehicle.
(LATCH System) 0 95 for top tether
2. Push the headrest all the way If the vehicle has the LATCH system anchor locations.
down until it contacts the top of and it was being used during a
Do not secure a child seat in a
the seatback. crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor
may be needed. if a national or local law requires
New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap
time of the crash. must be anchored.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt
attached. through or around the restraint.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat The child restraint instructions
position does not have the LATCH will show you how.
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
the Restraint 0 93. way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
Double Cab lock is set, the belt can be
1. Remove the headrest prior to tightened but not pulled out of
installing a forward-facing child the retractor.
restraint in an outboard rear
seating position. See “Headrest 4. Push the latch plate into the
Removal and Reinstallation” buckle until it clicks.
under Lower Anchors and Position the release button on
Tethers for Children (LATCH the buckle, away from the child
System) 0 95. restraint system, so that the
2. Put the child restraint on safety belt could be quickly
the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
7. For forward-facing child System) 0 95 for additional

restraints, attach and tighten information on installing the
the top tether to the top tether headrest properly.
anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the Crew Cab
vehicle LATCH anchor weight 1. Put the child restraint on
limits and instructions listed in the seat.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Children (LATCH System) 0 95.
the lap and shoulder portions
8. Before placing a child in the of the vehicle's safety belt
child restraint, make sure it is through or around the restraint.
securely held in place. To The child restraint instructions
6. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint will show you how.
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly
back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no
installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
restraint, it may be helpful to movement.
use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint,
the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor is locked. If the Reinstall the headrest before the
retractor is not locked, repeat seating position is used. See 3. Push the latch plate into the
Steps 5 and 6. “Headrest Removal and buckle until it clicks.
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Position the release button on 6. If the child restraint has a top

the buckle, away from the child tether, follow the child restraint
restraint system, so that the manufacturer's instructions
safety belt could be quickly regarding the use of the top
unbuckled if necessary. tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 95 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
5. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint
on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and
shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side
tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly
back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
way out of the retractor to set restraint, it may be helpful to movement.
the lock. When the retractor use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint,
lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
tightened but not pulled out of tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position.
the retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor is locked. If the For outboard rear seating positions,
retractor is not locked, repeat if the child restraint cannot be
Steps 4 and 5. installed properly with the headrest
in place, the headrest may be
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
removed. See your dealer for Securing Child Restraints

assistance with removal, and store
(With the Safety Belt in
{ Warning
the removed headrest in a secure
place. When the child restraint is the Front A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
removed, reinstall the headrest Passenger Seat) or killed if the front outboard
before the seating position is used.
For reinstallation instructions, see With Passenger Sensing passenger airbag inflates. This is
“Headrest Removal and System because the back of the
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors rear-facing child restraint would
This vehicle has airbags. A rear be very close to the inflating
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
seat is a safer place to secure a
System) 0 95. airbag. A child in a forward-facing
forward-facing child restraint. See
child restraint can be seriously
Where to Put the Restraint 0 93.
Securing Child Restraints injured or killed if the front
In addition, the vehicle may have a outboard passenger airbag
(With the Safety Belt in passenger sensing system which is inflates and the passenger seat is
the Center Front Seat) designed to turn off the front in a forward position.
outboard passenger frontal airbag
{ Warning under certain conditions.
See Passenger Sensing System
The vehicle may have a
passenger sensing system which
A child in a child restraint in the 0 81 and Passenger Airbag Status is designed to turn off the front
center front seat can be badly Indicator 0 143 for more information outboard passenger frontal airbag
injured or killed by the frontal on this, including important safety under certain conditions.
airbags if they inflate. Never information.
Even if the passenger sensing
secure a child restraint in the Never put a rear-facing child seat in system, if equipped, has turned
center front seat. It is always the front. This is because the risk to off the front outboard passenger
better to secure a child restraint in the rear-facing child is so great, frontal airbag, no system is
a rear seat. if the airbag deploys. fail-safe. No one can guarantee
that an airbag will not deploy
Do not use child restraints in the (Continued)
center front seat position.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Do not secure a child seat in a airbag status indicator should

Warning (Continued) position without a top tether anchor light and stay lit when you start
if a national or local law requires the vehicle. See Passenger
under some unusual that the top tether be anchored, or if Airbag Status Indicator 0 143.
circumstance, even though it is the instructions that come with the
turned off. 2. Put the child restraint on
child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints must be anchored.
in a rear seat, even if the airbag 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions
is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraints have of the vehicle's safety belt
forward-facing child restraint in a top tether, and that the tether be through or around the restraint.
the front outboard passenger attached. The child restraint instructions
seat, always move the seat as far When using the lap-shoulder belt to will show you how.
back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in this
secure the child restraint in a position, follow the instructions that
rear seat. came with the child restraint and the
See Passenger Sensing System following instructions:
0 81 for additional information. 1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
If the vehicle does not have a rear forward-facing child restraint.
seat that will accommodate a Move the seat upward or the
rear-facing child restraint, a seatback to an upright position,
rear-facing child restraint should not if needed, to get a tight
be installed in the vehicle, even if installation of the child
the airbag is off. restraint.
If a child restraint uses a top tether, When the passenger sensing
system, if equipped, has turned Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for belt, if needed.
Children (LATCH System) 0 95 for off the front outboard
top tether anchor locations. passenger frontal airbag, the
off indicator in the passenger
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button, the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
away from the child restraint lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
system, so that the safety belt tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. back into the retractor. When
necessary. installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
7. If the vehicle does not have a If a child restraint has been installed
rear seat and the child restraint and the on indicator is lit, see “If the { Warning
manufacturer recommends On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
using a top tether anchor, Restraint” under Passenger Sensing A child in a rear-facing child
attach the top tether to the top System 0 81 for more information. restraint can be seriously injured
tether anchor. Refer to the or killed if the front outboard
To remove the child restraint, passenger airbag inflates. This is
instructions that came with the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
child restraint and to Lower because the back of the
let it return to the stowed position. rear-facing child restraint would
Anchors and Tethers for If the top tether is attached to a top
Children (LATCH System) 0 95. be very close to the inflating
tether anchor, disconnect it.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint, make sure it is With Airbag On-Off Switch child restraint can be seriously
securely held in place. To injured or killed if the front
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
check, grasp the child restraint seat is a safer place to secure a outboard passenger airbag
at the safety belt path and forward-facing child restraint. See inflates and the passenger seat is
attempt to move it side to side Where to Put the Restraint 0 93. in a forward position.
and back and forth. When the Even if the airbag switch has
There may be a switch on the
child restraint is properly turned off the front outboard
instrument panel endcap that you
installed, there should be no passenger frontal airbag, no
can use to turn off the front
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of system is fail-safe. No one can
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
movement.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 79 for guarantee that an airbag will not
If the vehicle is equipped with a more information, including deploy under some unusual
passenger sensing system, and important safety information. circumstance, even though it is
when the passenger sensing system turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
has turned off the front outboard
the front. This is because the risk to Secure rear-facing child restraints
passenger frontal airbag, the off
the rear-facing child is so great, in a rear seat, even if the airbag
indicator in the passenger airbag
if the airbag deploys. is off. If you secure a
status indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started. (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If the vehicle does not have a rear 1. Move the seat as far back as it
Warning (Continued) seat that will accommodate a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint, a forward-facing child restraint.
forward-facing child restraint in rear-facing child restraint should not Move the seat upward or the
the front outboard passenger be installed in the vehicle, even if seatback to an upright position,
seat, always move the seat as far the airbag is off. if needed, to get a tight
back as it will go. It is better to installation of the child
secure the child restraint in a If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for restraint.
rear seat.
Children (LATCH System) 0 95 for When the airbag off switch (if
top tether anchor locations. equipped) has turned off the
Do not secure a child restraint in a front outboard passenger
{ Warning position without a top tether anchor frontal airbag, the off indicator
in the airbag off light should
if a national or local law requires
If the airbag readiness light ever that the top tether be anchored, or if light and stay lit when you start
comes on and stays on, it means the instructions that come with the the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off
that something may be wrong child restraint say that the top strap Light 0 141.
with the airbag system. For must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on
example, the front outboard the seat.
passenger frontal airbag could In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
inflate even though the airbag
a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions
on-off switch is turned off.
attached. of the vehicle's safety belt
To help avoid injury to yourself or When using the lap-shoulder belt to through or around the restraint.
others, have the vehicle serviced secure the child restraint in this The child restraint instructions
right away. See Airbag Readiness position, follow the instructions that will show you how.
Light 0 141 for more information, came with the child restraint and the
including important safety following instructions:
information.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Position the release button,

away from the child restraint
system, so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
belt, if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the installing a forward-facing child
way out of the retractor to set restraint, it may be helpful to
the lock. When the retractor use your knee to push down on
lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint as you
tightened but not pulled out of tighten the belt.
the retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
4. Push the latch plate into the Steps 5 and 6.
buckle until it clicks.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
7. If the vehicle does not have a when you remove the child restraint
rear seat and the child restraint from the vehicle unless the person Warning (Continued)
manufacturer recommends who will be sitting there is a member
using a top tether anchor, of a passenger airbag risk group. airbag. Always secure a
attach the top tether to the top See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 79 for rear-facing child restraint in a
tether anchor. Refer to the more information, including rear seat.
instructions that came with the important safety information.
child restraint and to Lower If a child restraint uses a top tether,
Anchors and Tethers for Heavy-Duty Crew Cab Only
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 95. This vehicle has airbags. A rear Children (LATCH System) 0 95 for
8. Before placing a child in the seat is a safer place to secure a top tether anchor locations.
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraint. See
Do not secure a child seat in a
securely held in place. To Where to Put the Restraint 0 93.
position without a top tether anchor
check, grasp the child restraint Never put a rear-facing child seat in if a national or local law requires
at the safety belt path and the front. This is because the risk to that the top tether be anchored, or if
attempt to move it side to side the rear-facing child is so great, the instructions that come with the
and back and forth. When the if the airbag deploys. child restraint say that the top strap
child restraint is properly must be anchored.
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
{ Warning In Canada, the law requires that
movement. forward-facing child restraints have
A child in a rear-facing child a top tether, and that the tether be
To remove the child restraint, restraint can be seriously injured attached.
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and or killed if the front outboard
let it return to the stowed position. passenger airbag inflates. This is When using the lap-shoulder belt to
If the top tether is attached to a top because the back of the secure the child restraint in this
tether anchor, disconnect it. rear-facing child restraint would position, follow the instructions that
be very close to the inflating came with the child restraint and the
If you turned the airbag off with the following instructions:
switch (if equipped), turn on the (Continued)
front outboard passenger airbag
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1. Move the seat as far back as it 4. Push the latch plate into the
will go before securing the buckle until it clicks.
forward-facing child restraint. Position the release button,
Move the seat upward or the away from the child restraint
seatback to an upright position, system, so that the safety belt
if needed, to get a tight could be quickly unbuckled if
installation of the child necessary.
restraint.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt 6. To tighten the belt, push down
through or around the restraint. on the child restraint, pull the
The child restraint instructions shoulder portion of the belt to
will show you how. tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
way out of the retractor to set
tighten the belt.
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be Try to pull the belt out of the
tightened but not pulled out of retractor to make sure the
the retractor. retractor is locked. If the
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
7. If your child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 95 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Storage 119
Storage Storage Glove Box

Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 119 { Warning
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 119
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Do not store heavy or sharp
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 objects in storage compartments.
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 120 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 120 cause the cover to open and
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 121 could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Instrument Panel Storage
Card Holder To access the upper glove box,
If equipped, there is a card holder unlock with the key and pull up on
on the front instrument panel to the the handle.
left of the steering wheel. To access the lower glove box, pull
down on the handle.
Cupholders
Front
There may be cupholders on the
center front seat console armrest.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
120 Storage
Rear Sunglasses Storage Center Console Storage
If equipped, pull the rear seat If equipped, sunglasses storage is Press the latch and lift to open.
armrest down to access the on the overhead console. Press the Depending on the options there may
cupholders. fixed button on the cover and be a tote compartment, accessory
release to access. power outlet, auxiliary jack, and
USB port(s) inside. There are
openings for power cords on the
edge of the storage area.
See Power Outlets 0 128 and the
infotainment manual.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Storage 121
Floor Console Storage Additional Storage Caution

Features The truck bed walls will collapse if
the tie-downs are overloaded.
Cargo Tie-Downs
If equipped with front seat floor

console storage, unlock with the
ignition key, press the button, and
lift to open.
The vehicle may be equipped with
To install:
cargo tie-downs.
1. Insert a tie-down loop
Any of the nine holes inside the
assembly until it is flush with
truck bed can be used for tie-downs.
the truck bed wall.
The maximum load is 113 kg
2. Turn the tie-down loop
(250 lb) per tie-down.
clockwise to tighten. The
tie-down will be hard to turn
until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle
guide.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
122 Storage
3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by

hand only. Do not use tools.
To remove:
1. Remove the tie-down loop
completely by turning
counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the
truck bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away
from the truck bed wall until a
click is heard. This locks the
toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against
the truck bed wall. This allows
the toggle nut to spin.
4. Remove the backing plate,
toggle guide, and toggle nut
from the truck bed wall
completely.
5. Reinstall the tie-down loop
through the backing plate into
the toggle nut for reuse.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Instruments and Controls 123
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 150

Instruments and Transmission Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Controls Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 140
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . .
151
151
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 141 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 151
Controls Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 152
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 124 Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 125 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 143 Information Displays
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 125 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 144 (Base Level Cluster) . . . . . . . . 152
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 126 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 (Uplevel and Denali
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Vehicle Messages
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 147 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 147 Battery Voltage and Charging
Indicators Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 147 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Departure Warning Brake System Messages . . . . . 158
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 (LDW) Light (2500/3500) . . . . 147 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 158
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 158
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 (1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Engine Cooling System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 148 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 159
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 148 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 160
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 160
Engine Oil Pressure StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 160
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Engine Coolant Temperature Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Object Detection System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 150
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
124 Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Wheel
Airbag System Messages . . . . 162
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 163 Steering Wheel
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Adjustment
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 164
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 167
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 167
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 167
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
Universal Remote System steering wheel, if equipped:
Universal Remote System . . . . 174
Universal Remote System 1. Push the lever (1) down to
To adjust the steering wheel: move the steering wheel
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Universal Remote System 1. Hold the steering wheel and forward or rearward. Lift the
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 pull the lever. lever up to lock the wheel in
place.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. 2. Pull the lever (2) toward you to
move the steering wheel up or
3. Release the lever to lock the
down, then release the lever to
wheel in place.
lock the wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Steering Wheel Controls o or p : Press to go to the 2. Volume: Press to increase or

previous or next menu option. decrease the volume.
w or x : Press to go to the next or Heated Steering Wheel
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted
menu option.
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : For vehicles with OnStar or a ( (Heated Steering Wheel, If
Bluetooth system, press to interact Equipped) : Press to turn it on or
with those systems. See OnStar The favorite and volume switches off. A light next to the button
Overview 0 488 or “Bluetooth are on the back of the steering displays when the feature is
(Overview)” in the infotainment wheel. turned on.
manual.
1. Favorite: When on a radio The steering wheel takes about
i : Press to reject an incoming source, press to select the next three minutes to start heating.
call or end a current call. Press to or previous favorite. When on a
mute or unmute the infotainment media source, press to select Horn
system when not on a call. the next or previous track.
To sound the horn, press a on the
steering wheel.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Windshield Wiper/Washer thaw them. Damaged wiper blades Windshield Washer

should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 388. { Warning
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. An internal circuit In freezing weather, do not use
breaker to the motor will stop the the washer until the windshield is
motor until it cools down. warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
Wiper Parking windshield, blocking your vision.
The windshield wiper control is on
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
the turn signal lever.
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, L m (Washer Fluid) : Push the
The windshield wipers are controlled they will immediately stop. paddle marked with the windshield
by turning the band with z on it. washer symbol at the top of the turn
If the windshield wiper lever is then
1 : Fast wipes. moved to OFF before the driver signal lever, to spray washer fluid
door is opened or within 10 minutes, and activate the wipers. The wipers
w : Slow wipes. will continue until the paddle is
the wipers will restart and move to
3 INT : Turn the band up for more the base of the windshield. released or the maximum wash time
frequent wipes or down for less is reached. When the paddle is
frequent wipes. If the ignition is put in OFF while the released, additional wipes may
wipers are performing wipes due to occur depending on how long the
OFF : Turns the windshield windshield washing, the wipers windshield washer had been
wipers off. continue to run until they reach the activated. See Washer Fluid 0 380
8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8, base of the windshield. for information on filling the
then release. For several wipes, windshield washer fluid reservoir.
hold the band on 8 longer.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
Compass
blades before using them. If frozen The vehicle may have a compass
to the windshield, carefully loosen or display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
its heading and other information 2. Select the desired function. Press o BACK to go to the last
from the Global Positioning 3. Turn the MENU knob to menu and save the changes.
System (GPS) antenna, increase or decrease the value.
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed Setting the Time and Date with
information. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to Touchscreen Controls
the next value. After the last
The compass system is designed to value is selected, the system To set the time:
operate for a certain number of will update and return to the 1. Touch SETTINGS from the
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS Settings menu. Press o BACK Home Page, then touch Time
to go to the last menu and and Date.
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the save the changes. 2. Touch Set Time and touch «
vehicle for a short distance in an Auto Set requires an OnStar or ª to increase or decrease
open area where it can receive a subscription. hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
GPS signal. The compass system
If auto timing is set, the time Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
will automatically determine when a
displayed on the clock may not 24 hour clock.
GPS signal is restored and provide
update immediately when driving
a heading again. See Compass
into a new time zone. 3. Touch the } or 0 screen
Messages 0 158 for the messages button to go back to the
that may be displayed for the To set the clock display: previous menu.
compass. 1. Select SETTINGS from the Auto Set requires an OnStar
Home Page, then select Time subscription.
Clock and Date.
If auto timing is set, the time
Setting the Time and Date with 2. Select Clock Display. displayed on the clock may not
Faceplate Controls 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off update immediately when driving
To set the time or date: or On. into a new time zone.
1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to
Home Page, then select Time select.
and Date.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To set the date: Power Outlets The power outlets on the center
1. Touch SETTINGS from the stack and in front of the cupholders
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct are powered at all times. The power
Home Page, then touch Time Current
and Date. outlets inside the storage area and
Accessory power outlets can be on the rear of the console are
2. Touch Set Date and touch « used to plug in electrical equipment, powered when the ignition is in ON/
or ª to increase or decrease such as a cell phone, MP3 RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
player, etc. or when RAP is active.
month, day, or year.
The vehicle may have up to four
3. Touch the } or 0 screen
accessory power outlets. { Warning
button to go back to the
previous menu. Vehicles with a Center Console Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
To set the clock display: . One or two in front of the
equipment plugged in when the
1. Touch SETTINGS and touch cupholders on the center
console. vehicle is not in use because the
Time and Date. vehicle could catch fire and cause
2. Touch Clock Display and touch . One inside the center console. injury or death.
OFF or ON to turn the clock . One on the rear of the center
display off or on. console.
3. Touch the } or 0 screen Vehicles with Bench Seats Caution
button to go back to the . One on the center stack below
previous menu. Leaving electrical equipment
the climate control system.
plugged in for an extended period
. One or two in the storage area of time while the vehicle is off will
on the bench seat. drain the battery. Always unplug
Lift the cover to access and replace electrical equipment when not in
when not in use. use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Certain power accessory plugs may Power Outlet 110/120 Volt An indicator light on the outlet turns
not be compatible with the Alternating Current on to show it is in use. The light
accessory power outlet and could comes on when the ignition is in
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
If a problem is experienced, see than 150 watts is plugged into the
your dealer. outlet, and no system fault is
When adding electrical equipment, detected.
be sure to follow the proper The indicator light does not come on
installation instructions included with when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
the equipment. See Add-On if the equipment is not fully seated
Electrical Equipment 0 350. into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
Caution more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
Hanging heavy equipment from Base Shown, Uplevel Similar shuts off the power supply and the
the power outlet can cause indicator light turns off. To reset the
damage not covered by the If equipped with this power outlet, it
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
vehicle warranty. The power can be used to plug in electrical
back in or turn the Retained
outlets are designed for equipment that uses a maximum
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
accessory power plugs only, such limit of 150 watts.
then back on. See Retained
as cell phone charge cords. For vehicles with a center console, Accessory Power (RAP) 0 277.
the 110/120 volt power outlet is in
The power outlet is not designed for
front of the cupholders in the center
the following, and may not work
console.
properly if they are plugged in:
For vehicles with bench seats, the . Equipment with high initial peak
110/120 volt power outlet is on the
wattage, such as
center stack.
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply, { Warning { Warning
such as
microcomputer-controlled Wireless charging can affect the Remove all objects from the
electric blankets and touch operation of an implanted charging pad before charging
sensor lamps. pacemaker or other medical your mobile device. Objects, such
devices. If you have one, it is as coins, keys, rings, paper clips,
. Medical equipment. recommended to consult with or cards, between the phone and
your doctor before using the charging pad will become very
Wireless Charging wireless charging system. hot. On the rare occasion that the
The vehicle may have wireless charging system does not detect
charging on top of the center The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ an object, and the object gets
console. See Center Console ACCESSORY, or Retained wedged between the phone and
Storage 0 120. The system Accessory Power (RAP) must be charger, remove the phone and
wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi active. The wireless charging allow the object to cool before
compatible mobile device. feature may not correctly indicate removing it from the charging
To check for phone or other device charging when the vehicle is in RAP. pad, to prevent burns.
compatibility: See Retained Accessory Power
. In the U.S., see my.gmc.com/ (RAP) 0 277.
learn. The operating temperature is −20 °C
. In Canada, see (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
gmtotalconnect.ca.
35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
. Or, see your dealer for details.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
3. The } will display on the V Warning Lights,

on the infotainment screen.
This indicates that the mobile Gauges, and
device is properly positioned Indicators
and charging. If a mobile
device is placed on the Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
charging pad and } does not
before it becomes serious enough
display, remove the mobile to cause an expensive repair or
device from the pad, turn replacement. Paying attention to the
180 degrees and wait warning lights and gauges could
three seconds before placing/ prevent injury.
aligning the mobile device on
To charge a mobile device: the pad again. Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
1. Remove all objects from the indicate they are working. When
charging pad. The system may one of the warning lights comes on
not charge if there are any and stays on while driving, or when
objects between the mobile one of the gauges shows there may
device and charging pad. be a problem, check the section that
2. Place the mobile device face explains what to do. Waiting to do
up on the @ symbol on the repairs can be costly and even
charging pad. dangerous.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Instrument Cluster
Base Cluster English Standard Theme, Metric Similar

Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Uplevel Cluster English Standard Theme, Metric Similar

Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Denali Cluster English Standard, Metric Similar

Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Cluster Menu (Uplevel and . Info App. This is where the no active phone call, view recent
Denali Cluster) selected Driver Information calls, or scroll through contacts.
Center (DIC) displays can be If there is an active call, mute the
There is an interactive display area viewed. phone or switch to handset
in the center of the instrument See Driver Information Center operation.
cluster. (DIC) (Base Level Cluster) 0 152
or Driver Information Center Navigation
(DIC) (Uplevel and Denali Press V to select the Navigation
Cluster) 0 154.
app, then press p to enter the
. Audio Navigation menu. If there is no
. Phone active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
. Navigation prompts on/off. If there is an active
. Options route, press V to cancel or resume
Audio route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.
Press V to select the Audio app,
Options
then press p to enter the Audio
Use the right steering wheel control menu. In the Audio menu browse for Press V to select the Options app,
to open and scroll through the music, select from the favorites, then press p to enter the Options
different items and displays. or change the audio source. Use w menu. Use w or x to scroll
Press o to access the cluster or x to change the station or go to through items in the Options menu.
applications. Use w or x to scroll the next or previous track.
Units : Press p while Units is
through the list of available Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
applications. Not all applications will Choose English, Imperial, or metric
be available on all vehicles. Press V to select the Phone app,
units by pressing V while the
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
desired item is highlighted. Software Information : Displays Tachometer

A checkmark will be displayed next open source software information.
to the selected item. The tachometer displays the engine
Speedometer speed in revolutions per
Display Themes (Denali) : There minute (rpm).
are three instrument cluster display The speedometer shows the
configurations to choose from: vehicle's speed in either kilometers Fuel Gauge
Standard, Technology, and Media. per hour (km/h) or miles per
Info Pages : Press p while Info hour (mph).
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Pages menu and select the items to Odometer
be displayed in the Info app. The odometer shows how far the
See Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle has been driven, in either
(Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver kilometers or miles. The odometer
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel displays on the Speed page of the
and Denali Cluster) 0 154. Driver Information Center (DIC).
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to Trip Odometer
set a speed that they do not want to The trip odometer shows how far
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, the vehicle has been driven since Standard Theme Shown
press p when Speed Warning is the trip odometer was last reset. When the ignition is on, the fuel
displayed. Press w or x to adjust The trip odometer is accessed and gauge indicates about how much
the value. Press V to set the speed. reset through the Driver Information fuel is left in the tank.
Once the speed is set, this feature Center (DIC). There is an arrow near the fuel
can be turned off by pressing V See Driver Information Center (DIC) gauge pointing to the side of the
while viewing this page. If the (Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver vehicle the fuel door is on.
selected speed limit is exceeded, a Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel
pop-up warning is displayed with a and Denali Cluster) 0 154.
chime.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When the indicator nears empty, the Engine Oil Pressure

low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
Gauge
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge English, Standard Theme Shown
indicated. For example, the
The engine oil pressure gauge
gauge may have indicated the
shows the engine oil pressure
tank was half full, but it actually Metric, Standard Theme Shown
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
took a little more or less than
per square inch) when the engine is
half the tank's capacity to fill
running.
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, coolant
turning a corner or speeding up.
temperature, and oil viscosity.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
A reading outside the normal
to stabilize after the ignition is
operating range can be caused by a
turned on, and goes back to
dangerously low oil level or some
empty when the ignition is
other problem causing low oil
turned off.
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as
soon as possible. See “OIL
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE” Engine Coolant

under Engine Oil Messages 0 159
and Engine Oil 0 364.
Temperature Gauge
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible. English, Standard Theme Shown
Add oil if required, but if the oil This gauge shows the engine
level is within the operating range coolant temperature. Under normal
and the oil pressure is still low, Metric, Standard Theme Shown
driving conditions the gauge will
have the vehicle serviced. Always read approximately 100 °C (210 °F)
follow the maintenance schedule or less. If the gauge pointer is near
for changing engine oil. 125 °C (260 °F), the engine is
too hot.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, It means that the engine coolant has
see the Duramax diesel overheated. If the vehicle has been
supplement. operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Transmission Caution
Temperature Gauge
Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
or the transmission can be
damaged. This could lead to
costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.
Voltmeter Gauge
English Standard Theme
This gauge appears when the
vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and
Metric Standard Theme
shows the transmission fluid
temperature. If the gauge is reading
in the red area and/or a message
appears in the Driver Information
Center (DIC), the vehicle must be
stopped and the cause checked.
One possible cause is a low fluid
level in the transmission.
See Transmission Messages 0 164. Standard Theme
When the ignition is on, this gauge
indicates the battery voltage.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When the engine is running, this accessories, such as the radio and times if the driver remains or
gauge shows the condition of the air conditioner and unplug all becomes unbuckled while the
charging system. The gauge can chargers and accessories. vehicle is moving.
transition from a higher to lower or a Readings outside the normal If the driver safety belt is buckled,
lower to higher reading. This is operating range indicate a possible neither the light nor the chime
normal. If the vehicle is operating problem in the electrical system. comes on.
outside the normal operating range, Have the vehicle serviced as soon
the charging system light comes on. as possible. Passenger Safety Belt
See Charging System Light 0 143 Reminder Light
for more information. The voltmeter
gauge may also read lower when in Safety Belt Reminders There may be a passenger safety
fuel economy mode. This is normal. belt reminder light near the
Driver Safety Belt Reminder passenger airbag status indicator.
Readings outside the normal Light See Passenger Sensing System
operating range can also occur There is a driver safety belt 0 81.
when a large number of electrical reminder light on the instrument
accessories are operating in the cluster.
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as For vehicles equipped with the
higher engine speeds allow the passenger safety belt reminder light,
charging system to create maximum When the vehicle is started, this when the vehicle is started this light
power. light flashes and a chime may come flashes and a chime may come on
on to remind the driver to fasten to remind passengers to fasten their
The vehicle can only be driven for a their safety belt. Then the light stays safety belt. Then the light stays on
short time with the readings outside on solid until the belt is buckled. solid until the belt is buckled. This
the normal operating range. If the This cycle may continue several cycle continues several times if the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
passenger remains or becomes If there is a problem with the airbag

unbuckled while the vehicle is system, a Driver Information Center
moving. (DIC) message may also come on.
If the passenger safety belt is See Airbag System Messages
buckled, neither the chime nor the 0 162.
light comes on.
The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light
The front passenger safety belt
for several seconds when the If the vehicle has an airbag on-off
reminder light and chime may turn
vehicle is started. If the light does switch, it also has a passenger
on if an object is put on the seat
not come on then, have it fixed airbag status indicator located in the
such as a briefcase, handbag,
immediately. overhead console.
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove { Warning
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be
This light shows if there is an working properly. The airbags in United States
electrical problem with the airbag the vehicle might not inflate in a
system. The system check includes crash, or they could even inflate
the airbag sensor(s), passenger without a crash. To help avoid
sensing system (if equipped), the injury, have the vehicle serviced
pretensioners, the airbag modules, right away.
the wiring, and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more
information on the airbag system, Canada and Mexico
see Airbag System 0 73. When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
ON and OFF, or the symbol for on
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
and off, will light for several seconds

as a system check. Then, after { Warning Warning (Continued)
several more seconds, the status
indicator ON or OFF, or either the If the front outboard passenger example, the front outboard
on or off symbol, will light to let you frontal airbag is turned off for a passenger frontal airbag could
know the status of the front person who is not in a risk group inflate even though the airbag
outboard passenger frontal airbag. identified by the national on-off switch is turned off.
government, that person will not To help avoid injury to yourself or
When the front outboard passenger have the extra protection of an
frontal airbag is manually turned off others, have the vehicle serviced
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will right away. See Airbag Readiness
using the airbag on-off switch on the
not be able to inflate and help Light 0 141 for more information,
instrument panel endcap, the OFF
indicator light or the off symbol will protect the person sitting there. including important safety
come on and stay on as a reminder Do not turn off the front outboard information.
that the airbag has been turned off. passenger frontal airbag unless
This light will go off when the airbag the person sitting there is in a risk
has been turned on. See Airbag group identified by the national If the word ON or the on symbol is
On-Off Switch 0 79 for more government. See Airbag On-Off lit, it means that the front outboard
information, including important Switch 0 79 for more information, passenger frontal airbag is enabled
safety information. including important safety (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off
information. Switch 0 79 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If, after several seconds, both status
{ Warning indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
If the airbag readiness light ever problem with the lights or the airbag
comes on and stays on, it means on-off switch. See your dealer for
that something may be wrong service.
with the airbag system. For
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status

Warning (Continued)
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
Indicator or either the on or off symbol, to let
If the vehicle has the passenger you know the status of the front with the airbag system. To help
sensing system, the overhead outboard passenger frontal airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others,
console will have a passenger have the vehicle serviced right
If the word ON or the on symbol is away. See Airbag Readiness
airbag status indicator. See lit on the passenger airbag status
Passenger Sensing System 0 81 for Light 0 141 for more information,
indicator, it means that the front including important safety
important safety information. outboard passenger frontal airbag is
information.
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it Charging System Light
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
United States
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on
your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
Canada and Mexico { Warning a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
When the vehicle is started, the If the airbag readiness light ever started.
passenger airbag status indicator comes on and stays on, it means If the light stays on, or comes on
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol that something may be wrong while driving, there may be a
for on and off, for several seconds problem with the electrical charging
as a system check. Then, after (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
system. Have it checked by your

dealer. Driving while this light is on Caution
could drain the battery.
Modifications to the engine,
When this light comes on, or is transmission, exhaust, intake,
flashing, the Driver Information or fuel system, or the use of
Center (DIC) also displays a replacement tires that do not
message. Malfunctions are often indicated by
meet the original tire
the system before any problem is
See Battery Voltage and Charging specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light
Messages 0 157. to come on. This could lead to
and seeking service promptly when
If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the
with the light on, be sure to turn off vehicle warranty. This could also
all accessories, such as the radio affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
Caution an Emissions Inspection/
and air conditioner.
If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See
Malfunction Indicator with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications
0 357.
Lamp (Check Engine control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
Light) lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A
This light is part of the vehicle’s run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that
emission control on-board costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control
diagnostic system. If this light is on covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle
while the engine is running, a emissions. Diagnosis and service
malfunction has been detected and may be required.
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it To help prevent damage, reduce
is working when the ignition is in vehicle speed and avoid hard
ON/RUN and the engine is not accelerations and uphill grades.
running. See Ignition Positions
0 274.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass
amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel inspection if:
soon as possible. 0 315. . The light is on when the engine
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your is running.
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer. . The light does not come on
off and wait at least 10 seconds when the ignition is in ON/RUN
before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs while the engine is off.
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems
dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely
possible. test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the
the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for
If the light is on steady : A inspection and might require
malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC).
several days of routine driving
Diagnosis and service may be before the system is ready for
required. inspection. This can happen if
Check the following: the 12-volt battery has recently
. A loose or missing fuel cap may been replaced or run down, or if
cause the light to come on. See the vehicle has been recently
Filling the Tank 0 317. A few serviced.
driving trips with the cap See your dealer if the vehicle will
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready
light off. panel to the left of the steering for the test.
wheel. Connecting devices that are
. Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning
poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect Light
away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On The vehicle brake system consists
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 350. See of two hydraulic circuits. If one
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed. circuit is not working, the remaining
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
circuit can still work to stop the If the light comes on while driving, Antilock Brake System
vehicle. For normal braking pull off the road and stop carefully.
performance, both circuits need to The pedal might be harder to push,
(ABS) Warning Light
be working. or the pedal can go closer to the
If the warning light comes on, there floor. It may take longer to stop.
is a brake problem. Have the brake If the light is still on, have the
system inspected right away. vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 439.
{ Warning This light comes on briefly when the

The brake system might not be engine is started.
working properly if the brake If the light does not come on, have it
Metric English system warning light is on. fixed so it will be ready to warn if
Driving with the brake system there is a problem.
This light should come on briefly warning light on can lead to a
If the light comes on while driving,
when the engine is started. If it does crash. If the light is still on after
stop as soon as it is safely possible
not come on then, have it fixed so it the vehicle has been pulled off and turn off the vehicle. Then start
will be ready to warn you if there is the road and carefully stopped, the engine again to reset the
a problem. have the vehicle towed for system. If the ABS light stays on,
When the ignition is on, the brake service. or comes on again while driving, the
system warning light also comes on vehicle needs service. A chime may
when the parking brake is set. The also sound when the light comes on
light stays on if the parking brake steady.
does not fully release. If it stays on
If the ABS light is the only light on,
after the parking brake is fully
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
released, it means the vehicle has a
the antilock brakes are not
brake problem.
functioning.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If both the ABS and the brake Tow/Haul Mode Light Lane Departure Warning
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
(LDW) Light (2500/3500)
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 145 and Brake System Messages
0 158. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on If equipped, this light is green if
Four-Wheel-Drive Light when the Tow/Haul Mode has been LDW is on and ready to operate.
activated.
This light changes to amber and
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 288. flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
Hill Descent Control Light using a turn signal in that direction.
On the base cluster, this light comes
on briefly while starting the vehicle.
The four-wheel-drive light comes on If it does not come on, have the
when the manual transfer case is vehicle serviced.
shifted into four-wheel drive and the See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
front axle engages. LO or HI will (2500/3500 Series) 0 312.
also be next to this light when the
vehicle is in four-wheel low or If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
four-wheel high. light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
Some delay between the shifting flashes, the system is active.
and the light coming on is normal.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 289. 0 301.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
Light (1500 Series) turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
If available, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is
briefly while starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when turned off.
you are following a vehicle ahead
This light is green if LKA is available much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
to assist. limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
LKA may assist by gently turning System 0 308. See Traction Control/Electronic
the steering wheel if the vehicle Stability Control 0 299.
approaches a detected lane marking Traction Off Light
without using the turn signal in that StabiliTrak OFF Light
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 This light comes on briefly while
Series) 0 313. starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly while
have the vehicle serviced by your starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the If it does not, have the vehicle
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak serviced by your dealer. If the
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. system is working normally the
Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC) indicator light goes off.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
system does not assist in controlling DIC messages to determine which Caution
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
the StabiliTrak systems, and the and whether the vehicle requires The engine coolant temperature
warning light turns off. service. See Ride Control System warning light indicates that the
Messages 0 161. vehicle has overheated. Driving
See Traction Control/Electronic with this light on can damage the
Stability Control 0 299. If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system engine and it may not be covered
is actively working. by the vehicle warranty. See
Traction Control System Engine Overheating 0 376.
See Traction Control/Electronic
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 0 299.
The engine coolant temperature
Engine Coolant warning light comes on when the
Temperature Warning engine has overheated.
Light If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 376.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off. This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 411. come on, have the vehicle serviced
Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer.
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through
about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer.
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil
underinflated. low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light
A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered
tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check
display. See Tire Messages 0 164. the oil level as soon as possible.
Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil
inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range
shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low,
Information label. See Tire Pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always
0 408. follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
It also comes on when the fuel tank High-Beam On Light Front Fog Lamp Light
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
This light comes on when the For vehicles with fog lamps, this
high-beam headlamps are in use. light comes on when the fog lamps
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam are on.
Changer 0 180. The light goes out when the fog
® lamps are turned off. See Fog
The security light should come on IntelliBeam Light Lamps 0 183 for more information.
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the Lamps On Reminder
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent This light comes on when the
system. See Immobilizer Operation IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
0 45. enabled.
This light comes on when the
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178. exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 178.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Cruise Control Light .

Information Displays Unit
Digital Speedometer
Driver Information Center The speedometer shows how fast
(DIC) (Base Level Cluster) the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
The DIC displays are shown in the
per hour (mph). The speedometer
center of the instrument cluster. The
cannot be reset.
displays show the status of many
For vehicles with cruise control, the vehicle systems. The trip odometer Trip
cruise control light is white when the reset stem in the instrument cluster
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
cruise control is on and ready, and is used to access the DIC menu
until TRIP displays. The current
turns green when the cruise control items.
distance traveled, in either
is set and active. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
DIC Menu Items
The light turns off when the cruise the last reset for the trip odometer is
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to shown. The trip odometer can be
control is turned off. See Cruise
scroll through the following menu reset to zero by pressing and
Control 0 302.
items: holding the trip odometer reset stem
Door Ajar Light . Digital Speedometer while the trip odometer is displayed.
. Trip Fuel Range
. Fuel Range This display shows the approximate
. Average Fuel Economy distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
. Tire Pressure estimate is based on an average of
. Remaining Oil Life the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
This light comes on when a door is . Transmission Fluid Temperature amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
open or not securely latched. Before . Trailer Brake tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed. . Hourmeter
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life Transmission Fluid Temperature

The Average Fuel Economy display Turn the trip odometer reset stem The temperature of the automatic
shows the approximate average until REMAINING OIL LIFE transmission fluid displays in either
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) displays. An estimate of the oil's degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
or miles per gallon (mpg). This remaining useful life is shown. Fahrenheit (°F).
number reflects only the REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
approximate average fuel economy 99% of the current oil life remains. Trailer Brake
that the vehicle has right now, and When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated
will change as driving conditions the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
change. This number is based on message will appear on the display. turn the trip odometer reset stem
the number of L/100 km (mpg) See Engine Oil Messages 0 159. until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER
recorded since the last time this The oil should be changed as soon OUTPUT displays.
menu item was reset. Reset this as possible. See Engine Oil 0 364. TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer
display by pressing the trip In addition to the engine oil life Gain setting. This setting can be
odometer reset stem. system monitoring the oil life, adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
Tire Pressure additional maintenance is a trailer connected or disconnected.
recommended in the Maintenance TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
Turn the trip odometer reset stem Schedule. See Maintenance
until a vehicle with the approximate power output to the trailer anytime a
Schedule 0 455. trailer with electric brakes is
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either The Oil Life display must be reset connected. Output is displayed as a
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per after each oil change. It will not bar graph. Dashes may appear in
square inch (psi). reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
display at any time other than when trailer is not connected.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System the oil has just been changed.
0 410 and Tire Pressure Monitor Hourmeter
It cannot be reset accurately until
Operation 0 411. the next oil change. To reset the This display shows the total number
engine oil life system, see Engine of hours the engine has run.
Oil Life System 0 367.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Unit 2. Press w or x to scroll to the

This will change the displays on the Options application.
instrument cluster and DIC to either
3. Press V to enter the
metric or English (US)
measurements. To change the units, Options menu.
press the trip odometer reset stem 4. Scroll to Info Pages and
when UNITS is displayed to enter press p.
the Unit menu. Turn the trip
odometer reset stem to switch 5. Press w or x to move
between English and metric. Press through the list of possible
the trip odometer reset stem when information displays.
the desired setting is displayed.
6. Press V while an item is
Compass w or x : Press to move up or highlighted to select or
The vehicle may have a compass in down in a list. deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
the Driver Information Center (DIC). o or p : Press to move between will appear next to it.
See Compass 0 126. the interactive display zones in the
cluster. DIC Info Pages
Driver Information Center V : Press to open a menu or select The following is the list of all
(DIC) (Uplevel and Denali a menu item. Press and hold to possible DIC info page displays.
Cluster) reset values on certain screens. Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
The DIC displays are shown in the DIC Info Page Options
not be turned on by default but can
center of the instrument cluster in The info pages on the DIC can be be turned on through the Options
the Info App. See Instrument Cluster
turned on or off through the app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
0 132. The displays show the status Options menu. earlier in this section.
of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the right 1. Press o to access the cluster
steering wheel control. applications.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in calculated based on the various economy that the vehicle has right
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or vehicle speeds recorded since the now and changes frequently as
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle last reset of this value. driving conditions change.
odometer is also shown on
this page. Press and hold V while this display Timer : This display can be used as
is active to reset the trip odometer, a timer. To start the timer, press V
Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel the average fuel economy, and the while this display is active. The
Economy, and Average Speed :
average speed. Or press p and display will show the amount of time
Shows the current distance traveled, that has passed since the timer was
in either kilometers (km) or select reset in the menu.
last reset. To stop the timer, press V
miles (mi), since the trip odometer Fuel Range and Instantaneous
was last reset. Fuel Economy : Shows the briefly while this display is active
approximate distance the vehicle and the timer is running.
The Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average can be driven without refueling. Press and hold V while this display
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) LOW will be displayed when the is active to reset the timer. Each of
or miles per gallon (mpg). This vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel these items can be reset individually
range estimate is based on an
number is calculated based on the by pressing p while this display is
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history active.
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only and the amount of fuel remaining in Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
the approximate average fuel the fuel tank. It also shows if the oil's remaining useful life.
economy that the vehicle has right Active Fuel Management is active If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
now, and will change as driving and in V4 mode, or inactive and in displayed, that means 99% of the
conditions change. V8 mode. See Active Fuel current oil life remains.
Management 0 281.
The Average Speed display shows When the remaining oil life is low,
the average speed of the vehicle in The Instantaneous Fuel Economy the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles display shows the approximate message will appear on the display.
per hour (mph). This average is current fuel economy in either liters See Engine Oil Messages 0 159.
per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or The oil should be changed as soon
miles per gallon (mpg). This number as possible. See Engine Oil 0 364.
reflects only the approximate fuel In addition to the engine oil life
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
system monitoring the oil life, Best Fuel Economy : Displays ECO Index : The bar graph
additional maintenance is average fuel economy, the best fuel provides feedback on the efficiency
recommended in the Maintenance economy over the selected of current driving behavior. The
Schedule. See Maintenance distance, and a bar graph showing graph shows a value that is based
Schedule 0 455. instantaneous fuel economy. on current fuel consumption
The Oil Life display must be reset compared to what is expected from
Press p to change the selected the vehicle with good and bad
after each oil change. It will not
distance. Press and hold V while driving habits. It also shows if the
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display at any time other than this display is active to reset the Active Fuel Management is active
when the oil has just been changed. best fuel economy and average fuel and in V4 mode, or inactive and in
It cannot be reset accurately until economy. This display can also be V8 mode. See Active Fuel
the next oil change. To reset the reset by selecting reset in the menu. Management 0 281.
engine oil life system, press and Top Consumers : Shows a list of Engine Hours : Shows the total
hold V for several seconds while the features that are currently number of hours the engine has run.
the Oil Life display is active. See impacting the fuel economy, in order This display also shows the engine
Engine Oil Life System 0 367. from highest to lowest. If a feature is idle hours.
turned off, it will be removed from Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the
Tire Pressure : Shows the the list.
approximate pressures of all four Integrated Trailer Brake Control
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in Economy Trend : Shows history of (ITBC) system, the trailer brake
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds the Average Fuel Economy from the display appears in the DIC.
per square inch (psi). If the pressure last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
is low, the value for that tire is represents about 5 km (3 mi) of gain setting. This setting can be
shown in amber. driving. During driving the bars will adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
See Tire Pressure Monitor System shift to always reflect the most a trailer connected or disconnected.
0 410 and Tire Pressure Monitor recent distance on the right side.
Operation 0 411. Press and hold V to clear the graph OUTPUT shows the power output to
the trailer any time a trailer with
or press p to reset through electric brakes is connected. Output
the menu. is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
may appear in the OUTPUT display.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Speed Signs : Shows sign Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and

information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
navigation. indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START
some action may be needed to VEHICLE
Following Distance : Used to
correct a condition. Multiple
select the alert timing for the When the vehicle’s battery is
messages may appear one after
Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See severely discharged, this message
another.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) will display and four chimes will
System 0 308. The messages that do not require
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be
Blank Page : Shows no immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by
information. started and the battery continues to
pressing V or the trip odometer discharge, the climate controls,
Transmission Fluid Temperature reset stem on the base cluster. heated seats, and audio systems
Gauge : Shows the temperature of
The messages that require will shut off and the vehicle may
the automatic transmission fluid in
immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems
either degrees Celsius (°C) or
until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle
degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
is started.
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch All messages should be taken
and roll information, road wheel seriously and clearing the message BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) does not correct the problem. This message displays when the
status. The following are the possible battery voltage drops below
messages and some information expected levels and features are
about them. disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages As soon as it is safe to do so,

CHARGING SYSTEM carefully pull your vehicle over to
BRAKE FLUID LOW the side of the road and turn the
On some vehicles, this message ignition off. Check the wiring
displays if there is a problem with This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake connection to the trailer and turn the
the battery charging system. Under ignition back on. If this message still
certain conditions, the charging Fluid 0 381.
displays, either your vehicle or the
system light may also turn on in the SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST trailer needs service. See your
instrument cluster. See Charging dealer.
System Light 0 143. Driving with this This message may be displayed
problem could drain the battery. when there is a problem with the See “Integrated Trailer Brake
Turn off all unnecessary brake boost assist system. When Control System” under Towing
accessories. Have the electrical this message is displayed, the brake Equipment 0 340 for more
system checked as soon as boost assist motor might be heard information.
possible. See your dealer. operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Compass Messages
TRANSPORT MODE ON normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for Dashes may be displayed if the
This message is displayed when the vehicle temporarily loses
vehicle is in transport mode. Some service.
communication with the Global
features can be disabled while in SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Positioning System (GPS).
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
SYSTEM
and the vehicle alarm system. Take On vehicles with the Integrated
Door Ajar Messages
the vehicle to your dealer for service Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, DOOR OPEN
to turn transport mode off. this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem This message displays and a chime
with the ITBC system. may sound if a door is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
When this message displays, power vehicle, check the door for
is no longer available to the trailer
brakes.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
obstructions, and close the door If this message continues to appear, Engine Oil Messages
again. Check to see if the message have the system repaired by your
still appears on the DIC. dealer as soon as possible to avoid CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
damage to the engine. This message displays when the
HOOD OPEN
ENGINE OVERHEATING IDLE engine oil needs to be changed.
This message displays and a chime When you change the engine oil, be
may sound if the hood is not fully ENGINE
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
closed. Stop and turn off the This message displays when the OIL SOON message. See Engine
vehicle, check the hood for engine coolant temperature is too Oil Life System 0 367 for
obstructions, and close the hood hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to information on how to reset the
again. Check to see if the message idle until it cools down. See Engine message.
still appears on the DIC. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 138. See Engine Oil 0 364 and
When towing, use Tow/Haul mode Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
Engine Cooling System to prevent damage to the engine or ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
Messages transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 288. On some vehicles, this message
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH displays when the engine oil level
ENGINE TEMP ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP may be too low. Check the oil level
This message displays when the
ENGINE before filling to the recommended
engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a chime level. If the oil is not low and this
the normal operating temperature. may sound if the engine cooling message remains on, take the
See Engine Coolant Temperature system reaches unsafe vehicle to your dealer for service.
Gauge 0 138. To avoid added strain temperatures for operation. Stop See Engine Oil 0 364.
on a hot engine, the air conditioning and turn off the vehicle as soon as it ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
compressor automatically turns off. is safe to do so to avoid severe ENGINE
When the coolant temperature damage. This message clears when
returns to normal, the air the engine has cooled to a safe This message displays when the
conditioning compressor turns back operating temperature. engine oil becomes hotter than the
on. You can continue to drive your normal operating temperature. Stop
vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
and allow the vehicle to idle until it accelerate. If this message is on, Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See
cools down. See Engine Coolant but there is no reduction in Filling the Tank 0 317. The
Temperature Gauge 0 138. performance, proceed to your diagnostic system can determine if
destination. The performance may the fuel cap has been left off or
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP be reduced the next time the vehicle improperly installed. A loose or
ENGINE is driven. The vehicle may be driven missing fuel cap allows fuel to
This message displays if low oil at a reduced speed while this evaporate into the atmosphere.
pressure levels occur. Stop the message is on, but acceleration and A few driving trips with the cap
vehicle as soon as safely possible speed may be reduced. Anytime properly installed should turn this
and do not operate it until the cause this message stays on, or displays light and message off.
of the low oil pressure has been repeatedly, the vehicle should be
corrected. Check the oil as soon as taken to your dealer for service as Key and Lock Messages
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible.
serviced by your dealer. See Engine REPLACE BATTERY IN
Oil 0 364. Fuel System Messages REMOTE KEY
FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays if a Remote
Engine Power Messages Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
This message displays and a chime battery is low. The battery needs to
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED may sound if the fuel level is low. be replaced in the transmitter. See
This message displays and a chime Refuel as soon as possible. “Battery Replacement” under
may sound when the cooling system See Fuel Gauge 0 136 and Fuel Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
temperature gets too hot and the 0 315. System Operation 0 36.
engine further enters the engine TIGHTEN GAS CAP
coolant protection mode. See Lamp Messages
Engine Overheating 0 376 for more This message may display along
information. with the malfunction indicator lamp TURN SIGNAL ON
on the instrument cluster if the This message displays and a chime
This message also displays when
vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened sounds if a turn signal is left on for
the vehicle's engine power is
properly. See Malfunction Indicator 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
reduced. Reduced engine power
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 144. signal lever to the off position.
can affect the vehicle's ability to
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Object Detection System This message could be due to the Assist (LKA), Lane Departure
camera being blocked. Cleaning the Warning (LDW), and Forward
Messages outside of the windshield behind the Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take
FORWARD COLLISION rearview mirror may correct the the vehicle to your dealer.
ALERT OFF issue.
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST
This message displays when the LANE KEEPING ASSIST This message displays if there is a
Forward Collision Alert has been UNAVAILABLE problem with the Parking Assist
turned off. This message displays when the system. Do not use this system to
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane help you park. See your dealer for
Departure Warning (LDW) system is service.
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
temporarily unavailable. The LKA
This message displays when the system does not need service. Ride Control System
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the This message could be due to the Messages
rearview mirror may correct the camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the SERVICE STABILITRAK
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), rearview mirror may correct the If this message displays, it means
and Forward Collision Alert (FCA) issue. there may be a problem with the
will not operate. StabiliTrak system. If you see this
PARK ASSIST OFF message, try to reset the system.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING This message displays when the Stop; turn off the engine for at least
UNAVAILABLE Parking Assist system has been 15 seconds; then start the engine
turned off or when there is a again. If this message still comes
This message displays when
temporary condition causing the on, it means there is a problem. You
attempting to activate the Lane
system to be disabled. should see your dealer for service.
Departure Warning (LDW) system
The vehicle is safe to drive;
when it is temporarily unavailable. SERVICE FRONT CAMERA however, you do not have the
The LDW system does not need
If this message remains on after benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
service.
continued driving, the vehicle needs your speed and drive accordingly.
service. Do not use the Lane Keep
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION CONTROL ON . The stability system takes longer

CONTROL than usual to complete its
This message displays when the
diagnostic checks due to driving
This message displays when there traction control is active. See
conditions.
is a problem with the Traction Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control System (TCS). When this Control 0 299. . An engine or vehicle-related
message displays, the system will problem has been detected and
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
STABILITRAK OFF the vehicle needs service. See
driving accordingly. See your dealer This message displays when the your dealer.
for service. See Traction Control/ StabiliTrak system has been turned . The transfer case is in
Electronic Stability Control 0 299. off. Adjust your driving accordingly. Four-Wheel Drive Low.
To limit wheel spin and realize the
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING full benefits of the stability The message turns off as soon as
This message may come on if the enhancement system, you should the conditions that caused the
StabiliTrak system has not fully normally leave StabiliTrak on. See message to be displayed are no
initialized because of road Traction Control/Electronic Stability longer present.
conditions or the incorrect tire size. Control 0 299.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully Airbag System Messages
STABILITRAK OFF may also
initialized, the message will turn off. display when the stability control SERVICE AIRBAG
See Traction Control/Electronic has been automatically disabled.
Stability Control 0 299. If this This message displays if there is a
The following conditions can cause
message continues to be displayed problem with the airbag system.
this message to appear:
for multiple ignition cycles and on Take the vehicle to your dealer for
different road surfaces, see your . The system is overheating, service.
dealer for service. which could occur if StabiliTrak
activates continuously for an
TRACTION CONTROL OFF extended period of time.
This message displays when the . The brake system warning light
traction control has been turned off. is on. See Brake System
See Traction Control/Electronic Warning Light 0 145.
Stability Control 0 299.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Safety Belt Messages SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE Steering System

TO SHIFT Messages
SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
SEATBELT This message displays when the
Safety Belt Assurance System times STEERING ASSIST IS
This message displays if the vehicle out and allows the vehicle to be REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE
is equipped with the Safety Belt shifted out of P (Park) after This message may display if a
Assurance System and the driver 30 seconds following brake apply. problem occurs with the electric
and front outboard passenger, See “Safety Belts” and “Child power steering system. If this
if present, safety belts are not Restraints” in the Index for message appears, steering effort
buckled. The vehicle will not shift information about the importance of may be slightly higher than normal.
out of P (Park). Buckle the safety proper restraint use. The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
belt(s) to unlock the shift lever. caution while in reduced assist
This system may not function
This system may not allow the properly if the airbag readiness light mode. If this message is persistent
vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an is on. See Airbag Readiness Light or appears repeatedly, take the
object — such as a briefcase, 0 141. vehicle to your dealer for service.
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, See Steering 0 255.
or other electronic device — is on Security Messages
the front outboard passenger seat.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
If this happens, remove the object SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT (1500 Series)
from the seat or buckle the SYSTEM This message displays when there
safety belt. is a problem with electric power
This message displays when there
If the driver or front outboard is a problem with the theft-deterrent steering. If this message displays
passenger unbuckles their safety system. The vehicle may or may not and a reduction in steering
belt while driving, the safety belt restart, so you may want to take the performance or loss of power
reminder chime and light(s) will vehicle to your dealer before turning steering assistance is noticed. See
come on. See Safety Belt off the engine. See Immobilizer your dealer. See Steering 0 255.
Reminders 0 140. Operation 0 45.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
SERVICE POWER STEERING TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE shown on the Tire and Loading
(2500/3500 Series) Information label. See Tires 0 400,
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Vehicle Load Limits 0 265, and Tire
This message displays when there Monitor System (TPMS), this
Pressure 0 408. The DIC also
is a problem with the power steering message displays when the system
shows the tire pressure values.
assist system. If this message is relearning the tire positions on
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
displays the vehicle can be driven your vehicle. The tire positions must
(Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver
but should be repaired as soon as be relearned after rotating the tires
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel
possible. See your dealer. See or after replacing a tire or sensor.
and Denali Cluster) 0 154.
Steering 0 255. See Tire Inspection 0 414, Tire
Rotation 0 415, Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 410, and Tire Transmission Messages
Tire Messages
Pressure 0 408. 4WD OFF
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD If equipped with four-wheel drive,
AIR TO TIRE this message displays when the
If equipped with the Tire Pressure four-wheel-drive system is
Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this temporarily disabled due to an
message displays if a part on the overheated condition. The vehicle
system is not working properly. The message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the will run in two-wheel drive when this
tire pressure light also flashes and message is present. Once the
then remains on during the same vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays with a vehicle picture four-wheel-drive system cools down,
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure the message turns off and the
Light 0 150. Several conditions may to indicate the location of the low
tire. The low tire pressure warning four-wheel-drive system returns to
cause this message to appear. See normal operation.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation light will also come on. See Tire
0 411. If the warning comes on and Pressure Light 0 150. You can 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
stays on, there may be a problem receive more than one tire pressure
message at a time. If a tire pressure This message will display while the
with the TPMS. See your dealer. four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
message appears on the DIC, stop
as soon as you can. Have the tire
pressures checked and set to those
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO GRADE BRAKING OFF you begin driving, the
NEUTRAL four-wheel-drive system needs
This message displays when grade
service. See your dealer.
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is braking has been disabled with the
requested, and the vehicle speed is Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of SHIFT DENIED
correct, but the transmission is not the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
0 288, Automatic Transmission This message displays when the
in N (Neutral), this message will shift lever is in L (Manual Mode) and
display until the transmission is 0 283, and Cruise Control 0 302.
a transmission range has been
shifted to N (Neutral). GRADE BRAKING ON selected that is unavailable at the
current vehicle speed.
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX This message displays when grade
braking has been enabled with the TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
requested, but the vehicle speed is
NEUTRAL
the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
too high, this message will display 0 288, Automatic Transmission If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
until the correct vehicle speed is 0 283, and Cruise Control 0 302. requested, and the vehicle speed is
reached. correct, but the transmission is not
SERVICE 4WD in N (Neutral), this message will
GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, display until the transmission is
This message displays when grade this message may display if a shifted to N (Neutral).
braking has been activated while problem occurs with the
driving on downhill grades. This four-wheel-drive system. If this
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
message will only appear the first message appears, stop as soon as TO XXX
time the feature is activated in an possible and turn off the vehicle.
ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ requested, but the vehicle speed is
0 288, Automatic Transmission OFF position for at least
0 283, and Cruise Control 0 302. too high, this message will display
one minute, then restart the vehicle until the correct vehicle speed is
and check for the message on the reached.
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so,

ENGINE carefully pull the vehicle over to the
Messages side of the road and turn the ignition
This message displays and a chime off. Check the wiring connection to
may sound if the transmission fluid CHECK TRAILER WIRING
the trailer and turn the ignition back
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer
the transmission fluid temperature Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also
high can cause damage to the this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the
idle to allow the transmission to following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service.
cool. This message clears and the . A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer.
chime stops when the fluid
becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake
temperature reaches a safe level.
vehicle. Control System” under Towing
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Equipment 0 340.
‐ If the disconnect occurs while
to prevent damage to the engine or
the vehicle is stopped, this
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
message clears itself after a
0 288. WITH CARE
short time.
VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW ‐ If the disconnect occurs while This message displays when ice
the vehicle is moving, this conditions are possible.
This message will display if the
vehicle is driven in 4 n for about message stays on until the TRAILER CONNECTED
ignition is turned off.
10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph). On vehicles with the Integrated
. There is a short in the wiring to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
the electric trailer brakes. this message displays briefly when
When this message displays, power a trailer with electric or electric over
is no longer available to the trailer hydraulic brakes is first connected
brakes. to the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
This message clears itself after Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle

several seconds. This message also
clears if you acknowledge it. After WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization
this message clears, the TRAILER FLUID Use the audio system controls to
GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
This message displays when the access the personalization menus
in the DIC.
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill for customizing vehicle features.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) the windshield washer fluid reservoir The following are all possible
(Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver as soon as possible. See Engine personalization features. Depending
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel Compartment Overview 0 359 for on the vehicle, some may not be
and Denali Cluster) 0 154 and the location of the windshield available.
“Integrated Trailer Brake Control washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
System” under Towing Equipment Washer Fluid 0 380 for more Base Radio Audio System
0 340. information. Controls
MENU : Press the center of the
Vehicle Speed Messages knob to enter menus and select
REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL menu items. Turn the knob to scroll
through the menus.
DESCENT CONTROL
This message displays when
o BACK : Press to return to the
previous menu or exit.
attempting to enable Hill Descent
Control (HDC) when the vehicle Base Radio with Touchscreen
speed is too high. See Hill Descent Audio System Controls
Control (HDC) 0 301. { (Home) : Press to access the
Home Page Menu.
Q or R (Up/Down) : Touch to scroll
through the menus or setup items.
0 (Back) : Touch to exit or return
to the previous screen or menu.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Uplevel Radio Audio System . Vehicle Rear Seat Reminder

Controls . Bluetooth This allows for a chime and a
1. Press the desired feature to . Apple CarPlay message ‘Look in Rear Seat’ when
display a list of available the rear door has been opened
options. . Android Auto before or during operation of the
2. Press to select the desired . USB Auto Launch vehicle.
feature setting. . Voice Select Off or On.
3. Press o BACK on the . Display Teen Driver
faceplate or the 0 screen . Rear Camera See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
button to return to the previous in the infotainment manual.
. Return to Factory Settings
menu or exit.
. Software Information Valet Mode
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
access the Settings menu, then Detailed information for each menu This will lock the infotainment
select SETTINGS from the Home follows. system and steering wheel controls.
Page on the infotainment system It may also limit access to vehicle
display. Time and Date storage locations (if equipped).
Manually set the time and date. See To enable valet mode:
Personalization Menus
Clock 0 127.
The following list of menu items may 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
be available: Language (Language) keypad.
. Time and Date Select Language, then select from 2. Select Enter to go to the
the available language(s). confirmation screen.
. Language (Language)
The selected language will display 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
. Rear Seat Reminder on the system, and voice Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
. Teen Driver recognition will reflect the selected unlock the system. Press Back to go
. language. back to the previous menu.
Valet Mode
. Radio
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Radio Select the desired number or select Maximum Startup Volume

Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the maximum
Press to display the Radio menu
will automatically adjust the number startup volume. If the vehicle is
and the following may display:
of favorites shown. started and the volume is greater
. Manage Favorites
Audible Touch Feedback than this level, the volume is
. Number of Favorites Shown adjusted to this level. To set the
This allows Audible Touch maximum startup volume, turn the
. Audible Touch Feedback Feedback to be turned on or off. MENU knob or press + or − to
. Text Scroll Select Off or On. increase or decrease.
. Tone Settings Text Scroll Audio Cue Volume
. Auto Volume Select to see text scroll on the This feature sets the volume of
. Maximum Startup Volume screen. audio files played at system startup
. Select Off or On. and shutdown.
Audio Cue Volume
Select On, then press + or − to
Manage Favorites Tone Settings increase or decrease the volume.
This allows favorites to be edited. Select to adjust the radio tone. See
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio Vehicle
Setup” under Home Page (Base (Base Radio with Touchscreen) Select and the following may
Radio) 0 194 or Home Page (Base 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base display:
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 196 or Radio) 0 197.
. Climate and Air Quality
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” Auto Volume
under “Radio” in the infotainment . Collision/Detection Systems
manual. This feature adjusts the volume . Comfort and Convenience
based on vehicle speed and
Number of Favorites Shown ambient noise. . Lighting
Press to set the number of favorites Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, . Power Door Locks
to display. Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Climate and Air Quality Alert Type Comfort and Convenience

Select and the following may This feature will set crash alerts to Select and the following may
display: beeps or seat vibrations. This display:
. Auto Fan Max Speed setting affects all crash alerts . Auto Memory Recall
including Forward Collision, Lane
. Auto Rear Defog Departure Warning, and Parking . Easy Exit Options
Auto Fan Max Speed Assist alerts. . Chime Volume
This feature will set the maximum Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. . Reverse Tilt Mirror
auto fan speed. Forward Collision System . Auto Mirror Folding
Select Low, Medium, or High. This feature will turn on or off Auto Memory Recall
Auto Rear Defog Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). This feature automatically recalls
This feature will automatically turn The Off setting disables all FCA and the current driver’s previously stored
on the rear defogger when it is cold FAB functions. With the Alert and 1 or 2 button positions when
outside. Brake setting, both FCA and FAB entering the vehicle. See Memory
are available. The Alert setting Seats 0 60.
Select Off or On.
disables FAB. See Forward Select On orOff.
Collision/Detection Systems Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 310.
Easy Exit Options
Select and the following may Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
display: This feature automatically recalls
Park Assist the previously stored Exit button
. Alert Type position when exiting the vehicle.
If equipped, this feature can assist
. Forward Collision System in backing up and parking the See Memory Seats 0 60.
. Park Assist vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Select On or Off.
Parking or Backing 0 306.
Chime Volume
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Turn the MENU knob or press + or Vehicle Locator Lights Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
− to adjust the volume. This feature will flash the exterior Delayed Door Lock
Reverse Tilt Mirror lamps and allows some of the
exterior lamps and most of the When on, this feature will delay the
When on, the driver and/or interior lamps to turn on briefly when locking of the doors. To override the
passenger mirrors will tilt downward K on the Remote Keyless Entry delay, press the power door lock
when the vehicle is shifted to (RKE) transmitter is pressed to switch on the door.
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of locate the vehicle. Select Off or On.
the ground near the rear wheels.
Select Off or On. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On - Exit Lighting Select and the following may
Passenger. This allows the selection of how display:
Auto Mirror Folding long the exterior lamps stay on . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
when leaving the vehicle when it is . Remote Lock Feedback
When on, the outside rearview dark outside.
mirrors will automatically fold or . Remote Door Unlock
unfold when the Remote Keyless Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
Entry (RKE) transmitter lock or Seconds, or 120 Seconds. . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
unlock button is pressed and held. Power Door Locks . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select Off or On. Select and the following may Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Lighting display: When on, the exterior lamps will
Select and the following may . Auto Door Unlock flash when unlocking the vehicle
display: with the RKE transmitter.
. Delayed Door Lock
. Vehicle Locator Lights Select Off or Flash Lights.
Auto Door Unlock
. Exit Lighting Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when This allows selection of what type of
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights . Device Management Ringtones

Only, or Horn Only. . Ringtones Press to change the ring tone for
Remote Door Unlock . Voice Mail Numbers the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
This allows selection of which doors . Text Message Alerts the ring tones.
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter. Pair New Device Voice Mail Numbers
Select All Doors or Driver Door. Select to pair a new device. See This feature displays the voice mail
“Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice number for all connected phones.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Recognition - Base Radio) 0 228 or To change the voice mail number,
If equipped and turned on, this Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - select EDIT or press the EDIT
feature will turn the ventilated seats Base Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth button. Type a new number, then
on when using remote start on (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth select SAVE or press the SAVE
warm days. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio button.
with Touchscreen) 0 233 or “Pairing”
Select Off or On. in “Infotainment Controls” under Text Message Alerts
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Bluetooth in the infotainment This allows the feature to be turned
manual. on or off.
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on Discoverable Select Off or On.
when using remote start on This allows the system to find a Apple CarPlay™
cold days. device.
Select and the following may
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. display:
Bluetooth Device Management . Apple CarPlay
Select and the following may Select to connect to a different . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
display: phone source, disconnect a phone,
. Pair New Device or delete a phone.
. Discoverable
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Apple CarPlay USB Auto Launch . Turn Display Off

This feature allows Apple devices to This allows Android and Apple Calibrate Touchscreen
be connected to the infotainment CarPlay devices to automatically
system through a USB port. Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
connect when plugged into the
then follow the prompts.
Select Off or On. USB port.
Select Off or On. Turn Display Off
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select to turn the display off. Press
Select to manage Apple devices. Voice anywhere on the display area or any
Apple CarPlay must be on for this Select and the following may faceplate button to turn the
feature to be accessed. display: display on.
Android Auto™ . Prompt Length Rear Camera
Select and the following may . Audio Feedback Speed Select and the following may
display: display:
Prompt Length
. Android Auto . Guidance Lines
This feature adjusts the voice
. Manage Android Auto Devices prompt length. . Rear Park Assist Symbols
Android Auto Select Short or Long. Guidance Lines
This feature allows Android devices Audio Feedback Speed Select to turn Off or On. See
to be connected to the infotainment Assistance Systems for Parking or
This feature adjusts the audio
system through a USB port. Backing 0 306.
feedback speed.
Select Off or On. Rear Park Assist Symbols
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Manage Android Auto Devices Select to turn Off or On. See
Display
Select to manage Android devices. Assistance Systems for Parking or
Android Auto must be on for this Select and the following may Backing 0 306.
feature to be accessed. display:
. Calibrate Touchscreen
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Return to Factory Settings Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door

opener, but can be used for other
Select and the following may System devices.
display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote
0 484. system with any garage door opener
. Clear All Private Data that does not have the stop and
. Restore Radio Settings Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
Restore Vehicle Settings Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982.
This allows selection of restoring Read the instructions completely
vehicle settings. before programming the Universal
Select Restore or Cancel. Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
Clear All Private Data programming process.
This allows selection to clear all Keep the original hand-held
private information from the vehicle. transmitter for use in other vehicles
Select Delete or Cancel. as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
Restore Radio Settings vehicle ownership is terminated.
This allows selection to restore See “Erasing Universal Remote
radio settings. System Buttons” later in this
If equipped, these buttons are in the section.
Select Restore or Cancel.
overhead console. To program a garage door opener,
Software Information This system can replace up to three park outside directly in line with and
Select to view the infotainment remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener
system current software information. activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and
door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door.
home automation devices. These
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to be required. For a second
has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the
accurate transmission of the not release either button until newly programmed button
radio-frequency signal. the indicator light goes from a for five seconds. If the light
slow to a rapid flashing light. stays on or the garage door
Programming the Universal Then release both buttons. moves, programming is
Remote System complete.
Some garage door openers
For questions or help programming may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks
the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds,
1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for then changes to a solid light
www.homelink.com. Canada and Some Gate and the garage door does
Programming involves Operators” later in this section. not move, continue with
time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6.
out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button
transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
manufacturer of the garage There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 1–3,
door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6. locate the Learn or Smart
. If the indicator light does button inside the garage on the
2. At the same time, press and garage door opener receiver.
hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and Universal Remote System
button may vary by Some Gate Operators
manufacturer.
Operation
For questions or programming help,
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see Using the Universal Remote
Smart button. Step 6 must be www.homelink.com. System
completed within 30 seconds of Press and hold the appropriate
pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require Universal Remote system button for
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit at least one-half second. The
hold the newly programmed after several seconds of indicator light will come on while the
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long signal is being transmitted.
button for two seconds and enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage Erasing Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
door does not move or the programming.
System Buttons
lamp on the garage door Erase all programmed buttons when
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
vehicle ownership is terminated.
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with To erase:
two seconds, then release it. the following: 1. Press and hold the two outside
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal buttons until the indicator light
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while begins to flash. This should
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the take about 10 seconds.
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every 2. Release both buttons.
two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System” to complete.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
178 Lighting
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Battery Load Management . . . 186 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 187
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 178
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 182
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 O (Off) : Turns off the automatic
Auxiliary headlamps and Daytime Running
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 183 Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
Interior Lighting turn the automatic headlamps or
Instrument Panel Illumination DRL back on.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 will only work when the vehicle is in
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 P (Park).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lighting 179
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically When the headlamps are turned on

turns on the headlamps, parking while the vehicle is on, the
lamps, taillamps, instrument panel headlamps turn off automatically
lights, roof marker lamps (if 10 minutes after the ignition is
equipped), front/rear sidemarker turned off. When the headlamps are
lamps, and license plate lamps. turned on while the vehicle is off,
When the vehicle is turned off and the headlamps will stay on for This light comes on in the
the headlamps are in AUTO, the 10 minutes before turning off to instrument cluster when the
headlamps turn off. When the key is prevent the battery from being IntelliBeam system is enabled.
removed, they automatically turn on drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp Turning On and Enabling
for a set time. The time of the delay
on position to make the headlamps IntelliBeam
can be changed using the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) stay on for an additional 10 minutes. To enable the IntelliBeam system,
(Base Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver To keep the lamps on for more than with the turn signal lever in the
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel 10 minutes, the ignition must be in neutral position, turn the exterior
and Denali Cluster) 0 154. the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN lamp control to AUTO. The blue
position. high-beam on light appears on the
; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the # (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped) : instrument cluster when the high
parking lamps including all lamps,
Turns on the fog lamps. See Fog beams are on.
except the headlamps.
Lamps 0 183. Driving with IntelliBeam
For some trim levels and series of
trucks first sold in Canada, the IntelliBeam® System The system only activates the high
headlamps will turn on with the If equipped, this system turns the beams when driving over 40 km/h
parking lamps. vehicle's high-beam headlamps on (25 mph).
2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the and off according to surrounding There is a sensor near the top
headlamps together with the parking traffic conditions. center of the windshield that
lamps and instrument panel lights. The system turns the high-beam automatically controls the system.
headlamps on when it is dark Keep this area of the windshield
enough and there is no other traffic clear of debris to allow for best
present. system performance.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
180 Lighting
The high-beam headlamps remain The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam
on, under the automatic control, automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
until one of the following situations detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist.
occurs: because of any of the following:
. The system detects an . The other vehicle's lamps are Exterior Lamps Off
approaching vehicle's missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder
headlamps. from view, or otherwise
A reminder chime sounds when the
. The system detects a preceding undetected.
headlamps or parking lamps are
vehicle's taillamps. . The other vehicle's lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is
. The outside light is bright covered with dirt, snow, and/or off, and a door is open. To disable
enough that high-beam road spray. the chime, turn the lamps off.
headlamps are not required. . The other vehicle's lamps cannot
. The vehicle's speed drops below be detected due to dense Headlamp High/
20 km/h (12 mph). exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road Low-Beam Changer
spray, mist, or other airborne
. The IntelliBeam system can be obstructions. Push the turn signal lever toward
disabled by the high/low-beam the instrument panel to change the
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, headlamps from low to high beam.
changer or the flash-to-pass
feature. If this happens, the high/ cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view Pull the turn signal lever toward you
low-beam changer must be and release it to return to low-beam
activated on then off within of the light sensor.
headlamps.
five seconds to reactivate the . The vehicle is loaded such that
IntelliBeam system. The the front end points upward,
instrument cluster light will come causing the light sensor to aim
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is high and not detect headlamps
reactivated. and taillamps.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Driving on winding or hilly roads.
Changer 0 180 and
Flash-to-Pass 0 181.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lighting 181
When the high-beam headlamps are Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
on, this indicator light on the lamp control to O and then release.
instrument cluster will also be on.
Lamps (DRL)
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
DRL can make it easier for others to will only work when the vehicle is
Flash-to-Pass see the front of the vehicle during parked.
the day. Fully functional DRL are
This feature lets you use the required on all vehicles first sold in
high-beam headlamps to signal a Automatic Headlamp
Canada.
driver in front of you that you want System
to pass. It works even if the The DRL system comes on when
headlamps are in the automatic the following conditions are met: When the exterior lamp control is
position. set to AUTO and it is dark enough
. The ignition is on.
outside, the headlamps come on
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The exterior lamp control is automatically.
toward you, then release it. in AUTO.
If the headlamps are in the . The transmission is not in
automatic position or on low beam, P (Park).
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of . The light sensor determines it is
headlamp, they will either turn off daytime.
after a short duration or stay on as When the DRL system is on, only
long as you hold the lever toward the DRL are on. The taillamps,
you. The high-beam indicator on the sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
instrument cluster will come on. lights, and other lamps will not
Release the lever to return to be on. There is a light sensor on top of the
normal operation. instrument panel. Do not cover the
When it begins to get dark, the sensor, otherwise the headlamps
automatic headlamp system will come on when they are not
switches from DRL to the needed.
headlamps.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
182 Lighting
The system may also turn on the Lights On with Wipers | : Press this button to make the
headlamps when driving through a front and rear turn signal lamps
If the windshield wipers are
parking garage or tunnel. flash on and off. Press again to turn
activated in daylight with the engine
If the vehicle is started in a dark on, and the exterior lamp control is the flashers off.
garage, the automatic headlamp in AUTO, the headlamps, parking When the hazard warning flashers
system comes on immediately. If it lamps, and other exterior lamps are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
is light outside when the vehicle come on. The transition time for the not work.
leaves the garage, there is a slight lamps coming on varies based on
delay before the automatic wiper speed. When the wipers are Turn and Lane-Change
headlamp system changes to the not operating, these lamps turn off.
DRL. During that delay, the Signals
Move the exterior lamp control to O
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the or ; to disable this feature.
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See Hazard Warning Flashers
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 184.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
An arrow on the instrument cluster
The automatic headlamp system flashes in the direction of the turn or
turns off when the exterior lamp lane change.
control is turned to O or the ignition Move the turn signal lever all the
is off. way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lighting 183
change. This causes the turn Fog Lamps Some localities have laws that
signals to automatically flash three require the headlamps to be on with
times. It will flash six times if Tow/ the fog lamps.
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than Auxiliary
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
Roof-Mounted Lamp
released. If equipped, this button includes
wiring provisions for a dealer or a
The lever returns to its starting
qualified service center to install an
position whenever it is released.
auxiliary roof lamp.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or If equipped, the control is on the
do not come on, a signal bulb could center of the exterior lamp control,
be burned out. If equipped with LED to the left of the steering column.
turn signals, see your dealer. The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a position for the fog lamps to
bulb is not burned out, check the come on.
fuse. See Fuses 0 393. # (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the
fog lamps on or off. A light will come
Turn Signal On Chime
on in the instrument cluster.
If the turn signal is left on for more This button is on the overhead
When the fog lamps are turned on, console.
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
the parking lamps automatically
sounds at each flash of the turn When the wiring is connected to an
turn on.
signal. The message TURN auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the When the headlamps are changed pressing the bottom of the button
Driver Information Center (DIC). To to high beam, the fog lamps go off. will activate the lamp and illuminate
turn the chime and message off, When the high-beam headlamps are an indicator light at the bottom of
move the turn signal lever to the off turned off, the fog lamps will come
position. on again.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
184 Lighting
this button. Pressing the top of the Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp
button will turn off the roof-mounted
lamp and indicator.
Instrument Panel
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
fused at 30 amps, so the total
Illumination Control
current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
attachment points for the roof lamp
circuits are two blunt cut wires
above the overhead console: a dark
green with blue stripe switched
power wire and a black ground wire.
For information on roof-mounted
emergency lamp installation, see
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your This feature controls the brightness The cargo lamp provides more light
dealer. of the steering wheel and instrument in the cargo area or on the sides of
If the vehicle has this button, the panel lights. The instrument panel the vehicle, if needed. The lights
vehicle may have the snow plow illumination control is next to the inside the pickup box and/or on the
prep package. See Add-On exterior lamp control. outside mirrors also turn on,
Electrical Equipment 0 350. if equipped.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights. Press the switch to turn the cargo
lamp on or off. An indicator light will
turn on when the lamp is turned on,
if equipped. The shift lever must be
in P (Park) to operate the cargo
lamp. The lights on the outside
rearview mirrors turn on if the shift
lever is in R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
or P (Park).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lighting 185
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition
To change the dome lamp settings, must be on or in ACC/
press the following: ACCESSORY, or using Retained
Accessory Power (RAP).
OFF : Turns the lamps off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamps come on
automatically when a door is
opened.
ON : Turns all dome lamps on.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
186 Lighting
Lighting Features automatically turn off. The interior

lamps do not come on if the dome
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
lamp control is in the Off position. displayed.
Entry Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at
Some exterior lamps and the interior immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles.
areas with limited lighting, when K This is because the generator
This feature can be changed. See
is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 167. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a enough at idle to produce all the
door is opened, the interior lamps power that is needed for very high
come on if the dome lamp control is
Battery Load electrical loads.
in the DOOR position. After about Management A high electrical load occurs when
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such
off. Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog
manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger,
out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed,
pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans,
button. and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into
This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets.
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this
When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output
Exit Lighting the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs.
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to
Some exterior lamps and the interior gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever
lamps come on at night, or in areas Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce
with limited lighting when the key is if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some
removed from the ignition. The
accessories.
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Lighting 187
Normally, these actions occur in

steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 157.
Battery Power Protection

This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
prevents the battery from
running down.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
188 Infotainment System
Infotainment Audio Players

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Introduction
System USB Port (Base Radio) . . . . . . .
USB Port (Base Radio with
206
Infotainment
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 The base radio and base radio with
Introduction Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 touchscreen information is included
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 in this manual. See the infotainment
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 189 manual for information on other
Voice Recognition available infotainment systems.
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . . 189 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Overview (Base Radio with Read the following pages to
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Phone become familiar with the features.
Home Page (Base Radio) . . . . 194 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 222
Home Page (Base Radio with Bluetooth (Infotainment
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 224 { Warning
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Taking your eyes off the road for
Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 too long or too often while using
Radio Bluetooth (Infotainment
AM-FM Radio (Base any infotainment feature can
Controls - Base Radio with
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 cause a crash. You or others
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Apple CarPlay and could be injured or killed. Do not
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 give extended attention to
Satellite Radio (Base infotainment tasks while driving.
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Trademarks and License Limit your glances at the vehicle
Satellite Radio (Base Radio Agreements displays and focus your attention
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Trademarks and License on driving. Use voice commands
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 whenever possible.
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 203
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 203
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Infotainment System 189
The infotainment system has built-in Theft-Deterrent Feature

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some TheftLock is designed to discourage
functions when driving. These theft of the vehicle's radio by
functions may gray out when they learning a portion of the Vehicle
are unavailable. Many infotainment Identification Number (VIN). The
features are also available through radio does not operate if it is stolen
the instrument cluster and steering or moved to a different vehicle.
wheel controls.
Before driving:
Overview (Base Radio)
. Become familiar with the Infotainment System Overview
operation, center stack controls, The infotainment system is
and infotainment display controlled by using the buttons on
controls. the faceplate and steering wheel
. Set up the audio by presetting controls, if equipped. See Steering
favorite stations, setting the Wheel Controls 0 125.
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 254.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 277.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Radio with CD
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
5. CD Slot (If Equipped)

6. o BACK
. Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
7. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
following.
Radio with TONE

8. X (If Equipped) or TONE (If
Equipped)
1. q 3. r . Press X to eject the CD (if
equipped).
. Press to scroll down . Press to scroll up through
through the favorite pages the favorite pages for each . Press TONE to open the
for each source. source. Tone Settings menu (if
equipped).
2. Favorites/Soft Keys 4. MENU
. Press to select favorite . Press to access the menu 9. g or l
stations. for the current audio . CD (If Equipped): Press
. Press and hold to save source. g to seek the beginning of
favorite stations. . Press to select the the current or previous
highlighted menu option. track. If the track has
. Press to select a screen played for less than
button when displayed. . Turn to scroll through a list. five seconds, it seeks the
. Turn to manually select a previous track. If longer
station. than five seconds, the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
current track will start from 12. O

the beginning. Press l to . Press to turn the audio on.
seek the next track.
. Press and hold to turn it off.
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
. When on, press to mute the
Equipped): Press g or l
system. Press again to
to seek to the previous or
next strong station. unmute.
. . Turn to increase or
CD (If Equipped): Press
decrease the volume.
and hold g to quickly
reverse through a track.
Release the button to return
to playing speed. Press and
hold l to fast forward
through a track. Release
the button to return to
playing speed.
10. RADIO
. Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
11. MEDIA
. Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth Audio,
if equipped.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. {

. Press to go to the Home
Page.
See Home Page (Base
Radio) 0 194 or Home
Page (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 196.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
Pictures: Press and hold to
go to the previous content.
Press and hold to fast
rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. 6 Various functions are disabled when NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :

the vehicle is moving. Select the NAV screen icon to
. Radio: Press and release to display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
go to the next station or AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
icon to display the active source Navigation. See OnStar Overview
channel. Press and hold to 0 488, if equipped.
fast seek the next strongest page. The sources available are
station or channel. AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped), SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth screen icon to display the Settings
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ Audio (if equipped). main page. See “Setting Radio
Pictures: Press and hold to See AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with Preferences” following.
go to the next content. Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM
Press and hold to fast Radio (Base Radio) 0 197, Satellite Setting Radio Preferences
forward. Radio (Base Radio) 0 200 or Select the SETTINGS screen icon
5. # Satellite Radio (Base Radio with to display the Settings menu and
Touchscreen) 0 201, , Auxiliary Jack the following may display:
. Press and release to 0 214, and Bluetooth Audio 0 215.
access the phone screen, Time and Date : See Clock 0 127.
answer an incoming call, PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
Language (Current Language) :
icon to display the Phone main
or access the device home This will set the display language in
page.
screen. Press and hold to the radio and instrument cluster.
access Press to Talk. See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition -
Select to display a list of languages.
Base Radio) 0 228 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Select o BACK to go back to the
Home Page (Base Radio) Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth previous menu.
Home Page Features (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth Valet Mode:
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
The infotainment system displays a with Touchscreen) 0 233. Using the circular numeric keypad,
Home Page that makes it easy to enter a four-digit code:
access all of the applications. Turn 1. Turn the MENU knob to
the MENU knob to highlight feature highlight a number.
icons. Press the MENU knob to
access the feature’s options.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Press the MENU knob to select Radio Setup Audible Touch Feedback (If
it. Do this for each one of the Press the RADIO button and the Equipped) : Select Audible Touch
four digits. Select Enter to go to following may display: Feedback to turn feedback off or on.
the confirmation screen. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
Manage Favorites:
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. feature adjusts the volume based on
Select LOCK to lock the . Turn the MENU knob and press vehicle speed. The options are Off,
system. to select a favorite. Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
4. Enter the four-digit code to . To delete a favorite, press Medium-High, or High. Select the
the button just below the desired volume.
unlock the system. Select o
BACK to go back to the DELETE screen button. Maximum Startup Volume : This
previous menu. . To move a favorite, press the feature sets the maximum startup
MOVE screen button. Turn volume. If the vehicle is started and
Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in the volume is greater than this level,
this section. the MENU knob to select a
new location, then press the the volume is adjusted to this level.
Vehicle : See Vehicle DROP screen button to To set the maximum startup volume,
Personalization 0 167. select the new location. Turn the MENU knob to increase or
decrease startup volume.
Display : Press the MENU knob to . Select o BACK to go back to
turn the display on or off. the previous menu. Rear Camera (If Equipped)
Return to Factory Settings : See Number of Favorites Shown : From the Rear Camera screen
“Return to Factory Settings” later in Select Auto and the system will button, the following may display:
this section. automatically adjust the number of Park Assist Symbols (If
Software Information (If favorite pages when favorites are Equipped) : This feature will display
Equipped) : Press the MENU knob added and removed, or select a symbols where objects are detected
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. number from 5–25 to manually by the Rear Parking Assist system.
Press the MENU knob again to start adjust the number of favorites Select Park Assist Symbols, then
downloading the vehicle information shown. select Off or On.
to the USB. See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 306.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Return to Factory Settings English and Metric Unit Home Page Features
Select Return to Factory Settings Conversion
and the following may display: To change the display units between
Restore Vehicle Settings : This English and metric units, see Driver
option will restore factory vehicle Information Center (DIC) (Base
personalization settings. Select Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver
Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel
displays stating all vehicle and Denali Cluster) 0 154 or
customization settings will be Instrument Cluster 0 132.
restored to the factory settings.
Select Cancel or Confirm. Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) Press { to go to the Home Page.
Clear All Private Data (If
Equipped) : This option clears all Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
private information from the vehicle.
Touchscreen Buttons SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/
Select Clear All Private Data. Select Touchscreen buttons show on the Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Cancel or Confirm. screen when available. When a Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
Restore Radio Settings : This function is unavailable, the button movie.
may gray out. When a function is
option will restore factory radio Phone : Touch to activate the
settings. Select Restore Radio selected, the button may highlight.
phone features (if equipped).
Settings. A screen displays stating See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition -
all personalized radio settings will Base Radio) 0 228 or Bluetooth
be restored back to the factory (Infotainment Controls - Base
settings. Select Cancel or Confirm. Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 233.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Projection : Touch to access Radio Press the MENU knob and the
supported devices when connected. following radio settings may display:
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 206
or USB Port (Base Radio with AM-FM Radio (Base Tone Settings:
Touchscreen) 0 208. Radio) . Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
Turn the MENU knob and
Settings : Touch to access the Playing the Radio highlight. Press the MENU knob
Personalization menu. See Vehicle to select. Turn the MENU knob
Personalization 0 167. While on the audio main page,
press the RADIO button repeatedly to adjust.
Climate : Touch to access the to cycle through the available . Balance: Turn the MENU knob
Climate menu. See Dual Automatic sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if to highlight. Press the MENU
Climate Control System 0 246. equipped) or press the MEDIA knob to select. Turn the MENU
OnStar : If equipped, touch to button repeatedly to cycle through knob left for more sound from
access the OnStar menu. See the available sources Bluetooth® the left speakers or right for
OnStar Overview 0 488. Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX. more sound from the right
The steering wheel controls can speakers. The middle position
Software Updates also be used to adjust the volume. balances the sound between the
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 125. left and right speakers.
See the websites for more
information. . Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped)
highlight. Press the MENU knob
Website Information To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if to select. Turn the MENU knob
equipped), press the RADIO button to the left for more sound from
In the U.S., see www.gmc.com
to toggle to the desired broadcast the front speakers and to the
In Canada, see www.gmc.gm.ca source. right for more sound from the
In Mexico, www.gmc.com.mx rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. DSP: If equipped with a Bose between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Finding a Station
Surround® sound system, it will Medium, Medium-High, and High.
have three DSP modes Seeking a Station
Press o BACK to go to the
including: previous menu. Press g or l to search for the
‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain previous or next strongest station.
provide the best sound for all configurations, the available choices Tuning a Station
seating positions. are Manual and Talk.
Turn the MENU knob to manually
‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to Options for SiriusXM Only (If find a station.
provide the best sound for the Equipped)
driver. Storing Radio Station Presets
SXM View : SXM view allows the
‐ Centerpoint: Creates a channel list to be viewed by channel Up to 25 preset stations from all
surround sound from nearly name, artist playing on channel, bands can be stored in the favorite
any audio source. or song playing on channel. Turn lists in any order. Up to five stations
. EQ (Equalizer): If equipped with the MENU knob to highlight and can be stored in each favorite page
a Bose sound system, turn the press the MENU knob to select. and the number of favorites can
be set.
MENU knob to highlight. Turn Press o BACK to go to the
the MENU knob to scroll through previous menu. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
the options. Press the MENU Equipped) : While on the active
Channel List : Select to display a
knob to select. Press the o source main page, such as AM, FM,
list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
BACK button to go to the or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
MENU knob to highlight and press
previous menu. hold a favorites/soft key button on
the MENU knob to select. Press o the faceplate.
Station List : Select to display a list BACK to go to the previous menu.
of AM or FM stations. Press o Mixed-Audio Favorites
Also see the radio settings common
BACK to go to the previous menu. for all sources earlier in this section. Media (if equipped) and Broadcast
Auto Volume : If equipped, this favorites can be stored.
feature adjusts the volume based on To display the favorites page, press
the vehicle speed. Select the level q or r on the radio faceplate.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To manage favorites, see “Manage The level of volume compensation Custom Tone Settings
Favorites” under Home Page (Base can be selected, or the feature can . Touch MENU.
Radio) 0 194 or Home Page (Base be turned off.
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 196. . Touch Tone Settings.
1. Touch MENU from a source
screen. . Touch Custom.
AM-FM Radio (Base . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
2. Select Auto Volume.
Radio with Touchscreen) Touch − or +.
3. Select the desired setting.
Playing the Radio . Fader or Balance: Adjust the
4. Touch 3 to go back to the front/rear or left/right speakers
Audio Source Menu source screen. by dragging the dot in the
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. Tone Settings vehicle image on the screen.
O : Press to turn on, mute, The tone settings can be set for Touch 3 to go back to the source
or unmute the system. Press and each radio band and each audio screen.
hold to turn off the system. player source.
Selecting an Auxiliary Device
Selecting a Band Preset Tone Settings Connect the auxiliary device to the
Press {, then touch AUDIO, . Touch MENU. AUX input terminal. Play will begin
Source, then select AM, FM, . when the system has finished
Touch Tone Settings.
or SXM, if equipped. The last station reading the information on the
that was playing starts playing . Select a preset tone setting. device.
again. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: If the AUX device is already
System Settings Touch − or +. connected, press {, AUDIO,
. Fader or Balance: Adjust the Source, then select the device.
Auto Volume front/rear or left/right speakers
This feature automatically adjusts by dragging the dot in the
the radio volume to compensate for vehicle image on the screen.
road and wind noise.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Selecting a Station . Touch Q or R to scroll through 3. Touch and hold down any of
the list. Touch the station to the preset buttons to save the
Seek Tuning current radio station to that
select it.
If the radio station is not known: button of the selected
Update Station List favorites page.
Press 7 or 6 to automatically
. From the AM or FM menu, touch To change a preset button, tune to
search for available radio stations.
MENU, then touch Update the new desired radio station and
Manual Tuning Station List. The broadcasting touch and hold the preset button.
list updating will begin.
Continue touching t or u to
manually change the radio station.
. During the AM or FM Satellite Radio (Base
broadcasting list update, touch Radio)
Direct Tune Cancel to stop the updates.
From the AM or FM menu:
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Storing a Station as a Favorite Service (If Equipped)
. Touch Tune. Stations from all bands can be Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
. Enter the station number. stored in any order in the favorite radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
pages. satellite radio subscription can
. Touch Go or t or u to go to
Up to 25 stations can be stored. receive SiriusXM programming.
the previous or next station.
Storing Stations SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Favorite based in the 48 contiguous United
To store the station to a position in States and 10 Canadian provinces.
. Touch S or T to scroll through the list, touch the corresponding
the favorites. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
button 1−5 until a beep is heard. variety of programming and
. Touch on the station to select it. 1. Select the desired station. commercial-free music, coast to
Station List coast, and in digital-quality sound.
2. Touch S or T to select the A service fee is required to receive
. From the AM or FM menu, desired page of saved the SiriusXM service. See
touch MENU. favorites. www.siriusxm.com or call
. Select Station List.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see SiriusXM Satellite Radio Selecting a Category

www.siriusxm.ca or call Service (If Equipped) From Menu, touch Categories, then
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service touch the desired category or from
When SiriusXM is active, the based in the 48 contiguous United Categories, touch Q or R to find the
channel name and number, States and 10 Canadian provinces. desired channel. Touch the channel
category name, song title, and artist SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide to select it.
display on the screen. variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to Selecting a Channel
Browsing SiriusXM Channels
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
(If Equipped) Touch u or t and the previous or
A service fee is required to receive
To browse the SiriusXM channels: the SiriusXM service. For more next channel will be selected.
1. Press the MENU knob. information, contact SiriusXM at Touch and hold u or t to jump
www.siriusxm.com or four channels backward or forward,
2. Turn the MENU knob to 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and then release the button at the
highlight SXM Channel List. www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 desired channel.
3. Turn the MENU knob to (Canada).
highlight the desired SXM Using the Preset Buttons
Listening to SiriusXM Radio (If
Channels. Up to seven favorites pages can be
Equipped)
saved, and each page can store up
Satellite Radio (Base 1. Press {. to five channels.
Radio with Touchscreen) 2. Touch AUDIO. To change a preset button, tune to
Vehicles with an SXM Satellite the new desired channel and hold
3. Touch Source.
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM® the button.
4. Touch SXM and the most
Satellite Radio subscription can Listening to Preset Channels
recent listened to SiriusXM
receive SiriusXM programming.
channel will display. 1. Continue touching S or T to
Touch 0 to return to the select the desired
HOME menu. favorites page.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Touch the preset button to 1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone 2. Select On or Off.
listen to the channel saved to settings screen is displayed.
that button. See “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio Reception
Radio (Base Radio with
Using the SiriusXM Menu Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM Frequency interference and static
Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. can occur during normal radio
Operation reception if items such as phone
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio 2. Touch OK. chargers, vehicle convenience
screen. Auto Volume accessories, and external electronic
2. Touch the menu to select the devices are plugged into the
1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto accessory power outlet. If there is
desired item or to display the Volume” in AM-FM Radio
detail menu item. interference or static, unplug the
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) item from the accessory power
3. Touch 0 to return to the 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base outlet.
previous menu. Radio) 0 197.
FM
2. Touch OK.
Channel List FM signals only reach about 16 to
1. Touch Channel List from the Categories 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
SXM menu. The channel list is 1. Touch Categories. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
displayed. that automatically works to reduce
2. Touch Q or R to find the interference, some static can occur,
2. Touch Q or R to find the desired category. Touch the especially around tall buildings or
desired channel. Tune to the category to select it. hills, causing the sound to fade in
channel by selecting it. and out.
Explicit Content Filter
Tone Settings AM
When on, only a filtered list of
From the tone settings menu, the channels will be received. When off, The range for most AM stations is
sound features can be set up for all regular SXM programming greater than for FM, especially at
SiriusXM audio and each audio subscribed to will be received. night. The longer range can cause
player’s functions. station frequencies to interfere with
1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
each other. Static can also occur
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
when things like storms and power antenna becomes slightly bent, Audio Players
lines interfere with radio reception. straighten it out by hand. If it is
When this happens, try reducing the badly bent, replace it.
treble on the radio. CD Player
Occasionally check that the antenna
is tight at the base. If tightening is If the vehicle is equipped with a CD
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
required, protect the paint from player, it can be used for CD and
Service MP3 audio.
damage.
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite With the vehicle on, insert a disc
Radio Service provides digital radio Multi-Band Antenna into the slot, label side up. Press the
reception. Tall buildings or hills can MEDIA button to select CD as a
interfere with satellite radio signals, The multi-band antenna is on the
source.
causing the sound to fade in and roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
out. In addition, traveling or standing used for OnStar, the SiriusXM The system is capable of
under heavy foliage, bridges, Satellite Radio Service System, and playing most:
garages, or tunnels may cause loss GPS (Global Positioning System), . Audio CDs
of the SiriusXM signal for a period if the vehicle has these features.
of time. Keep the antenna clear of . CD-R
obstructions for clear reception. . CD-RW
Cell Phone Usage
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is . MP3 or unprotected WMA
Cell phone usage, such as making open, reception can also be formats
or receiving phone calls, charging, affected.
or just having the phone on may When playing any compatible
cause static interference in the Items on the roof of the vehicle can recordable disc, the sound quality
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off interfere with the performance of the can be reduced due to disc quality,
if this happens. radio system and OnStar (if the method of recording, the quality
equipped). Make sure the of the music that has been
multi-band antenna is not recorded, or the way the disc has
Fixed Mast Antenna obstructed. been handled.
The fixed mast antenna will go
through most car washes as long as
it is securely attached. If the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
There can be increased skipping, is damaged or improperly u: While on the CD main page:
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or loaded, there is an error and
difficulty in loading and ejecting. the disc ejects. . Press to seek to the next track.
If these problems occur, check the . Press and hold to fast forward
disc for damage or try a known Playing an Audio CD through a track. Release the
good disc. Press the MEDIA button on the button to return to playing
To avoid damage to the CD player: faceplate until CD is selected. speed. Elapsed time displays.
. Do not use scratched or On the CD main page, either a track j /r: While on the CD main page,
damaged discs. number displays at the beginning of press to pause. Press again to
each track, or Song, Artist, and resume.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The Album information displays when
labels could get caught in the available.
Z: Press Z to play the songs in
player. random order. Press again to
Use the following screen controls to turn off.
. Insert only one disc at a time. play the disc: If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is
. Keep the loading slot free of t: While on the CD main page: loaded into the disc player and the
foreign materials, liquids, and CD screen button is selected, a
debris. . Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track. message comes on the screen to
. Use a marking pen to label the If the track has been playing for use the Video application. The
top of the disc. less than five seconds, it seeks Video application is only available
to the previous track. If longer on vehicles with Rear Seat
Loading and Ejecting Discs Entertainment (RSE).
than five seconds, the current
To load a disc: track starts from the beginning. CD Menu
1. Turn the vehicle on. . Press and hold to fast reverse While on the CD main page, press
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label through a track. Release the the MENU knob to display the CD
side up. The player pulls it in button to return to playing menu and the following may display:
the rest of the way. If the disc speed. Elapsed time displays.
Browse : Select to display the files
or songs on the CD.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Error Messages If the CD is not playing correctly for
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, any other reason, try a known
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See good CD.
comes out, it could be for one of the
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio If any error continues, contact your
following reasons:
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) dealer.
0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base . The disc has an invalid or
Radio) 0 197. unknown format. Playing an MP3 CD
Auto Volume : If equipped, this . The disc is very hot. Try the disc To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
feature adjusts the volume based on again when the temperature instructions as “Playing an
the vehicle speed. Select the level returns to normal. Audio CD.”
between Off, Low, Medium-Low, . The road is very rough. Try the The following guidelines must be
Medium, Medium-High, and High. disc again when the road is met when creating an MP3 disc,
Press BACK to go to the smoother. otherwise the CD might not play:
previous menu.
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, . Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
DSP : If equipped, this feature or upside down. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
adjusts the pre-defined settings.
. The air is very humid. Try the 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or disc again later. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. . There was a problem while 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
burning the disc. 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
and 320 kbps.
feature adjusts the equalizer . The label is caught in the CD
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in player. . Maximum number of folders:
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with eight folders with 255 files per
Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM If Disc Player Error displays, it could folder.
Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. be for one of the following reasons:
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
. The player temperature is a disc.
too high.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.
. There are load or eject errors.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Root Directory The vehicle may have USB ports in . j /r

The root directory is treated as a the front of the center console,
folder. All files contained directly armrest, or one in the upper glove . Z
under the root directory are box.
For information on how to use the
accessed prior to any root directory See Center Console Storage 0 120 screen icons, see “Playing an
folders. and Glove Box 0 119.
Audio CD.”
Empty Folders USB MP3 Player and USB Drives USB Menu
. The USB MP3 players and USB
If a root directory or folder is empty Press MENU to display the USB
or contains only folders, the player drives connected must comply menu and the following may display:
advances to the next folder in the with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC). Browse : Select to display the files
file structure that contains a
and folders on the USB device.
compressed audio file. The empty . Hard disk drives are not
folder(s) are not displayed or supported. Tone Settings : Select to adjust
numbered. Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
. Supported file system is FAT32.
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
No Folder To play a USB device: “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
When the CD only contains . Connect the USB. (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
compressed audio files without any 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
folders, all files are under the root . Press MEDIA on the faceplate Radio) 0 197.
folder. until the connected device is
shown. Auto Volume : If equipped, see
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
USB Port (Base Radio) While the USB source is active, (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
press the corresponding faceplate 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Playing from a USB button for the icons on the screen to Radio) 0 197.
A USB mass storage device or operate USB function:
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
device can be connected to the
. t feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)
USB port. . u
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Settings” in AM-FM Radio (Base . When connecting a device on If the device is an unsupported
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or which firmware from other model, it can still be listened to in
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. providers is installed. the vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/ To connect and control a device:
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
iPhone® 1. Connect one end of the
standard USB cable to the Menu
This feature supports the following
devices: device's dock connector. Press MENU to display the device
2. Connect the other end to a Menu and the following may display:
. iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
4th generation) USB port in the center console. Browse : Select to display the files
See Center Console Storage or songs on the device. See
. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5 0 120. “Browse Device Media” later in this
generation) section.
3. Press MEDIA to select the
. iPod classic® (6th generation) source. Tone Settings : Select to adjust
. iPod touch® (1st and 2nd The music information displays on Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
generation) the radio’s display and begins Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
. playing through the vehicle’s audio “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
iPad
system. (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
. iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS, 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
iPhone 4 The device battery recharges Radio) 0 197.
automatically while the vehicle is on.
There may be problems with When the vehicle is off while a Auto Volume : If equipped, see
operation and function in the device is connected using the USB “Auto Volume ” in AM-FM Radio
following situations: cable, the device battery stops (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
. When connecting a device with charging and the device will 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
a more recent version of the automatically turn off. Radio) 0 197.
firmware installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this 3. Turn MENU to highlight and 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
feature adjusts the Equalizer press to select an album name press to select to view albums
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in to view a list of all songs on the by that artist.
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with album. 4. Turn MENU to highlight and
Touchscreen) 0 199 or AM-FM 4. Turn MENU to highlight and press to select an album to
Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. press to select the song from view songs.
Browse Device Media the list to begin playback. 5. Turn MENU to highlight and
Use the following to browse: Albums: press to select the song from
1. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback.
Playlists:
press to view the albums Songs:
1. Turn MENU to highlight and stored on the device.
press to view the playlists 1. Turn MENU to highlight and
stored on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and press to view a list of all songs
press to select an album name stored on the device.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of all songs on the
press to select a playlist name 2. Turn MENU to highlight and
album. press to select the song from
to view a list of all songs in the
playlist. 3. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback.
press to select the song from
3. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select the song from
the list to begin playback. USB Port (Base Radio
the list to begin playback. Genres: with Touchscreen)
Artists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and Using the USB Port
press to view the genres stored
1. Turn MENU to highlight and on the device. The infotainment system can play
press to view the artists stored music by connecting an auxiliary
on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and device to the USB port.
press to select a genre name
2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of artists of that
press to select an artist name genre.
to view a list of all albums by
the artist.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
USB Support Supported Apple Devices ACCESSORY. See Ignition

If equipped, there are USB ports is To view supported devices in U.S., Positions 0 274. When the vehicle is
in the center stack below the climate see www.my.gmc.com\learn. turned off, the iPod/iPhone
controls, in the glove box, in the automatically powers off and will not
To view supported devices in charge or draw power from the
center console under the armrest, Canada, see www.gmcowner.ca.
and at the rear of the center vehicle's battery.
console. All ports use the USB 2.0 To view supported devices in For more information on USB
standard. Mexico, see your dealer. usage, see “Audio System
USB Supported File and Folder Information” following.
USB Supported Devices
Structure Audio System Information
. USB Flash Drives
The infotainment system supports: The infotainment system can play
. Portable USB Hard Drives
. FAT16. the music files contained in the USB
Not all iPods and USB drives are storage device or iPod/iPhone
compatible with the USB port. . FAT32. products.
Make sure the iPod has the latest . exFAT. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
firmware from Apple for proper
Connecting a USB Storage . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
operation. iPod firmware can be
updated using the latest iTunes Device or iPod/iPhone .ogg, and .wav file name
application. See www.apple.com/ To connect a USB storage device, extensions can be played.
itunes. connect the device to the USB port. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
For help with identifying your iPod, To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
go to www.apple.com/support. one end of the device’s cable to the Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
iPod/iPhone and the other end to 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
The USB port can play both lower kHz, and 16 kHz.
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, the USB port.
and .wav files stored on a USB The iPod/iPhone charges while it is . Files with a bit rate above
storage device. connected to the vehicle if the 128 kbps will result in higher
vehicle is on or in ACC/ quality sound.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. ID3 Tag information for MP3 . Only USB storage devices connected, the USB device may
files, such as the album name formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT be damaged or may not operate
and the artist, can be played. file systems are recognized. normally.
. To display album title, track title, NTFS and other file systems are . USB storage devices can only
and artist information, the file not recognized. be connected for playing music,
should be compatible with the . The time it takes to process files viewing photo files,
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. will depend on the USB storage or upgrading.
Using USB Storage Devices and device type and capacity, and . Do not use the USB terminal to
iPod/iPhone the type of files stored. charge USB accessory
. Use a USB or flash memory type . Some USB storage device files equipment. The heat generated
storage device. Do not connect may not be compatible. may cause performance issues
using a USB adaptor. . Up to two USB devices and one or damage.
. Do not connect and reconnect iPod can be played through a . Music files to which Digital Right
the USB device repeatedly in a USB hub. All devices may not be Management (DRM) is applied
short time, as this may cause supported, depending on the cannot be played.
static electricity and problems performance of the USB hub. . USB storage device that are in
using the device. If there is not enough power capacity with a limit of 5,000
supply, it may not operate files, such as music, photo,
. Use a USB device with a metal normally.
connecting terminal. video, 15 stages of folder
. Do not disconnect the USB structure. Normal usage cannot
. Connection with i-Stick Type storage device while it is playing. be guaranteed for a storage
USB storage devices may be This may cause damage to the device that exceeds this limit.
faulty due to vehicle vibration. product or affect the The iPod/iPhone can play all
. Do not touch the USB performance of the USB device. music files that are supported.
connecting terminal. . Disconnect the USB storage The music file lists will only
device when the ignition is display up to 5,000 files on the
turned off. If the ignition is turned screen. These files are sorted in
on while the USB device is alphabetical order.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Some iPod/iPhone product
models may not support the
connectivity or functionality of
this product.
. Only connect the iPod/iPhone
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone
products. Other connection
cables cannot be used. . Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already
. The iPod/iPhone may be classification items related to the connected:
damaged if it is connected to the search function provided by the
vehicle with the ignition on. iPod/iPhone. . Press {.
When not in use, disconnect the .
USB Player Touch AUDIO.
iPod/iPhone.
Playing Music from a USB Device . Touch Source.
. When the iPod/iPhone is
connected to the USB port by . Connect the USB device to the . Touch USB.
using the iPod/iPhone cable, the USB port. To stop the USB device and select
Bluetooth music is not . Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
supported. Source, then select the other
the system has finished reading
. The iPod/iPhone playback the USB device. source.
functions and the information . If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select
displayed may be different when another function, then remove the
connected, an error message
played on the infotainment USB device.
displays and the system will
system.
switch to the previous audio Pause
function.
. Touch j to pause.
. Touch r to resume.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Changing to Next/Previous Files Traffic Program (If Equipped)

. Touch l to change to the . Touch On or Off.
next file. MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
. Touch g within five seconds of . Connect a MTP supported
the playback time to play the device.
previous file. . Play will start automatically after
Returning to the Beginning of the the system has finished reading
Current File . Touch the desired menu. the MTP device.
Touch g after five seconds of the Browse Music . If a non-readable MTP device is
playback time. connected, an error message
1. Touch Browse Music. displays and the system will
Scanning Forward or Backward 2. Touch the desired music. switch to the previous audio
Touch and hold g or l during function.
Tone Settings
playback to rewind or fast forward. iPod/iPhone Player
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
Release the button to resume
Settings menu is displayed. See This feature is limited to models
playback at normal speed.
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio supporting the iPod/iPhone
Playing a File Randomly (Base Radio with Touchscreen) connection.
0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Touch Z during playback. Radio) 0 197.
Playing Music Files
. ON: Plays all files randomly. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
Auto Volume USB port.
. OFF: Returns to normal . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
playback. . Play will start from the previously
Volume menu is displayed. See played point after the system
Using the USB Music Menu “Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio has finished reading the USB
. Touch Menu during playback. (Base Radio with Touchscreen) device.
Radio) 0 197.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within two seconds of 2. Touch the desired music.
connected, an error message the playback time to play the Tone Settings
displays and the system will previous file.
switch to the previous audio . Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
function. Returning to the Beginning of the Settings menu is displayed. See
Current File “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio
If the iPod/iPhone is already (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
connected: Touch g after two seconds of the
playback time.
1. Press {. Radio) 0 197.
Scanning Forward or Backward Auto Volume
2. Touch AUDIO.
Touch and hold g or l during . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
3. Touch Source.
playback to rewind or fast forward. Volume menu is displayed. See
4. Touch iPod. Release the button to resume “Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
To stop the device and select playback at normal speed. (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
another media source, touch Playing a File Randomly 0 199 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Source, then select the other Radio) 0 197.
source. Touch Z during playback.
Picture System Information
To remove the device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
The infotainment system can view
another function, then remove the . OFF: Returns to normal picture files stored on a USB
device. playback. storage device and devices that
Pause Using the iPod Menu support Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP).
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Supported file extensions: .jpg,
. Touch r to resume. . Touch the appropriate .bmp, .png, .gif.
play mode.
Changing to Next/Previous Song . Animated GIF files are not
Browse Music supported.
. Touch l to change to the
1. Touch Browse Music.
next song.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Some files may not operate due Viewing a Previous or Next Auxiliary Jack
to a different recording format or Picture
the condition of the file. This vehicle may have an AUX jack
Touch S or T from the picture in the center console or armrest.
Viewing Pictures screen. See Center Console Storage 0 120.
1. Connect the USB device to the Rotating a Picture Possible auxiliary audio sources
USB port. include:
2. Touch the screen to open to full
Touch w from the picture screen. . Laptop computer
screen. Touch the screen again Enlarging a Picture . Audio music player
to return to the previous
screen. Touch x from the picture screen. This jack is not an audio output. Do
If the USB device is already Using the USB Picture Menu not plug headphones into the
connected: auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
1. Touch MENU from the picture devices should be set up while the
1. Press {. screen. vehicle is in P (Park).
2. Touch GALLERY. 2. Touch the appropriate menu: Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
. Slide Show Time: Allows from the auxiliary device to the
Some features are disabled while auxiliary input jack.
the vehicle is in motion. selection of the slide show
interval. If an auxiliary device has already
Viewing a Slide Show been connected, but a different
. Clock, Temp. Display:
1. Touch z from the picture Allows selection of On or source is currently active, press the
screen. Off to show the clock and MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
temperature on the full to scroll through all of the available
2. Touch the screen to cancel the screen. audio source screens, until the AUX
slide show during the slide source screen is shown.
show playback. . Display Settings: Adjusts
for Brightness and Contrast.
3. Touch 0 to exit.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Base Radio EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this Bluetooth Audio

feature adjusts the pre-defined
Playing from the AUX Jack equalizer settings. See “EQ If equipped, music may be played
An auxiliary device is played (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio (Base from a paired Bluetooth device. See
through the audio system and Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or “Pairing” under Bluetooth (Voice
controlled through the device itself. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. Recognition - Base Radio) 0 228 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
AUX Menu Base Radio with Touchscreen Base Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth
Press the MENU knob to display the Play will begin when the system has (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
AUX menu and the following may finished reading the information on (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
display: the device. with Touchscreen) 0 233 for help
pairing a device.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Playing Music
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Volume and song selection may be
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See To play the music from the device, controlled by using the infotainment
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio if the device is already connected: controls or the phone/device.
(Base Radio with Touchscreen) If Bluetooth Audio is selected and
1. Press {. nothing is heard, check the volume
Radio) 0 197. 2. Touch AUDIO. setting on both the phone/device
and the infotainment system.
Auto Volume : If equipped, see 3. Touch Source.
“Playing an Audio CD.” Launch music by pressing the
4. Touch AUX.
MEDIA screen button on the
DSP : If equipped, this feature To adjust the tone settings. See Home Page.
adjusts the pre-defined settings. “Audio Settings” in “System
See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base To play music via Bluetooth:
Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or Radio with Touchscreen) 0 199 or 1. Power on the device, and pair
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 197. to connect the device.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Once paired, go into the audio All devices launch audio differently. Voice Recognition
application from the Home When selecting Bluetooth Audio as
Page or via the application tray. a source, the radio may show as If equipped, voice recognition allows
Select MEDIA until Bluetooth paused on the screen. Press play for hands-free operation within the
displays. on the device or press r to begin audio and phone applications. This
playback. feature can be started by pressing
Bluetooth Audio Menu
either the g button on the steering
Press the MENU screen button to Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to wheel or by selecting the g on the
display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
The following may be available: display on the radio. When the radio screen display.
receives this information, it will However, not all features within
Tone: Turn the MENU knob to check to see if any is available and these areas are supported by voice
adjust the tone settings. display it. For more information commands. Generally, only complex
Press o BACK to go back to the about supported Bluetooth features, tasks that require multiple manual
previous menu. see www.gm.com/bluetooth for U.S. interactions to complete are
and Canada only. supported by voice commands.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select
to go to the Bluetooth page to add For example, tasks that take more
or delete devices. than one or two button presses such
as selecting a song or artist to play
When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the from a media device would be
radio may not be able to launch the supported by voice commands.
audio player on the connected Other tasks, like adjusting the
device to start playing. When the volume or seeking up or down are
vehicle is not moving, use the audio features that are easily
phone to begin playback. performed by pressing one or two
buttons, and are not supported by
voice commands.
In general there are flexible ways to
speak commands for completing the
tasks. Most of them, except
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
destination entry and voice keypad, instrument cluster displays . Long verbal prompts: The longer
can be completed in a single the selections and visual prompts provide more
command. If the task takes more dialog content. information regarding the
than one command to complete, the . If voice recognition is supported actions.
first command would be to indicate started from the . Short prompts: The short
the kind of task that is to be infotainment screen, the prompts provide simple
performed. The system replies with selections and visual dialog instructions about what can be
prompts that lead through a dialog content are displayed on stated.
to enter the necessary information. both the center stack If a command is not spoken, the
Voice recognition can be used when display and the instrument voice recognition system says a
the ignition is on or when Retained cluster display. help prompt.
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. 2. The audio system mutes and
See Retained Accessory Power the system plays a prompt Prompts and Screen Displays
(RAP) 0 277. followed by a beep. While a voice recognition session is
Using Voice Recognition 3. Wait until after the beep active, there will be corresponding
completes, then clearly speak buttons on screens displayed.
Voice recognition becomes available Manual interaction in the voice
once the system has been one of the commands
described in this section. recognition session is permitted.
initialized. This begins when the Interaction during a voice session
ignition is turned on. Initialization Press g to interrupt any voice may be completed entirely using
may take a few moments. voice commands, or some
recognition system prompt. For
1. Press g on the steering wheel example, if the prompt seems selections may expedite a session.
control to activate voice to be taking too long to finish, If a selection is made using a
press g again and the beep manual control, the dialog will
recognition, or select g on the progress in the same way as if the
infotainment screen on the should happen right away.
selection was made through a voice
center stack. There are two voice prompt modes command. Once the system is able
. If voice recognition is supported: to complete the task, or the session
started from the steering is terminated, the voice recognition
wheel control, the dialog stops.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
An example of this type of manual Helpful Hints for Speaking . Speak the command naturally,
intervention is pressing on an entry Commands not too fast, not too slow. Use
of a displayed number list instead of direct commands without a lot of
speaking the number associated Voice recognition can understand extra words.
with the entry desired. commands that are either naturally
stated in sentence form (English . Usually Phone and Audio
Canceling Voice Recognition only), or direct commands that state commands can be spoken in a
the application and the task. single command.
. Press the Home screen button
to terminate the voice For languages that do not support For example, “Call Dave Smith
recognition session which was natural language commands in at work,” “Play” followed by the
sentence form, use the direct artist or song name, or “Tune”
initiated by pressing g on the
commands shown as examples on followed by the radio station
infotainment screen on the
the display screen. number.
center stack.
For best results: There is no need to memorize
. Press or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to
specific command words. Direct
terminate the voice recognition . Listen for the prompt and wait
commands might be more clearly
session and display the screen for the beep before saying a understood by the system. An
from which voice recognition command or reply. example of a direct command would
was initiated. . Say “Help” or look at the screen be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of
. Press i on the steering wheel display for commands. these direct commands are
controls to terminate the voice . Voice recognition system prompt displayed on most of the screens
session and display the screen while a voice session is active.
can be interrupted during a
from which voice recognition If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is
prompt by pressing g again. stated, the system understands that
was initiated.
For example, if the prompt a phone call is requested and will
seems to be taking too long to respond with questions until enough
finish, or if what is being details are gathered.
prompted causes a need for an
immediate reply, press g again
and wait for the beep.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If the phone number has been If manual selection takes more than Pressing g while the help prompt is
saved with a name and a place, the 15 seconds, the session terminates playing will terminate the prompt
direct command should include and prompts that it has timed out. and a beep will be heard. Doing this
both, for example “Call Dave Smith The screen returns back to the will stop the help prompt so that a
at work.” screen where voice recognition was voice command can be used.
initiated.
Using Voice Recognition for Voice Recognition for the
List Options The Back Command
Radio
When a list is displayed, a voice Say “Back” or press the Back button
to go to the previous screen. Select the g screen button to
prompt will ask to confirm or select
an option from that list. A selection launch audio voice recognition.
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is If the voice button is pressed in a
can be made by manually selecting stated all the way through to the
the item, or by speaking the line radio screen, the voice commands
initial screen, then “Back” is stated for radio and media features are
number for the item to select. one more time, the voice recognition available.
When a screen contains a list, session will cancel.
options may be available but not “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to
Help AM and tune to the last AM radio
displayed. The list on a voice
recognition screen functions the Say “Help” on any voice recognition station.
same as a list on other screens. screen and the help prompt for the “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to
Scrolling can be used to help screen is played. Additionally, a FM and tune to the last FM radio
display other entries from the list. pop-up displays a text version of the station.
help prompt. Depending on how
Manually scrolling or paging the list voice recognition was initiated, the “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to
on a screen during a voice Help pop-up will either display on SiriusXM (if equipped) and tune to
recognition session suspends the the instrument cluster or the the last SiriusXM channel.
current voice recognition event and infotainment screen. Press the “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” :
plays the prompt “Make your Dismiss button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose
selection from the list using the go away. frequency is identified in the
manual controls or press the Back command (like “nine fifty”).
button to try again.”
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to
Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific album name. enter a specific name.
frequency is identified in the “Play Album <album name>” : “Play Chapter <chapter name>” :
command (like “one o one Begin playback of the identified Begin playback of the media
point one”). album name in the command. selection identified in the command.
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog
number>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if enter a specific song name. to enter a specific name.
equipped) radio station whose
channel number is identified in the “Play Song <song name>” : Begin “Play Audiobook <audiobook
command. playback of the identified song name>” : Begin playback of the
name in the command. media selection identified in the
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel command.
name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM (if “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to
equipped) radio station whose enter a specific genre. “Play CD Track <track
channel name is identified in the “Play Genre <genre name>” : number>” : Begin playback of the
command. Begin playback of the media CD at the track identified in the
selection identified in the command. command.
Voice Recognition for Audio
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to
My Media “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific playlist name. enter a specific name.
If browsing My Media when the
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : “Play Episode <episode
voice button is selected, the voice
Begin playback of the identified name>” : Begin playback of the
recognition commands for My Media
playlist in the command. media selection identified in the
features are available.
command.
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to “Play <device name>” : Play
music from a specific device “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific Artist name.
identified by name. The device enter a specific name.
“Play Artist <artist name>” :
name is the name displayed on the “Play Podcast <podcast
Begin playback of the media
screen when the device is first name>” : Begin playback of the
selection identified in the command.
selected as an audio source. media selection identified in the
command.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
“Play Video” : Begin a dialog to . Album type folders including Once the number of songs has
enter a specific name. types such as albums and exceeded approximately 8,000,
“Play Video <video name>” : audiobooks. there is no support for accessing the
Begin playback of the media There are no restrictions if the songs directly through voice
selection identified in the command. number of song files and albums is commands. There will still be
less than 4,000. When the number access to the media content by
“My Media” : Begin a dialog to using commands for playlists,
enter the desired media content. of song files connected to the
system is between 4,000 and 8,000, artists, and genres.
Handling Large Amounts of Media the content cannot be accessed The access commands for playlists,
Content directly with one command like artists, and genres are prohibited
It is expected that large amounts of “Play <song name>.” after the number of this type of
media content will be brought into The restriction is that the command media exceeds 4,000.
the vehicle. It may be necessary to “Play Song” must be spoken first; The system will provide feedback
handle large amounts of media the system will then ask for the song the first time voice recognition is
content in a different way than name. The reply command would be initiated if it has become apparent
smaller amounts of media. The to say the name of the song to play. that any of these limits are reached
system may limit the options of Similar limits exist for album during a device initializing process.
voice recognition by not allowing content. If there are more than
selection of song titles by voice at Voice Recognition for the
4,000 albums, but less than 8,000, Phone
the highest level if the number of the content cannot be accessed
songs exceeds the maximum limit. directly with one command like, “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a
Voice command option changes “Play <album name>.” The call to an entered contact. The
through media content limits are: command “Play Album” must first be command may include location if
spoken; the system will then ask for the contact has location numbers
. Song files including other
the album name. The reply would stored.
individual files of all media types
such as audiobook chapters, be to say the name of the album “Call <contact name> At Home,”
podcast episodes, and videos. to play. “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
contact and location at home, at Voice Recognition for OnStar Phone

work, on mobile device, or on (If Equipped)
another phone.
“OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice Bluetooth (Overview)
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a Recognition.
call to a standard phone number Instructions for using the cell phone
seven or 10 digits in length, and Bluetooth Speech Recognition may differ between infotainment
also 911, 411, or 611. (If Equipped) systems. The base radio and base
radio with touchscreen instructions
“Pair Phone” : Begins the Voice Pass-Thru allows access to are included in this manual. See the
Bluetooth pairing process. Follow the speech recognition commands infotainment manual for instructions
instructions on the radio display. on the cell phone. See your cell on the uplevel radios.
phone manufacturer’s user guide to
“Switch Phone” : Select a different Bluetooth-capable systems can
see if the cell phone supports this
phone for outgoing calls. interact with many cell phones,
feature.
“Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog allowing:
Activating this function will start the
to enter special numbers like . Placement and receipt of calls in
Bluetooth Speech Recognition on a
international numbers. The numbers a hands-free mode.
connected phone.
can be entered in groups of digits
with each group of digits being The steering wheel controls are . Sharing of the cell phone’s
repeated back by the system. If the used to operate this function. address book or contact list with
group of digits is not correct, the the vehicle.
command “Delete” will remove the Press and hold g to activate.
To minimize driver distraction,
last group of digits and allow them A voice session begins so that voice
before driving, and with the vehicle
to be re-entered. Once the entire commands can be given to Siri® or
parked:
number has been entered, the many other controls provided by the
cell phone. . Become familiar with the
command “Call” will start dialing the
number. features of the cell phone.
Press @ to exit or press i to Organize the phone book and
“Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice close and return to the previous contact lists clearly and delete
mail numbers. application prior to the start of Voice
Pass-Thru.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
duplicate or rarely used entries. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system i : Press to end a call, reject a
If possible, program speed dial can use a Bluetooth-capable cell call, or cancel an operation. Press
or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to to mute or unmute the infotainment
. Review the controls and make and receive phone calls. The system.
operation of the infotainment infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the Infotainment System Controls
system.
system. The system can be used For information about how to
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. while in ON/RUN or ACC/ navigate the menu system using the
The system may not work with ACCESSORY. The range of the infotainment controls, see Overview
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
this section. (30 ft). Not all phones support all 0 193 or Overview (Base Radio)
. If the cell phone has voice functions and not all phones work 0 189.
dialing capability, learn to use with the Bluetooth system. For U.S.
and Canada only, see www.gm.com/ MENU : Turn to scroll through a list.
that feature to access the Press to select the highlighted list
address book or contact list. bluetooth for more information about
compatible phones. option.
. See “Deleting a Paired Phone”
Bluetooth Controls
{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
and/or “Deleting a Bluetooth See Home Page (Base Radio)
Device” in this section. Use the buttons on the instrument 0 194 or Home Page (Base Radio
panel, faceplate, and the steering with Touchscreen) 0 196.
{ Warning wheel to operate the Bluetooth
PHONE or # : Select to enter the
system.
When using a cell phone, it can phone main menu.
be distracting to look too long or Steering Wheel Controls See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition -
too often at the screen of the g : Press to answer incoming calls, Base Radio) 0 228 or Bluetooth
phone or the infotainment system. confirm system information, and (Infotainment Controls - Base
Taking your eyes off the road too start voice recognition. Radio) 0 224 or Bluetooth
long or too often could cause a (Overview) 0 222 or Bluetooth
crash resulting in injury or death. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
Focus your attention on driving. with Touchscreen) 0 233.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Voice Recognition Bluetooth Audio Quality your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
If equipped, the voice recognition Turn off the Echo and Noise
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
system uses commands to control cancellation feature on your phone,
phone is not connected, calls can
the system and dial phone numbers. if supported, for the best hands-free
be made using OnStar Hands-Free
Noise : The system may not performance.
Calling, if available. See OnStar
recognize voice commands if there See www.gm.com/bluetooth for U.S. Overview 0 488, if equipped.
is too much background noise, such and Canada only.
as noise from open windows or loud Pairing Information
talking inside the vehicle. Bluetooth (Infotainment . Up to five cell phones can be
When to Speak : A tone sounds to Controls - Base Radio) paired to the Bluetooth system.
indicate that the system is ready for . The pairing process is disabled
For information about how to
a voice command. Wait for the tone when the vehicle is moving.
navigate the menu system using the
and then speak. . Pairing only needs to be
infotainment controls, see Overview
How to Speak : Speak clearly in a (Base Radio with Touchscreen) completed once per phone,
calm and natural voice. 0 193 or Overview (Base Radio) unless the pairing information on
0 189. the cell phone changes or the
Audio System cell phone is deleted from the
When using the Bluetooth system, Switching to Handset or system.
sound comes through the vehicle's Hands-Free Mode
. Only one paired cell phone can
front audio system speakers and To switch between handset mode be connected to the Bluetooth
overrides the audio system. Use the and hands-free mode, use the system at a time.
O knob during a call to change the OnStar command, “transfer call.”
volume level. The system maintains . If multiple paired cell phones are
a minimum volume level. Pairing within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
available paired cell phone in the
must be paired to the Bluetooth
order that they were newly
system and then connected to the
paired to the system. To connect
vehicle before it can be used. See
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Turn the MENU knob and
“Connecting to a Different Vehicle” in the list on the cell press to select Manage
Phone” later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions Phones.
on the cell phone to enter the
Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six Deleting a Paired Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the 1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen, MENU knob, then press to
PHONE on the infotainment confirm the codes are the select the PHONE.
display, then press the MENU same. The system recognizes 2. Turn the MENU knob and
knob to select the PHONE. If a the new connected phone after press to select Manage
device has been previously the pairing process is Phones.
paired, the main Phone menu complete.
will be shown. If no devices 3. Turn the MENU knob to
6. If the phone prompts to accept highlight the phone to be
have been paired, Step 2 can connection or allow phone
be skipped. deleted.
book download, select Always
2. Turn the MENU knob and Accept and Allow. The phone 4. Press the control below
press to select Manage book may not be available if DELETE to delete the
Phones. not accepted. highlighted device.
3. Press the control just below 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair 5. A confirmation screen is
PAIR. A four-digit Personal additional phones or devices. displayed. Press the control
Identification Number (PIN) just below DELETE to confirm
appears on the display. The Listing All Paired and Connected deletion.
PIN is used in Step 5. Phones
Connecting to a Different Phone
4. Start the pairing process on the 1. To list all paired devices, from
the Home Page turn the MENU 1. From the Home Page, turn the
cell phone to be paired to the MENU knob, then press to
vehicle. See your cell phone knob, then press to select the
PHONE. select the PHONE.
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Turn the MENU knob and Manage Phones : Turn the MENU The Recent Calls menu allows you
press to select Manage knob to highlight Manage Phones to access the phone numbers from
Phones. and press to select. the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
3. Turn the MENU knob to and Missed Calls menus on the cell
Making a Call Using Contacts phone to make a call.
highlight the phone to be and Recent Calls
connected. To make a call using the
For cell phones that support the Contacts menu:
4. Press the control just below Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
CONNECT to connect to the the Bluetooth system can use the 1. From the Home Page, turn the
highlighted device. contacts stored on your cell phone MENU knob, then press to
to make calls. See your cell phone select the PHONE.
Phone Menu
manufacturer’s user guide or 2. Turn the MENU knob to
Once a phone is connected and contact your wireless provider to highlight Contacts and press to
selected, the following may display: find out if this feature is supported select.
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU by your phone.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
knob to highlight Recent Calls and If the phone prompts to allow phone highlight the letter group and
press to select. book download during the pairing press to select.
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to process, select Always Accept and
highlight Contacts and press to Allow. The phone book may not be
highlight the contact and press
select. available if not accepted.
to select.
Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to When a cell phone supports the
highlight Keypad and press to phone book feature, the Contacts
highlight the desired number,
select. and Recent Calls menus are
then press the MENU knob to
automatically available.
Active Call : Turn the MENU knob call the contact.
to highlight Active Call and press to The Contacts menu allows you to
select and display the active call access the phone book stored in the
screen. cell phone to make a call.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To make a call using the Recent 3. Turn the MENU knob to Call Waiting
Calls menu: highlight the first digit and
Call waiting must be supported on
1. From the Home Page, turn the press to select. Continue this
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
MENU knob, then press to process through the number.
the wireless service carrier to work.
select the PHONE. To call, press the control just
below CALL. Accepting a Call Waiting Call
highlight Recent Calls and Accepting or Declining a Call To accept a call waiting call, do one
press to select. of the following:
When an incoming call is received,
If necessary, select between the infotainment system mutes and . Press the control just below
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. SWITCH.
by pressing the control below Accepting a Call . Press g on the steering wheel
the appropriate selection. controls.
To accept a call, do one of the
3. Turn the MENU knob to following: Declining a Call Waiting Call
highlight the contact or the
phone number. . Press the control just below To decline a call waiting call, do one
ANSWER. of the following:
4. Press the MENU knob to call
the contact. . Press g on the steering wheel . Press the control just below
controls. IGNORE.
Making a Call Using the
Keypad Declining a Call . Press i on the steering wheel
To decline a call, do one of the controls.
To make a call:
following: . Do nothing.
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to . Press the control just below Ending a Call
select the PHONE. IGNORE.
To end a call, do one of the
2. Turn the MENU knob and . Press i on the steering wheel following:
press to select Keypad. controls. . Press the control just
. Do nothing. below END.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
. Press i on the steering wheel Bluetooth (Voice 5. Locate the device named “Your
controls. Vehicle” in the list on the cell
Recognition - Base phone. Follow the instructions
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Radio) on the cell phone to enter the
(DTMF) Tones PIN provided in Step 3. The
Using Voice Recognition system may respond with a six
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
To use voice recognition, press g digit code to be confirmed on
send numbers during a call. This is
on the steering wheel. Use the the cell phone (instead of
used when calling a menu-driven
commands below for the various entering a four digit code),
phone system.
voice features. For additional check that the same digits are
1. When a call is active, press the information, say “Help” while you shown on the cell phone and
control just below KEYPAD. are in a voice recognition menu. say "Yes" to confirm. Select
2. Turn the MENU knob to Confirm on the cell phone as
highlight the first digit and Pairing well. After the PIN is
press to select. successfully entered, the
Pairing a Phone system prompts you to provide
If not initially in the phone 1. Press g. The system responds a name for the paired cell
application, from the Home Page, phone. This name will be used
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
turn the MENU knob, then press to to indicate which phones are
select the PHONE. From the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” paired and connected to the
PHONE main menu, turn the MENU 3. Say “Pair.” The system vehicle. The system responds
knob to highlight Active Call and responds with instructions and with “<Phone name> has been
press to select. a four-digit Personal successfully paired” after the
Identification Number (PIN). pairing process is complete.
The PIN is used in Step 5. 6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair
4. Start the pairing process on the additional phones.
cell phone that you want to
pair. For help with this process,
see your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone
Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers
The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The following commands are used
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the to delete and store phone numbers.
also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. This may need Store : This command will store a
after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how phone number, or a group of
many cell phones have been numbers as a name tag.
1. Press g. The system responds connected. Digit Store : This command allows
“Ready,” followed by a tone. a phone number to be stored as a
1. Press g. The system responds name tag by entering the digits one
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
“Ready,” followed by a tone. at a time.
3. Say “List.”
2. Say “Bluetooth.” Delete : This command is used to
Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” delete individual name tags.
If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is Delete All Name Tags : This
unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be command deletes all stored name
and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now tags in the Hands-Free Calling
1. Press g. The system responds connected.” Directory and the Destinations
“Ready,” followed by a tone. Directory.
This can be repeated to
2. Say “Bluetooth.” connect any of the up to Using the “Store” Command
five paired phones.
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks 1. Press g. The system responds
for which phone to delete. . If another cell phone is not “Ready,” followed by a tone.
found, the original phone
4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected. 2. Say “Store.”
delete.
3. Say the entire phone number
or a group of digits all at once
with no pauses, then follow the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
directions given by the system 2. Say “Delete.” Making a Call

to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to Calls can be made using the
number. delete. following commands.
Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Dial or Call : The dial or call
If an unwanted number is Command command can be used
recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored interchangeably to dial a phone
“Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free number or a stored name tag.
last number. Calling Directory and the Digit Dial : This command allows a
To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory. phone number to be dialed by
by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags: entering the digits one at a time.
any time. Re-dial : This command is used to
1. Press g. The system responds dial the last number used on the cell
1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone. phone.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.” Using the “Dial” or “Call”
2. Say “Digit Store.”
Listing Stored Numbers Command
3. Say each digit, one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the 1. Press g. The system responds
system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
heard followed by a tone. After
Using the “List” Command 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
the last digit has been entered,
say “Store,” and then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds 3. Say the entire number without
directions given by the system “Ready,” followed by a tone. pausing or say the name tag.
to save a name tag for this Once connected, the person called
number. 2. Say “Directory.”
will be heard through the audio
Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” speakers.
4. Say “List.”
1. Press g. The system responds
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Calling Emergency 3. Say each digit, one at a time. Call Waiting

After each digit is entered, the
1. Press g. The system responds system repeats back the digit it
Call waiting must be supported on
“Ready,” followed by a tone. the cell phone and enabled by the
heard followed by a tone. After
wireless service carrier.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” the last digit has been entered,
3. Say [emergency number].
say “Dial.” . Press g to answer an incoming
Once connected, the person called call when another call is active.
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” will be heard through the audio The original call is placed
Using the “Digit Dial” Command speakers. on hold.
The digit dial command allows a Using the “Re-dial” Command . Press g again to return to the
phone number to be dialed by original call.
entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone. . To ignore the incoming call, no
After each digit is entered, the action is required.
system repeats back the digit it 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
heard followed by a tone. The system dials the last . Press i to disconnect the
If an unwanted number is number called from the current call and switch to the call
recognized by the system, say connected cell phone. on hold.
“Correction” at any time to clear the Once connected, the person called Three-Way Calling
last number. will be heard through the audio
speakers. Three-way calling must be
To hear all of the numbers supported on the cell phone and
recognized by the system, say Receiving a Call enabled by the wireless service
“Verify” at any time. carrier.
When an incoming call is received,
1. Press g. The system responds the audio system mutes and a ring 1. While on a call, press g.
“Ready,” followed by a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
2. Say “Digit Dial.” . Press g to answer the call. 3. Use the “Dial” or “Call”
. Press i to ignore a call. command to dial the number of
the third party to be called.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. Once the call is connected, To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth The cell phone's normal prompt
press g to link all callers System from a Cell Phone messages will go through their cycle
together. During a call with the audio on the according to the phone's operating
instructions.
Ending a Call cell phone, press g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Press i to end a call. does not transfer to the vehicle, use (DTMF) Tones
the audio transfer feature on the cell
Transferring a Call The Bluetooth system can send
phone. See your cell phone
numbers and the numbers stored as
Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more
name tags during a call. You can
the Bluetooth system and the cell information.
use this feature when calling a
phone. menu-driven phone system.
Voice Pass-Thru
The cell phone must be paired and Account numbers can also be
connected with the Bluetooth Voice pass-thru allows access to the stored for use.
system before a call can be voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone Sending a Number or Name Tag
transferred. The connection process
manufacturer's user guide to see if During a Call
can take up to two minutes after the
the cell phone supports this feature.
ignition is turned to ON/RUN. 1. Press g. The system responds
To access contacts stored in the cell “Ready,” followed by a tone.
To Transfer Audio from the
phone:
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone 2. Say “Dial.”
During a call with the audio in the 1. Press g. The system responds 3. Say the number or name tag
vehicle: “Ready,” followed by a tone. to send.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
1. Press g. Clearing the System
3. Say “Voice.” The system
2. Say “Transfer Call.” Unless information is deleted out of
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.” the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all phone pairing
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
information. For information on how Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download
to delete this information, see . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the
“Deleting a Paired Phone.” capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the
the vehicle as a phone and an phone.
Bluetooth (Infotainment MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone - SSP and No
Controls - Base Radio . Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device
with Touchscreen) paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
To use infotainment controls to . The pairing process is disabled the infotainment system and Simple
access the menu system, see when the vehicle is moving. Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
Overview (Base Radio with . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press {.
Touchscreen) 0 193 or Overview completed once, unless the
(Base Radio) 0 189. pairing information on the cell 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
Pairing phone changes or the cell phone faceplate, or press g on the
is deleted from the system. steering wheel without OnStar.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can 3. Touch Search Device.
system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth
4. Touch the desired device to
vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time.
pair on the searched list
your cell phone manufacturer's user . If multiple paired cell phones are screen.
guide for Bluetooth functions before within range of the system, the
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
system connects to the first
phone is not connected, calls will be screen of the Bluetooth device
available paired cell phone in the
made using OnStar Hands-Free and infotainment system.
order that they were first paired
Calling, if available. See OnStar to the system. 6. When the Bluetooth device and
Overview 0 488. infotainment system are
When the Bluetooth device and
successfully paired, the phone
infotainment system are
screen is displayed on the
successfully paired, the phone book
infotainment system.
is downloaded automatically. This is
dependent on the type of the phone
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Pairing a Phone - SSP and Paired . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free infotainment system are
Device and phone music functions are successfully paired, the
When a paired device is on the enabled. PHONE screen is displayed on
infotainment system and SSP is the infotainment system.
supported:
. 5 indicates only the hands-free When the connection fails, a failure
function is enabled. message is displayed on the
1. Press {. infotainment system.
. Z indicates only Bluetooth
2. Touch Settings. music is enabled. If a Bluetooth device was previously
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device connected, the infotainment system
Pairing a Phone - No SSP and No
Management. executes the auto connection.
Paired Device
However, if the Bluetooth setting on
4. Touch the desired device to When there is no paired device on the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
pair. When the Bluetooth the infotainment system and SSP is failure message is displayed on the
device and infotainment system not supported: infotainment system.
are successfully paired, Z / 5
is displayed on the pair device 1. Press {. Pairing a Phone - No SSP and
screen. If no desired device is Paired Device
2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
available go to Step 5. When a paired device is on the
faceplate, or press g on the infotainment system and SSP is not
5. Touch Search Device to search steering wheel without OnStar.
for the desired device. supported:
3. Touch Search Device.
6. Touch the desired device to 1. Press {.
pair on the searched list 4. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list 2. Touch Settings.
screen.
screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up Management.
screen of the Bluetooth device 5. Input the Personal
and infotainment system. Identification Number (PIN) 4. Touch the desired device to
code (default: 1234) to the pair. When the Bluetooth
. The connected phone is Bluetooth device. When the device and infotainment system
highlighted by 5. Bluetooth device and
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
are successfully paired, Z / 5 . Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device
is displayed on the pair device music is enabled. to be disconnected.
screen. If no desired device is 5. Touch Disconnect.
available go to Step 5. Connecting a Paired Bluetooth
Device Deleting a Bluetooth Device
5. Touch Search Device to search
for the desired device. 1. Press {. 1. Press {.
6. Touch the desired device to 2. Touch Settings. 2. Touch Settings.
pair on the searched list 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
screen. Management. Management.
7. Input the Personal 4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete.
Identification Number (PIN) connected.
code (default: 1234) to the 5. Touch Y.
Bluetooth device. When the Checking the Bluetooth
Bluetooth device and Connection 6. Touch Delete.
infotainment system are Bluetooth Music
1. Press {.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is Before playing Bluetooth music,
displayed on the pair device 2. Touch Settings.
read the following information.
screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device
. The connected phone is Management.
that supports Advanced Audio
highlighted by 5. 4. The paired device will show. Distribution Profile (A2DP)
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device versions over 1.2 must be
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free registered and connected to the
and phone music functions are 1. Press {. product.
enabled.
2. Touch Settings. . From the cell phone or Bluetooth
. 5 indicates only the hands-free 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
device, find the Bluetooth device
function is enabled. type to set/connect the item as a
Management. stereo headset.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
. e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music Playing Music Randomly
the stereo headset is 1. Press {. Touch Z during playback. Touch
successfully connected. again to return to normal play.
2. Touch AUDIO.
. The sound played by the
3. Touch Source. This function may not be supported
Bluetooth device is delivered depending on the bluetooth device.
through the infotainment system. 4. Touch Bluetooth.
Do not change the track too quickly
. Bluetooth music can be played Pause when playing Bluetooth music.
only when a Bluetooth device
has been connected. To play Touch j to pause. Conditions that may occur when
Bluetooth music, connect the playing Bluetooth music:
Bluetooth phone to the Touch r to resume. . It takes time to transmit data
infotainment system. Playing the Next Song from the bluetooth device to the
. If the Bluetooth device is infotainment system.
disconnected while playing Touch l. . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
phone music, the music is Playing the Previous Song device is not in the waiting
discontinued. The audio screen mode, it may not
streaming function may not be Touch g within two seconds of automatically play.
supported in some Bluetooth playback time to play the
phones. Only one function can previous song. . The infotainment system
be used at a time between the transmits the order to play from
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Returning to the Beginning of the the bluetooth device in the
music function. For example, Current Song Bluetooth music play mode.
If this is done in a different
if you convert to Bluetooth Touch g after two seconds of
hands-free while playing Phone mode, then the device transmits
playback time. the order to stop. Depending on
music, the music is
discontinued. Playing music from Search the bluetooth device options, this
the car is not possible when order to play/stop may take time
there are no music files stored in
Touch and hold g or l to rewind to activate.
the cell phone. or fast forward.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. If the Bluetooth music playback 2. Connect your Android phone or For Android Auto support see
is not functioning, then check to Apple iPhone by using the https://support.google.com/
see if the bluetooth device is in compatible phone USB cable androidauto or Apple CarPlay
the waiting screen mode. and plugging into a USB data support at https://www.apple.com/
. Sounds may be cut off during port. For best performance, use ios/carplay/ for more information.
the Bluetooth music playback. the device’s factory-provided Apple or Google may change or
USB cable. Aftermarket or suspend availability at any time.
. The infotainment system outputs third-party cables may Android Auto is a trademark of
the audio from the cell phone or not work. Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
Bluetooth device as it is trademark of Apple Inc.
transmitted. The PROJECTION icon on the
Home Page will change to
ANDROID AUTO or APPLE
Apple CarPlay and CARPLAY depending on the phone.
Android Auto Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or may automatically launch upon USB
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be connection. If not, press the
available through a compatible ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE
smartphone. If available, a CARPLAY icon on the Home Page
PROJECTION icon will appear on to launch.
the Home Page of the infotainment For further information on how to set
display. up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
To use Android Auto and/or Apple in the vehicle, see my. gmc.com or
CarPlay: see Customer Assistance Offices
0 476.
1. Download the Android Auto
app to your phone from the Android Auto is provided by Google
Google™ Play store. There is and is subject to Google’s terms
no app required for Apple and privacy policy. CarPlay is
CarPlay. provided by Apple and is subject to
Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Trademarks and shuffle, and iPod touch are Explicit Language Notice: Channels
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered with frequent explicit language are
License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries. indicated with an “XL” preceding the
channel name. Channel blocking is
FCC Information available for SiriusXM Satellite
See Radio Frequency Statement Radio receivers by notifying
0 484. SiriusXM:
. USA Customers — See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635–2349.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, . Canadian Customers — See
taxes, one time activation fee, and www.xmradio.ca or call
other fees may apply. Subscription 1-877-209-0079.
fee is consumer only. All fees and
"Made for iPod" and "Made for programming subject to change. It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
iPhone" mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer disassemble, reverse engineer,
accessory has been designed to Agreement available at hack, manipulate, or otherwise
connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM make available any technology or
iPhone and has been certified by service only available in the software incorporated in receivers
the developer to meet Apple 48 contiguous United States and compatible with the SiriusXM
performance standards. Apple is not Canada. Satellite Radio System or that
responsible for the operation of this support the SiriusXM website, the
In Canada: Some deterioration of Online Service or any of its content.
device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme
and regulatory standards. Please Furthermore, the AMBER voice
northern latitudes. This is beyond compression software included in
note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM Satellite
with iPod or iPhone may affect this product is protected by
Radio. intellectual property rights including
wireless performance. iPhone, iPod,
iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
General Requirements: Schedule I: Gracenote EULA are either registered trademarks or

1. A License Agreement from trademarks of Gracenote in the
SiriusXM is required for any United States and/or other
product that incorporates countries.
SiriusXM Technology and/or for Gracenote Terms of Use
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured, This application or device contains
distributed, or marketed in the software from Gracenote, Inc. of
SiriusXM Service Area. Emeryville, California ("Gracenote").
Music recognition technology and The software from Gracenote (the
2. For products to be distributed, related data are provided by "Gracenote Software") enables this
marketed, and/or sold in Gracenote. Gracenote is the application to do disc or file
Canada, a separate agreement industry standard in music identification and obtain
is required with Canadian recognition technology and related music-related information, including
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating content delivery. For more name, artist, track, and title
as SiriusXM Canada). information visit information ("Gracenote Data") from
www.gracenote.com. online servers or embedded
Other Information databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Music-related data from Gracenote,
The Bluetooth word mark and logos Inc., copyright 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote
Inc. and any use of such marks by copyright 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended
General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this
Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device.
are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the This application or device may
Gracenote website for a contain content belonging to
non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of
Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the restrictions set forth herein with
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the respect to Gracenote Data shall
Gracenote logo and logotype, and also apply to such content and such
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will error-free or that functioning of
set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Gracenote. payment to you for any information Servers will be uninterrupted.
You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that Gracenote is not obligated to
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote may enforce its rights provide you with new enhanced or
Software, and Gracenote Servers under this Agreement against you additional data types or categories
for your own personal directly in its own name. that Gracenote may provide in the
non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a future and is free to discontinue its
not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for services at any time.
transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL
any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you WARRANTIES OF
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service. TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each GRACENOTE DOES NOT
license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR
Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties, USE OF THE GRACENOTE
you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the SOFTWARE OR ANY
license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO
cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote LIABLE FOR ANY
Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data CONSEQUENTIAL OR
Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote REVENUES.
Servers, including all ownership Software or Gracenote Servers are
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Copyright 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All QNX the Software as part of the Product
Rights Reserved. Portions of this software are software. QSSC and its licensors
copyright 2008-2013, QNX Software reserve all license+C31 rights not
Unicode expressly granted herein, and retain
Systems. All rights reserved.
Copyright 1991-2013 Unicode, Inc. all right, title and interest in and to
All rights reserved. Distributed under Part C – EULA all copies of the Software, including
the Terms of Use in http:// Copyright 2013, Software Systems all intellectual property rights
www.unicode.org/copyright.html. GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights therein. Unless required by
Reserved. applicable law you may not
Free Type Project
reproduce, distribute or transfer,
Portions of this software are The product you have purchased or de-compile, disassemble or
copyright 2013 The FreeType ("Product") contains Software otherwise attempt to unbundle,
Project (http://www.freetype.org). All (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; reverse engineer, modify or create
rights reserved. "Software") which is distributed by derivative works of, the Software.
or on behalf of the Product You agree: (1) not to remove, cover
iType manufacturer "Manufacturer") under or alter any proprietary notices,
iType is a trademark of Monotype license from Software Systems Co. labels or marks in or on the
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Software, and to ensure that all
Patent & Trademark Office and may Software in the Product and in copies bear any notice contained on
be registered in certain other compliance with the license terms the original; and (2) not to export the
jurisdictions. below. Product or the Software in
Subject to the terms and conditions contravention of applicable export
Open Source SW
of this License, QSSC hereby control laws.
The open source code used in this grants you a limited, non-exclusive, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
device can be downloaded at the non-transferable license to use the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
webpage shown in the information Software in the Product for the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS
at the center stack display. Further purpose intended by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE
information concerning the OSS Manufacturer. If permitted by the SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
licenses is shown in the center Manufacturer, or by applicable law, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
stack display. you may make one backup copy of CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING For more information on the
INCLUDING, WITHOUT NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR Software, including any open source
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, software license terms (and
OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, available source code) as well as
NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, copyright attributions applicable to
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES the Runtime Configuration indicated
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS above, please contact the
ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR Manufacturer or contact QSSC at
PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO USE THE PRODUCT Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED (licensing@qnx.com).
FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
OFFERED BY THE GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, END USER NOTICE
MANUFACTURER OR ITS PRODUCT FAILURE OR The marks of companies displayed
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL by this product to indicate business
NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES locations are the marks of their
OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS respective owners. The use of such
ASSUME ANY RISKS AFFILIATES OR THEIR marks in this product does not imply
ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN any sponsorship, approval,
OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY or endorsement by such companies
LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES. of this product.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of
GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of
NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this
AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Climate Controls 243
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems (with Heater Only)

Climate Control Systems (with With this system, the heating and ventilation can be controlled.
Heater Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Climate Control Systems (with
Air Conditioning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

2. Air Recirculation 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
244 Climate Controls
TEMP (Temperature Control) : 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the

Turn clockwise or counterclockwise windshield of fog or frost more
to increase or decrease the quickly. Air is directed to the
temperature inside the vehicle. windshield and the side window
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise vents. The system automatically
or counterclockwise to increase or forces outside air into the vehicle.
decrease the fan speed. Turn the Do not drive the vehicle until all the
knob all the way counterclockwise windows are clear.
to turn the fan off.
See Air Vents 0 250.
Air Delivery Mode Controls :
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change
@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn
on recirculation. An indicator light
the direction of the airflow. An comes on. Air is recirculated to
indicator light comes on in the quickly cool the inside of the
selected mode button. vehicle. It can also be used to help
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the reduce outside air and odors that
instrument panel outlets. enter the vehicle.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the windshield, side window, and
second row floor outlets.
- (Defog) : This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, floor
outlets, and side window vents.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Climate Control Systems (with Air Conditioning) Air Delivery Mode Controls :
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. the direction of the airflow. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button.
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the windshield and side window
outlets.
- (Defog) : This mode clears the
1. Fan Control 7. @ Air Recirculation windows of fog or moisture. Air is
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) directed to the windshield, floor
TEMP (Temperature Control) : outlets, and side window vents.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the
4. Defrost temperature inside the vehicle. windshield of fog or frost more
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) quickly. Air is directed to the
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise windshield and the side window
6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If or counterclockwise to increase or vents. The system automatically
Equipped) decrease the fan speed. Turn the forces outside air into the vehicle
knob all the way counterclockwise and the air conditioning compressor
f (Outside Heated Mirror, If to turn the fan off. will run, unless the outside
Equipped) temperature is close to freezing.
8 (Outside Air, If Equipped)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Do not drive the vehicle until all the Rear Window Defogger Dual Automatic Climate
windows are clear.
K (Rear Window Defogger) : Control System
See Air Vents 0 250. If equipped, press to turn the rear
With this system the heating,
@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn window defogger on or off. An
cooling, and ventilation in the
on recirculation. An indicator light indicator light on the button comes
vehicle can be controlled.
comes on. Air is recirculated to on to show that the rear window
quickly cool the inside of the defogger is on. For an eAssist vehicle, see the
vehicle. It can also be used to help Silverado/Sierra eAssist
The rear window defogger only
reduce outside air and odors that supplement.
works when the ignition is in ON/
enter the vehicle. RUN. The defogger turns off if the
8 (Outside Air, If Equipped) : ignition is turned to ACC/
Press to turn the outside air mode ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
on. An indicator light on the button If equipped with heated outside
comes on to show that outside is mirrors, they turn on when the rear
on. When selected, air from outside window defogger button is on. They
the vehicle circulates throughout the help to clear fog or frost from the
vehicle. The recirculation mode surface of the mirrors. See Heated
cannot be used with the outside Mirrors 0 48.
air mode.
A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to Caution
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. An indicator light comes on to Using a razor blade or sharp
show that the air conditioning is object to clear the inside rear
enabled. If the fan is turned off, the window can damage the rear
air conditioner will not run. The A/C window defogger. Repairs would
light will stay on even if the outside not be covered by the vehicle
temperatures are below freezing. warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To place the system in

automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the driver and passenger
temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
1. Driver Temperature Control Automatic Operation cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) The system automatically controls may be automatically selected in
the fan speed, air delivery, air warm weather.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
conditioning, and recirculation in The recirculation light will not come
4. Fan Control order to heat or cool the vehicle to on when automatically controlled.
the desired temperature.
5. Defrost Press @ to manually select
6. Passenger Temperature When the indicator light is on, the recirculation; press it again to select
Control system is in full automatic operation. outside air.
If the air delivery mode or fan
7. SYNC (Synchronized setting is manually adjusted, the Do not cover the solar sensor on the
Temperature) auto indicator turns off and displays top of the instrument panel near the
will show the selected settings. windshield. This sensor regulates
8. Rear Window Defogger air temperature based on sun load.
9. Power Button See “Sensors” later in this section.
10. Air Recirculation
11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Manual Operation turn on. When the passenger setting - : This mode clears the windows
is adjusted, the SYNC indicator light of fog or moisture. Air is directed to
O : Press to turn the climate control is off.
system on or off. When off is the windshield, floor outlets, and
selected, the system will stop air The driver side or passenger side side window vents. The system
from flowing into the cabin. If on is temperature display shows the automatically forces outside air into
selected, any other button press temperature setting increasing or the vehicle and the air conditioning
occurs, or a knob is turned, the decreasing. compressor will run, unless the
climate control system will turn on outside temperature is close to
Air Delivery Mode Control : freezing.
and operate to the current setting.
9 : Turn clockwise or the direction of the airflow. An
0 : Press to clear the windshield
counterclockwise to increase or of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
indicator light comes on in the
decrease the fan speed. Press the directed to the windshield and the
selected mode button.
knob to turn the fan off. side window vents. The air
Changing the mode cancels the conditioning compressor also comes
Press AUTO to return to automatic automatic operation and the system on, unless the outside temperature
operation. goes into manual mode. Press is below freezing.
Driver and Passenger AUTO to return to automatic
Do not drive the vehicle until all
Temperature Control : The operation.
windows are clear.
temperature can be adjusted Y : Air is directed to the instrument See Air Vents 0 250.
separately for the driver and panel outlets.
passenger. A/C : Press to turn the air
\ : Air is divided between the conditioning system on or off. An
Turn the knob clockwise or instrument panel and floor outlets.
counterclockwise to increase or indicator light comes on to show
Some air is directed toward the
decrease the driver or passenger that the air conditioning is enabled.
windshield and side window outlets.
temperature setting. If the fan is turned off, the air
[ : Air is directed to the floor conditioner will not run. The A/C
SYNC : Press to link the passenger outlets, with some to the windshield, light will stay on even if the outside
temperature setting to the driver side window outlets, and second temperatures are below freezing.
setting. The SYNC indicator light will row floor outlets.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. Caution

The solar sensor, located in the
An indicator light comes on. Air is defrost grille in the middle of the
recirculated to quickly cool the instrument panel, monitors the solar
Using a razor blade or sharp heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
inside of the vehicle. It can also be object to clear the inside rear
used to help reduce outside air and or the system will not work properly.
window can damage the rear
odors that enter the vehicle. The air There is also an exterior
window defogger. Repairs would
conditioning compressor also comes temperature sensor behind the front
on when this mode is activated. not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside grille. This sensor reads the outside
Rear Window Defogger air temperature and helps maintain
rear window with sharp objects.
the temperature inside the vehicle.
The rear window defogger uses a Any cover on the front of the vehicle
warming grid to remove fog from the Heated Mirror : If equipped with including a snow plow, could cause
rear window. heated outside rearview mirrors, a false reading in the displayed
K : Press to turn the rear window press K to heat the mirrors. See temperature.
defogger on or off. An indicator light Heated Mirrors 0 48. Some vehicles may have the
on the button comes on to show that exterior temperature sensor in the
the rear window defogger is on. Sensors
passenger side mirror instead of the
The rear window defogger only front grille area.
works when the ignition is in ON/ The climate control system uses the
RUN. The defogger turns off if the information from these sensors to
ignition is turned to ACC/ maintain comfort settings by
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
speed, and the air delivery mode.
The system may also supply cooler
air to the side of the vehicle facing
the sun. The recirculation mode will
also be used as needed to maintain
cool outlet temperatures.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance

. Clear away any ice, snow,
Use the air vents in the center and
on the side of the instrument panel
or leaves from air inlets at the Passenger Compartment
base of the windshield that could
to direct airflow. Use the
block the flow of air into the
Air Filter
thumbwheels near the air vents to
vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
open or close off the airflow.
. Clear snow off the hood to and other airborne irritants from
Air vents blow warm air on the side outside air that is pulled into the
improve visibility and help
windows in cold weather. If Floor, vehicle.
decrease moisture drawn into
Defog, or Defrost modes are
the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part
selected, a small amount of air will
. Keep the path under the front of routine scheduled maintenance.
come from the vents close to the
seats clear of objects to help See Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
window. If the airflow is shut off
circulate the air inside of the To find out what type of filter to use,
using the thumbwheels, warm air
vehicle more effectively. see Maintenance Replacement
will be directed to the other
Parts 0 466.
instrument panel vents. This is . Use of non-GM approved hood
normal operation. deflectors can adversely affect
Use the thumbwheels to turn vent the performance of the system.
airflow on or off based on the mode Check with your dealer before
selected. adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1. Open the lower glove box door Service

completely.
All vehicles have a label underhood
2. Remove the four screws from that identifies the refrigerant used in
around the lower glove box. the vehicle. The refrigerant system
The door does not need to be should only be serviced by trained
removed to access the screws. and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
4. Release the two tabs holding
the service door. Open the During service, all refrigerants
service door and remove the should be reclaimed with proper
old filter. equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
5. Install the new air filter. to the environment and may also
6. Close the service door and create unsafe conditions based on
secure the tabs. inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
3. Close the lower glove box door or other health-based concerns.
and pull it from its frame to 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
remove the entire unit. the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
252 Driving and Operating
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 301
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Operating Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
278
279 Cruise Control
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Driving Information Parking over Things Driver Assistance Systems
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 305
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 281 Assistance Systems for
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Engine Exhaust Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 306
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Assistance Systems for
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Running the Vehicle While Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 256 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Automatic Transmission Forward Automatic
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 283 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 261 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Lane Departure Warning
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 262 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 (LDW) (2500/3500
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 264 Drive Systems Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Truck-Camper Loading Brakes
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Fuel
Antilock Brake Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Starting and Operating System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 California Fuel
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 273 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 316
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 298 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Ride Control Systems E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Traction Control/Electronic Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Driving and Operating 253
Trailer Towing . Designate a front seat

Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 349 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Conversions and Add-Ons from the road. Many local
Add-On Electrical any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
regarding driver distraction. Become
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Pickup Conversion to to the floor.
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Refer to the infotainment section for Average driver reaction time is

more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
system and the navigation system, that time, a vehicle moving at
if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive driving means “always can have a serious — or even include:
expect the unexpected.” The first fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front
the safety belt. See Safety Belts of you.
0 65. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
careless and make mistakes. who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to
front of you. power brake assist but it will be
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
. Focus on the task of driving. Once the power assist is used up, it
Braking can take longer to stop and the
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
Death and injury associated with time and reaction time. Deciding to
drinking and driving is a global push the brake pedal is perception
tragedy. time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Steering Hydraulic Power Steering button adjusts steering effort for

(2500/3500 Series) driving conditions described in Tow/
Electric Power Steering (1500 Haul Mode 0 288.
Series) (2500/3500 Series – All Regular
Cab, Double Cab/Crew Cab The power steering system may
If the vehicle has electric power without Digital Steer Assist) require maintenance.
steering, it does not have power See Power Steering Fluid (1500
steering fluid. Regular maintenance The power steering system may Series) 0 379 or Power Steering
is not required. require maintenance. Fluid (2500/3500 Series) 0 379.
See Power Steering Fluid (1500
If power steering assist is lost due Series) 0 379 or Power Steering If power steering assist is lost
to a system malfunction, the vehicle Fluid (2500/3500 Series) 0 379. because the engine stops or the
can be steered, but may require system malfunctions, the vehicle
increased effort. See your dealer if If power steering assist is lost can be steered but may require
there is a problem. because the engine stops or the increased effort. See your dealer.
system malfunctions, the vehicle
If the steering wheel is turned until it can be steered but may require
reaches the end of its travel, and is increased effort. See your dealer.
Caution
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist (2500/3500 Series – Double Cab/ If the steering wheel is turned
may be reduced. Crew Cab with Digital Steer until it reaches the end of its
Assist) travel, and is held in that position
If the steering assist is used for an for more than 15 seconds,
extended period of time, power The vehicle has a Digital Steer
Assist power steering system that damage may occur to the power
assist may be reduced. steering system and there may be
varies the amount of effort required
Normal use of the power steering to steer the vehicle. Less steering loss of power steering assist.
assist should return when the effort is required at slower speeds.
system cools down. At faster speeds, the steering effort
See specific vehicle steering increases. The system helps the
messages under Steering System steering wheel return to center at
Messages 0 163. low speeds. Pressing the Tow/Haul
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not
allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about
Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual.
. Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air
driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road
can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving.
control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the 0 301
snow, ice, gravel, or other speed.
material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
{ Warning off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air
down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the
. Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy.
acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and
including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution
by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear safety belts.
sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for
the tires to slide. extended periods without the front
Before Driving Off-Road
Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can
. Have all necessary maintenance cause improper airflow to the
avoid only the braking skid.
and service work completed. engine. Reattach the front fascia
Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving.
and check inflation pressure in
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare,
used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped.
without four-wheel drive and
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)
0 265 and Tires 0 400.
of control. Driving across hills can
{ Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be
. Always use established trails, injured or killed. Do not drive on
. Unsecured cargo on the
roads, and areas that have been steep hills.
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over set aside for public off-road
rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the
passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and
by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the
. Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before
area as far forward and as driving further.
. Do not park over things that
low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills:
heaviest things should be That Burn 0 281. . Use a low gear and keep a firm
on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel.
rear axle. Driving on Hills
. Maintain a slow speed.
. Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good
raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up
gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill.
to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
{ Warning the top of the hill.
heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the
cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more
can cause the vehicle to stall. visible.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low
speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under
There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control.
embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake
another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine.
transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the
N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to
overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the
control. control. parking brake, and back
straight down.
{ Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
If the vehicle has the two‐speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle,
automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause
the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could it to roll over.
can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the
even if the transmission is in
Apply the brakes lightly when hill, back straight down
P (Park). This is because the
the hill.
N (Neutral) position on the (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could
N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a { Warning
brake. The vehicle can roll rollover.
backward quickly and you Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Surface conditions can be a downhill side when stopped
could lose control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous.
. If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could
vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get
lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the
parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something
vehicle and stay well clear of the
straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
rollover path.
3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over.
restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the
parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice
vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud
3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut — the deeper the mud, the lower
seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
even more. to avoid getting stuck.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
. If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
drive across. Driving across an maneuvers.
incline puts more weight on the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving

snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued)
Remove any brush or debris that
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
Traction could be lost, and the has collected on the underbody or
driving on hard packed snow
vehicle could roll over. Do not chassis, or under the hood. These
and ice.
drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard.
{ Warning After operation in mud or sand,

have the brake linings cleaned and
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, checked. These substances can
Caution cause glazing and uneven braking.
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing Check the body structure, steering,
vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover suspension, wheels, tires, and
you and your passengers could exhaust system for damage and
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe check the fuel lines and cooling
pipe. Deep water can damage the
surfaces only. system for any leakage.
axle and other vehicle parts.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, Schedule 0 455.
drive slowly through it. At faster
{ Warning speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
Driving on Wet Roads
Driving through rushing water can through water, the brakes get wet Rain and wet roads can reduce
be dangerous. Deep water can and it may take longer to stop. See vehicle traction and affect your
sweep your vehicle downstream “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this ability to stop and accelerate.
and you and your passengers section. Always drive slower in these types
could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid
water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and
ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
wet enough and you are going fast . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
{ Warning enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
They might not work as well in a tires, cooling system, and
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about transmission.
pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet { Warning
wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
normally.
. Pass with caution. can cause brake overheating, can
Flowing or rushing water creates reduce brake performance, and
strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 400.
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. { Warning
Hill and Mountain Roads Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
Hydroplaning or with the ignition off is
Driving on steep hills or through dangerous. This can cause
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water mountains is different than driving
can build up under the vehicle's overheating of the brakes and
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
tires so they actually ride on the (Continued)
water. This can happen if the road is
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control.

Warning (Continued) driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated. Blizzard Conditions
loss of steering. Always have the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
engine running and the vehicle For Slippery Road Driving:
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby.
too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside
. Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside
vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick. Assistance Program 0 478. To get
swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See help and keep everyone in the
center line. Traction Control/Electronic vehicle safe:
. Be alert on top of hills; Stability Control 0 299. . Turn on the hazard warning
something could be in your lane . The Antilock Brake System flashers.
(e.g., stalled car, accident). (ABS) improves vehicle stability . Tie a red cloth to an outside
. Pay attention to special road during hard stops, but the mirror.
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, brakes should be applied sooner
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
{ Warning
and take appropriate action. (ABS) 0 297. Snow can trap engine exhaust
. Allow greater following distance under the vehicle. This may
Winter Driving and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get
patches can occur on otherwise inside. Engine exhaust contains
Driving on Snow or Ice clear roads in shaded areas. carbon monoxide (CO), which
Snow or ice between the tires and The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can
the road creates less traction or overpass can remain icy when cause unconsciousness and even
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can the surrounding roads are clear. death.
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
on ice. (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If it takes time for help to arrive,

Warning (Continued) when running the engine, push the { Warning
accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of If the vehicle's tires spin at high
engine runs faster than the idle
the vehicle, especially any speed. This keeps the battery speed, they can explode, and you
blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to or others could be injured. The
. Open a window about 5 cm signal for help with the headlamps. vehicle can overheat, causing an
(2 in) on the vehicle side Do this as little as possible, to engine compartment fire or other
that is away from the wind, save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
to bring in fresh air. as possible and avoid going
. Fully open the air outlets on If the Vehicle Is Stuck above 56 km/h (35 mph).
or under the instrument Slowly and cautiously spin the
panel. wheels to free the vehicle when For information about using tire
. Adjust the climate control stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. chains on the vehicle, see Tire
system to circulate the air See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Chains 0 422.
inside the vehicle and set Out” later in this section.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
the fan speed to the highest The Traction Control System (TCS) It Out
setting. See “Climate can often help to free a stuck
Control Systems.” vehicle. See Traction Control/ Turn the steering wheel left and
Electronic Stability Control 0 299. right to clear the area around the
For more information about CO, front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
see Engine Exhaust 0 282. If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
“Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out” vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
following. High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
To save fuel, run the engine for and forth between R (Reverse) and
short periods to warm the vehicle a forward gear, spinning the wheels
and then shut the engine off and as little as possible. To prevent
partially close the window. Moving transmission wear, wait until the
about to keep warm also helps. wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
causes a rocking motion that could Vehicle Load Limits

free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how
might need to be towed out. See much weight the vehicle can
Towing the Vehicle 0 439. Recovery carry. This weight is called the
hooks can be used, if the vehicle vehicle capacity weight and
has them. includes the weight of all
Recovery Hooks occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
{ Warning show how much weight it was
Never pull on recovery hooks designed to carry: the Tire and
from the side. The hooks could Caution Loading Information label and
break and you and others could the Certification/Tire label.
be injured. When using recovery Do not drive through standing
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
water if it is deep enough to cover { Warning
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the Do not load the vehicle any
axle and other vehicle parts. heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
There are recovery hooks at the (GVWR), or either the
front of the vehicle. Use them if the maximum front or rear Gross
vehicle is stuck off-road and needs Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
to be pulled some place to continue This can cause systems to
driving. break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or

Warning (Continued) positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
crash. Overloading can also vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard.
reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined
damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading weight of the driver and
the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the passengers that will be
size of the original equipment riding in your vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined
Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or
and inflation see Tires 0 400 XXX lbs.
and Tire Pressure 0 408.
4. The resulting figure equals
There is also important loading
the available amount of
information on the vehicle
cargo and luggage load
Certification/Tire label. It may
capacity. For example, if the
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
"XXX" amount equals
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
1400 lbs. and there will be
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
five 150 lb passengers in
the front and rear axles. See
your vehicle, the amount of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
available cargo and luggage
Label Example this section.
load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is Load Limit– 650 lbs.)
attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The Tire and Loading combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo
Information label shows the occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
That weight may not safely

exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.” Example 1 Example 2
See Trailer Towing 0 323 for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
important information on towing Example 1 = (453 kg) Example 2 = 453 kg
a trailer, towing safety rules, and (1,000 lb) (1,000 lb)
trailering tips. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =
136 kg (300 lb) 340 kg (750 lb)
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lb)
(700 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
of the driver, passengers, and includes the weight of the

cargo should never exceed the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
vehicle's capacity weight. cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To determine
the actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lb) The Certification/Tire label also
2. Subtract Occupant Weight contains important information
@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/ about the Front Axle Reserve
453 kg (1,000 lb) Tire label is label is attached to Capacity. See Adding a Snow
3. Available Cargo Weight = the center pillar (B-pillar). The Plow or Similar Equipment
0 kg (0 lb) label may show the size of the 0 350.
Refer to the Tire and Loading vehicle's original tires and the
Information label for specific inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
{ Warning
information about the vehicle's
capacity weight and seating of the vehicle. This is called In the case of a sudden stop
positions. The combined weight Gross Vehicle Weight or collision, things carried in
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR the bed of your truck could
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
There is also important loading

Warning (Continued) { Warning information for off-road driving in
shift forward and come into Things you put inside the this manual. See “Loading the
the passenger area, injuring vehicle can strike and injure Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
you and others. If you put people in a sudden stop or under Off-Road Driving 0 257.
things in the bed of your truck, turn, or in a crash. Two-Tiered Loading
you should make sure they . Put things in the cargo
are properly secured. Depending on the model of the
area of the vehicle. Try to pickup, an upper load platform
spread the weight evenly. can be created by positioning
. Never stack heavier three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
Caution things, like suitcases, 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
inside the vehicle so that across the width of the pickup
Overloading the vehicle may
some of them are above box. The planks must be
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle the tops of the seats. inserted in the pickup box
warranty. Do not overload the depressions.
. Do not leave an
vehicle. unsecured child restraint When using this upper load
in the vehicle. platform, be sure the load is
Using heavier suspension securely tied down to prevent it
. When you carry
components to get added from shifting. The load's center
something inside the of gravity should be positioned
durability might not change the vehicle, secure it
weight ratings. Ask your dealer in a zone over the rear axle. The
whenever you can. zone is located in the area
to help load the vehicle the
right way. . Do not leave a seat between the front of each wheel
folded down unless you well and the rear of each wheel
need to.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
well. The center of gravity height Remember not to exceed the Loading Points
must not extend above the top Gross Axle Weight
of the pickup box flareboard. Rating (GAWR) of the front or
Any load that extends beyond rear axle.
the vehicle's taillamp area must Maximum
be properly marked according to * Equipment Weight
local laws and regulations. Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb)
Remember not to exceed the and Cargo
Gross Axle Weight Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb)
Rating (GAWR) of the front or and Cargo
rear axle.
Side Boxes 113 kg per
Add-On Equipment and Cargo side (250 lb
When carrying removable items, per side) 1. Primary Load Points
a limit on how many people 2. Secondary Load Areas
* The combined weight for all 3. GM Approved Accessory
carried inside the vehicle may rail-mounted equipment should Mounting Points
be necessary. Be sure to weigh not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
the vehicle before buying and Structural members (1) and (2) are
installing the new equipment. included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
Caution accessory design, use a spacer
Overloading the vehicle may under the accessory at the load
cause damage. Repairs would not points to remove gap. The holes for
GM approved accessories (3) are
be covered by the vehicle
not intended for aftermarket
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com When carrying a slide-in

for additional pickup box load camper, the total cargo load of
bearing structural information. the vehicle is the weight of the
camper plus:
Truck-Camper Loading
. Everything added to the
Information camper after it left the
A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper factory.
Loading Information label is . Everything in the camper.
attached to the inside of the Use the rear edge of the load
vehicle's glove box. This label . All the people inside. floor for measurement purposes.
indicates if a slide-in camper The CWR is the maximum The recommended location for
can be carried, how much of a weight of the load the vehicle the cargo center of gravity is at
load the vehicle can carry, and can carry. It does not include the point C for the CWR. It is the
how to correctly spread out the weight of the people inside. But, point where the mass of a body
load. It will help to match the use about 68 kg (150 lb) for is concentrated and,
right slide-in camper to the each seat. if suspended at that point, would
vehicle. balance the front and rear.
The total cargo load must not be
Your dealer can help make a more than the vehicle's CWR.
good vehicle-camper match and
help determine the Cargo Refer to the Truck-Camper
Weight Rating (CWR). Loading Information label in the
glove box for dimensions A and
When installing and loading a B as shown in the following
slide-in camper, check the illustration.
manufacturer's instructions.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Here is an example of proper of passengers in the camper. should not exceed either of the
truck and camper match: The total cargo load should not gross axle weight ratings
exceed the truck's cargo weight (GAWR). The total axle loads
rating, and the camper's center should not exceed the vehicle's
of gravity (1) should fall within gross vehicle weight rating
the truck's recommended center (GVWR). These ratings are
of gravity zone (2) when given on the Certification/Tire
installed. label attached to the B-pillar.
Any accessories or other See “Certification/Tire Label”
equipment that are added to the under Vehicle Load Limits 0 265
vehicle must be weighed. Then, . If weight ratings are exceeded,
subtract this extra weight from move or remove items to bring
the CWR. This extra weight may all weights below the ratings.
shorten the center of gravity See your dealer for more
1. Camper Center of zone of the vehicle. information on curb weights,
Gravity If the slide-in camper and its cargo weights, Cargo Weight
2. Recommended Center of load weighs less than the CWR, Rating, and the correct center of
Gravity Location Zone the center of gravity zone for the gravity zone.
When the truck is used to carry vehicle may be larger.
a slide-in camper, the total cargo Secure loose items to prevent
load of the truck consists of the weight shifts that could affect the
manufacturer's camper weight balance of the vehicle. When the
figure, the weight of installed truck-camper is loaded, drive to
additional camper equipment not a scale and weigh on the front
included in the manufacturer's and on the rear wheels
camper weight figure, the weight separately to determine axle
of camper cargo, and the weight loads. Individual axle loads
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
Caution linings.
. Do not tow a trailer during
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 323 for the trailer towing
perform better in the long run if
capabilities of the vehicle
you follow these guidelines:
and more information.
. Keep the vehicle speed at The switch used to adjust the
Following break-in, engine speed pedals is on the center stack, below
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually the climate controls.
increased.
. Do not drive at any one Lift the switch up to move the
constant speed, fast or slow, pedals closer to your body. Press
for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and the switch down to move the
Do not make full-throttle pedals away.
Brake Pedal
starts. Avoid downshifting to Before you start driving, fully press
brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the the brake pedal to confirm the
throttle and brake pedals can be adjustment is right for you.
. Avoid making hard stops for changed.
the first 322 km (200 mi) or The vehicle may have a memory
so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted function, which lets pedal settings
brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park). be saved and recalled. See Memory
broken in. Hard stops with Seats 0 60.
new linings can mean
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
steering wheel. It also locks the brakes and steer the vehicle to
transmission on automatic a safe location.
transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic
The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a
wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the
happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF.
from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Parking Brake 0 297.
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
{ Warning
vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while
Vehicles with Key Access have an loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power
ignition switch with four different and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering
positions. the airbags. systems and disable the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ emergency: vehicle off in an emergency.
ACCESSORY and the regular brake 1. Brake using a firm and steady
pedal must be applied. pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY.
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain This can be done while the
active. See Retained Accessory vehicle is moving. After shifting
Power (RAP) 0 277.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
when the engine is running. The

Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution
position on automatic transmission
Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or
turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty.
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical Equipment
start if the battery is allowed to drain
cannot be turned by hand, see 0 350.
for an extended period of time.
your dealer.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts, release the key. The ignition Caution
position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for
and the windshield wipers operate driving. If the steering wheel is turned
while the engine is off. It also until it reaches the end of its
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the travel, and is held in that position
position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened and the while starting the vehicle, damage
pushed or towed. ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or may occur to the power steering
LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be system and there may be loss of
ignition.
used to operate the electrical power steering assist.
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
indicator lights. This position can If the vehicle has a diesel engine, N (Neutral). To restart the engine
also be used for service and see the Duramax diesel when the vehicle is already moving,
diagnostics, and to verify the proper supplement. use N (Neutral) only.
operation of the malfunction
For an eAssist vehicle, see the
indicator lamp as may be required
Silverado/Sierra eAssist
for emission inspection purposes.
supplement.
The switch stays in this position
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
extra gasoline from the engine.

Caution Caution Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Cranking the engine for long Operate the engine and
vehicle is moving. If you do, you periods of time, by returning the transmission gently until the oil
could damage the transmission. ignition to the START position warms up and lubricates all
Shift to P (Park) only when the immediately after cranking has moving parts.
vehicle is stopped. ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the Fast Idle System
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Starting Procedure If equipped, this feature is available
between each try, to let the
1. Turn the ignition key to START. cranking motor cool down. only with cruise control. The manual
When the engine starts, let go fast idle switch is operated using the
of the key. The idle speed will cruise control buttons on the left
go down as the engine gets 2. If the engine does not start side of the steering wheel.
warm. Do not race the engine after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather This system can be used to
immediately after starting it. increase engine idle speed
Operate the engine and (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much whenever the following conditions
transmission gently to allow the are met:
oil to warm up and lubricate all gasoline. Try pushing the
moving parts. accelerator pedal all the way to . The parking brake is set.
the floor and holding it there . The brake pedal is not pressed.
When the low fuel warning light while holding the key in START
is on and the FUEL LEVEL for up to 15 seconds. Wait at . The vehicle must not be moving
LOW message is displayed in least 15 seconds between each and the accelerator must not be
the Driver Information Center try, to allow the cranking motor pressed.
(DIC), hold the ignition switch to cool down. When the engine
in the START position to starts, let go of the key and
continue engine cranking. accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To control the fast idle: . Pressing the accelerator more Accessory Power Outlets (APOs)
. To enable the Fast Idle System, than one-quarter of the The vehicle may have Accessory
press and release the cruise way down. Power Outlets (APOs) in several
control on/off button and ensure . Turning the ignition off. locations. See Power Outlets 0 128.
that the switch indicator light The APOs in the console or center
is lit. Retained Accessory seat position are powered by
. Press and release the cruise Power (RAP) Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
control SET- button. Engine They will continue to work for up to
The following vehicle accessories
speed will be held at 10 minutes after the key is turned
can be used for up to 10 minutes
approximately 1200 rpm. from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until
after the engine is turned off:
One of the following actions will turn the driver door is opened.
. Audio System
off the fast idle: The APOs on the center stack come
. Power Windows from the factory powered directly
. Pressing the brake.
. OnStar System (if equipped) from the vehicle battery, and supply
. Selecting the cruise control accessory power at all times,
cancel button. . Sunroof (if equipped) regardless of ignition key position.
. Releasing the parking brake. These features work when the key If electronic items are left plugged
. is in ON/RUN or ACC/ into these APOs for long periods of
Moving the transmission shift
ACCESSORY. Once the key is time with the vehicle off, the vehicle
lever out of P (Park) or
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, battery could be drained. The
N (Neutral).
the windows and sunroof continue vehicle may not start if the battery is
. Selecting the cruise control on/ to work up to 10 minutes or until any allowed to drain for an extended
off button when it was door is opened. The radio continues period of time.
previously on. to work for up to 10 minutes or until
. Pressing the cruise control SET- the driver door is opened.
button a second time.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Engine Coolant Heater To Use the Engine Coolant

Heater { Warning
The engine heater can provide
easier starting and better fuel 1. Turn off the engine. Improper use of the heater cord
economy during engine warm-up in 2. Open the hood and unwrap the or an extension cord can damage
cold weather conditions at or below electrical cord. The cord is the cord and may result in
−18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an secured to the driver side overheating and fire.
engine heater should be plugged in fender with a clip, next to the . Plug the cord into a
at least four hours before starting. engine compartment fuse three-prong electrical utility
An internal thermostat in the block. Carefully remove the receptacle that is protected
plug-end of the cord may exist, wire tie that bundles the by a ground fault detection
which will prevent engine coolant electrical plug. Do not cut the function. An ungrounded
heater operation at temperatures electrical cord. outlet could cause an
above −18 °C (0 °F).
Check the heater cord for electric shock.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, damage. If it is damaged, do . Use a weatherproof,
see the Duramax diesel not use it. See your dealer for heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
supplement. a replacement. Inspect the extension cord if needed.
cord for damage yearly. Failure to use the
{ Warning 3. Plug the cord into a normal, recommended extension
grounded 110-volt AC outlet. cord in good operating
Do not plug in the engine block condition, or using a
heater while the vehicle is parked damaged heater or
in a garage or under a carport. extension cord, could make
Property damage or personal
(Continued)
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. Before starting the engine, be

Warning (Continued) sure to unplug and store the Warning (Continued)
cord as it was before to keep it
it overheat and cause a fire, away from moving engine N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
property damage, electric parts. If you do not, it could be free to roll, even if the shift lever
shock, and injury. damaged. is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
. Do not operate the vehicle case is in a drive gear. If towing a
The length of time the heater should trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with the heater cord remain plugged in depends on
permanently attached to the and Towing Tips 0 320.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
vehicle. Possible heater area where you will be parking the
cord and thermostat vehicle for the best advice on this. 1. Hold the brake pedal down,
damage could occur. then set the parking brake.
. While in use, do not let the Shifting Into Park See Parking Brake 0 297.
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never 2. Move the shift lever into the
close the hood on the { Warning P (Park) position by pulling the
heater cord. shift lever toward you and
It can be dangerous to get out of
moving it up as far as it will go.
. Before starting the vehicle, the vehicle if the shift lever is not
unplug the cord, reattach fully in P (Park) with the parking 3. Be sure the transfer case (if
the cover to the plug, and brake firmly set. The vehicle can equipped) is in a drive
securely fasten the cord. roll. If you have left the engine gear — not in N (Neutral).
Keep the cord away from running, the vehicle can move 4. Turn the ignition key to
any moving parts. suddenly. You or others could be LOCK/OFF.
injured. To be sure the vehicle will 5. Remove the key and take it
not move, even when you are on with you. If you can leave the
fairly level ground, use the steps vehicle with the ignition key in
that follow. With four-wheel drive, your hand, the vehicle is in
if the transfer case is in P (Park).
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Leaving the Vehicle with the parking brake is firmly set before the pressure from the parking pawl
Engine Running you leave it. After you move the shift in the transmission. You will then be
lever into P (Park), hold the regular able to pull the shift lever out of
brake pedal down. Then, see if you P (Park).
{ Warning can move the shift lever away from
It can be dangerous to leave the P (Park) without first pulling it toward Shifting out of Park
vehicle with the engine running. you. If you can, it means that the
shift lever was not fully locked into This vehicle is equipped with an
The vehicle could move suddenly electronic shift lock release system.
if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park).
The shift lock release is
P (Park) with the parking brake Torque Lock designed to:
firmly set. . Prevent ignition key removal
If you are parking on a hill and you
If you have four-wheel drive and do not shift the transmission into unless the shift lever is in
the transfer case is in N (Neutral), P (Park) properly, the weight of the P (Park).
the vehicle will be free to roll, vehicle may put too much force on . Prevent movement of the shift
even if the shift lever is in the parking pawl in the lever out of P (Park), unless the
P (Park). So be sure the transfer transmission. You may find it difficult ignition is in ON/RUN and the
case is in a drive gear – not in to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). regular brake pedal is applied.
N (Neutral). This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking The shift lock release is always
And, if you leave the vehicle with brake and then shift into P (Park) functional except in the case of an
the engine running, it could properly before you leave the driver uncharged or low voltage (less than
overheat and even catch fire. You seat. To find out how, see Shifting 9 volt) battery.
or others could be injured. Do not Into Park 0 279. If the vehicle has an uncharged
leave the vehicle with the engine battery or a battery with low voltage,
When you are ready to drive, move
running unless you have to. try charging or jump starting the
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake. battery. See Jump Starting - North
If you have to leave the vehicle with America 0 435.
If torque lock does occur, you may
the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push
vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To shift out of P (Park): Parking over Things If the vehicle has an Active Fuel
Management indicator, see Driver
1. Apply the brake pedal. That Burn Information Center (DIC) (Base
2. Move the shift lever to the Level Cluster) 0 152 or Driver
desired position. { Warning Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel
If you still are unable to shift out of and Denali Cluster) 0 154 for more
Things that can burn could touch information on using this display.
P (Park):
hot exhaust parts under the
1. Ease the pressure on the shift vehicle and ignite. Do not park
lever. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
2. While holding down the brake or other things that can burn.
pedal, press the shift lever all
the way into P (Park).
Active Fuel Management
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position. Vehicles with a V8 or V6 gasoline
engine may have Active Fuel
If you are still having a problem Management. This system allows
shifting, then have the vehicle the engine to operate on either all of
serviced soon. its cylinders, or in V4 mode,
This vehicle may have the Safety depending on the driving conditions.
Belt Assurance System, which may When less power is required, such
prevent the vehicle from shifting out as cruising at a constant vehicle
of P (Park). See Safety Belt speed, the system will operate in
Messages 0 163. the V4 mode, allowing the vehicle to
achieve better fuel economy. When
greater power demands are
required, such as accelerating from
a stop, passing, or merging onto a
freeway, the system will maintain
full-cylinder operation.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 279 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 282.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 320.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See

“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into { Warning
Transmission Park 0 279.
If you have four-wheel drive, the
If equipped, there is an electronic vehicle will be free to roll — even
shift lever position indicator within { Warning if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if
the instrument cluster. This display the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully So, be sure the transfer case is in
turned to the ON/RUN position. a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive
in P (Park) with the parking brake
There are several different positions firmly set. The vehicle can roll. High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
for the shift lever. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in
Do not leave the vehicle when the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
engine is running. If you have left 0 279.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the R : Use this gear to back up.
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground, Caution
Heavy-Duty 6-Speed Automatic always set the parking brake and
Transmission Shown, Others Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
move the shift lever to P (Park).
Similar vehicle is moving forward could
See Shifting Into Park 0 279 and
damage the transmission. The
See “Range Selection Mode” under Driving Characteristics and
Manual Mode 0 286. repairs would not be covered by
Towing Tips 0 320.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
P : This position locks the rear R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
wheels. It is the best position to use is stopped.
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To rock the vehicle back and forth to or driving off-road. Shift the
get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution transmission to a lower gear
damaging the transmission, see If selection if the transmission shifts
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 264. Shifting out of P (Park) or too often.
N (Neutral) with the engine
N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may Downshifting the transmission in
not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The slippery road conditions could result
restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by in skidding. See “Skidding” under
moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Loss of Control 0 256.
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is The vehicle has a shift stabilization
engine is not running at high
being towed. feature that adjusts the transmission
speed when shifting the vehicle.
shifting to the current driving
{ Warning D : This position is for normal
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel stabilization feature is designed to
engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power determine, before making an
dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are: upshift, if the engine is able to
firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator things such as vehicle speed,
You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. throttle position, and vehicle load.
people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or If the shift stabilization feature
into a drive gear while the engine determines that a current vehicle
more, push the accelerator all
is running at high speed. speed cannot be maintained, the
the way down.
transmission does not upshift and
By doing this, the vehicle shifts instead holds the current gear.
down to the next gear and has In some cases, this could appear to
more power. be a delayed shift, however the
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode transmission is operating normally.
when towing a trailer, carrying a
heavy load, driving on steep hills,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The transmission uses adaptive To disable or enable Normal Mode

shift controls. The adaptive shift Caution Grade Braking within the current
control process continually ignition key cycle, press and hold
compares key shift parameters to Spinning the tires or holding the the Tow/Haul button for
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored vehicle in one place on a hill five seconds. When the button is
in the transmission’s computer. The using only the accelerator pedal released, the requested mode
transmission constantly makes may damage the transmission. change is made. A DIC message
adjustments to improve vehicle The repair will not be covered by displays. See Transmission
performance according to how the the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle Messages 0 164.
vehicle is being used, such as with is stuck, do not spin the tires.
For other forms of grade braking,
a heavy load or when the When stopping on a hill, use the
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 288 and
temperature changes. During this brakes to hold the vehicle in Cruise Control 0 302.
adaptive shift control process, place.
shifting might feel different as the Kickdown Mode
transmission determines the best
Normal Mode Grade Braking If equipped, the accelerator pedal
settings.
provides an additional downshift
When temperatures are very cold, If equipped with a gasoline engine after pressing through the kickdown
the transmission's gear shifting and an automatic transmission, feature.
could be delayed providing more Normal Mode Grade Braking is
enabled when the vehicle is started, It requires extra pedal pressure near
stable shifts until the engine warms
but is not enabled in Range the end of its travel to engage.
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This Selection Mode. It assists in
difference in shifting is normal. maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
L : This position allows selection of using the engine and transmission
a range of gears appropriate for to slow the vehicle. The first time
current driving conditions. the system engages for each
If equipped, see “Range Selection ignition key cycle, a DIC message
Mode” under Manual Mode 0 286. will be displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 164.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Manual Mode With an 8-speed automatic In vehicles with gasoline engines,

transmission, hold the plus/minus when the shift lever is moved from
Range Selection Mode buttons on the shift lever to select D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
the highest or lowest range downshift may occur. The gear that
available for the current vehicle the transmission is operating in
speed. when the shift lever is moved from
When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a determines if a downshift occurs.
number displays next to the L, See the following chart.
indicating the current transmission
If equipped, Range Selection Mode range.
helps control the vehicle's This number is the highest gear that
transmission and vehicle speed the transmission will command while
while driving downhill or towing a operating in L (Manual Mode). All
trailer by letting you select a desired gears below that number are
range of gears. available. As driving conditions
To use this feature: change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
1. Move the shift lever to For example, when L5 is selected,
L (Manual Mode). 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
2. Press the plus/minus buttons automatically shifted by the
on the shift lever to select the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be
desired range of gears for used until the plus/minus button on
current driving conditions. the shift lever is used to change to
the range.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
6-Speed Automatic Transmission Grade Braking is not available when

Range Selection Mode is active.
Gear before shifting from See Tow/Haul Mode 0 288.
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
While using Range Selection Mode,
Range after shifting from cruise control and the Tow/Haul
L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) Mode can be used.
If the vehicle has an exhaust brake,
8-Speed Automatic Transmission it can also be used, but will not
automatically downshift the
Gear before transmission. See “Exhaust Brake”
shifting from in the Duramax diesel supplement.
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) Caution
Range after
shifting from Spinning the tires or holding the
D (Drive) to vehicle in one place on a hill
L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1 using only the accelerator pedal
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul not may damage the transmission.
engaged The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
Range after is stuck, do not spin the tires.
shifting from When stopping on a hill, use the
D (Drive) to L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
brakes to hold the vehicle in
L (Manual Mode) –
place.
Tow/Haul engaged
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Low Traction Mode increased performance, vehicle not in the Range Selection Mode.
control, and enhanced transmission See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
If equipped, Low Traction Mode
and engine cooling when driving previously and Manual Mode 0 286.
assists in vehicle acceleration when
down steep hills or mountain Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
road conditions are slippery, such
grades, when towing, or when assists in maintaining desired
as with ice or snow. While the
hauling heavy loads. vehicle speeds when driving on
vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using
The selector button is on the end of downhill grades by using the engine
Range Selection Mode. This will
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul and transmission to slow the
limit torque to the wheels and help
Mode on and off by pressing the vehicle.
to prevent the tires from spinning.
button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is If equipped, on vehicles with a
Tow/Haul Mode enabled, a light on the instrument gasoline engine, to disable or
cluster will come on. enable Tow/Haul Grade Braking
For an eAssist vehicle, the Stop/ within the current ignition key cycle,
Start function will become press and hold the Tow/Haul button
unavailable when Tow/Haul Mode is for five seconds. When the button is
active. released, the requested mode
change is made. A DIC message is
For an eAssist vehicle, the displayed. See Transmission
Regenerative Braking functionality is Messages 0 164.
disabled when using the Tow/Haul
Mode. See the eAssist supplement. On vehicles with a diesel engine,
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking can
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 147 and be enabled or disabled by pressing
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 262. the Tow/Haul Mode button. Use the
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under exhaust brake and Tow/Haul Mode
Towing Equipment 0 340. for maximum grade braking.
Vehicles with an automatic
transmission have a Tow/Haul Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking See Towing Equipment 0 340.
Mode. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is For other forms of grade braking,
the transmission shift pattern to only enabled while the Tow/Haul see Automatic Transmission 0 283
reduce shift cycling. This provides Mode is selected and the vehicle is and Cruise Control 0 302.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/19/17
Drive Systems Manual Transfer Case

{ Warning
Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is
traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else
section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be
before using. sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake
Caution
0 297.
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period Caution Move the lever to shift into and out
of time. These conditions may of four-wheel drive.
cause premature wear on the Extended high-speed operation in
vehicle’s powertrain. 4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4 m or 4 n may: Engagement noise and bump when
. Cause a vibration to be felt in shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from
the steering system. N (Neutral), with the engine running, An indicator light comes on when
is normal. four-wheel drive is engaged. See
. Cause tires to wear faster.
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 147.
. Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier. Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 299.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
N (Neutral) : Use only when the The vehicle can be shifted between . In extremely cold weather, it may
vehicle needs to be towed. 2 m and 4 m while the vehicle is be necessary to slow or stop the
See Recreational Vehicle Towing moving. In extremely cold weather, vehicle to shift.
0 440 or Towing the Vehicle 0 439. it may be necessary to stop or slow . While in 4 m, the vehicle can be
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use the vehicle to shift into 4 m. driven at any posted legal speed
this setting for driving on most Using the Manual Transfer Case limit.
streets and highways. The front axle
is not engaged. This setting . Use quick motions to shift into or Shifting In or Out of 4 n
provides the best fuel economy. out of 4 n or N (Neutral).
Caution
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This . Shifting may be harder when the
setting also engages the front axle vehicle is cold, but will return to
normal once warmed up. Shifting the transfer case into 4 n
and delivers extra torque. Choose
while moving at speeds faster
4 n if driving off-road in deep sand, . Four-wheel drive reduces fuel than 5 km/h (3 mph) may cause
deep mud, or deep snow, and while economy. premature wear to the transfer
climbing or descending steep hills. case, and may cause the gears to
When engaged, keep vehicle speed Shifting from 2 m to 4 m
grind.
below 72 km/h (45 mph). . Shifts can be made at any
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use vehicle speed.
1. If possible, shift with the
this setting when extra traction is . Shift in one continuous motion. vehicle moving 5 km/h (3 mph)
needed. The front axle engages and . Shifting while the vehicle is in or less.
helps when driving on snowy or icy motion may require that
roads, when off-roading, or when 2. Shift the transmission into
moderate force be applied to the N (Neutral).
plowing snow.
shift lever before 4 m can be
3. Shift the transfer case shift
engaged, especially in cold lever in one continuous motion.
weather.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
4. Shifting with the vehicle at a Electronic Transfer Case The indicator mark on the switch
stop may be more difficult. It is must line up with the indicator light
possible that the shift will not before a shift can be commanded.
complete and the transfer case To command a shift rotate the
will remain in N (Neutral). This transfer case switch to the new
is normal. To complete the desired position. The light will blink
shift, with the engine running, meaning that the shift is in progress.
shift the transmission to When the shift is completed the new
D (Drive) and back to position will be illuminated. If the
N (Neutral), and reattempt the transfer case can not complete a
transfer case shift. shift command, it will go back to its
last chosen setting.
Shifting In or Out of N (Neutral)
1. Have the engine running. Caution
2. Set the parking brake. Press Use the transfer case knob, next to
and hold the brake pedal. See Shifting the transmission into gear
the steering wheel, to shift into and before the requested mode
Parking Brake 0 297. out of four-wheel drive for extra
indicator light has stopped
3. Place the transmission into traction.
flashing could damage the
N (Neutral). All of the lights will blink on then off transfer case.
4. Shift the transfer case lever in momentarily when the ignition is
one continuous motion into or moved to the ON/RUN position. The
light that remains on will indicate the The settings are:
out of N (Neutral).
state of the Transfer Case. N (Neutral) : Use only when the
If the indicator mark on the switch vehicle needs to be towed.
does not match up with the light See Recreational Vehicle Towing
then that likely means the switch 0 440 or Towing the Vehicle 0 439.
was moved when the ignition
was off.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Shifting Into 4 m 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
for driving on most streets and the 4 n indicator light to stop
highways. The front axle is not Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed
up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except flashing before shifting the
engaged. This setting provides the transmission into gear.
best fuel economy. from 4 n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on the If the transmission is in gear and/or
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This selected setting. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
setting engages the front axle and the 4 n indicator light will flash for
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Shifting Into 2 m 30 seconds and not complete the
driving off-road in deep sand, deep shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
mud, or deep snow, and while case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
climbing or descending steep hills. except when shifting from 4 n.
to 4 m to see the indicator. With the
When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph). Shifting Into 4 n vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
Control and StabiliTrak off. See should be kept below 72 km/h
Traction Control/Electronic Stability (45 mph). Shifting Out of 4 n
Control 0 299. 1. The ignition must be in ON/ 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle
RUN and the vehicle must be
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use must be stopped or moving
stopped or moving less than less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with
when extra traction is needed. The 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
front axle engages and helps when the transmission in N (Neutral)
transmission in N (Neutral). It is and the ignition in ON/RUN.
driving on snowy or icy roads, when best for the vehicle to be
off-roading, or when plowing snow. It is best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
The vehicle can be shifted from 2 m (1 to 2 mph). (1 to 2 mph).
to 4 m while the vehicle is moving.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift:
light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and
shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal.
into gear. N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly
release the dial to the 4 n 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flash
position. The N (Neutral) light N (Neutral).
for 30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is 2 m.
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt complete.
After the transfer case has
the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify shifted out of N (Neutral), the
Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) light will go out.
N (Neutral) by shifting the
To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 5. Release the parking brake.
1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should
surface. be no movement of the vehicle Caution
while shifting the transmission.
2. Set the parking brake and Shifting the transmission into gear
press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. before the requested mode
pedal. See Parking Brake indicator light has stopped
0 297. 9. Place the transmission shift flashing could damage the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See transfer case.
ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 440.
4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the
N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission to the
desired gear.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Automatic Transfer Case The indicator mark on the switch driving conditions. This setting
must line up with the indicator light provides slightly lower fuel economy
before a shift can be commanded. than 2 m.
To command a shift rotate the
transfer case switch to the new Do not use AUTO mode,
desired position. The light will blink if equipped, to park on a steep
meaning that the shift is in progress. grade with poor traction such as ice,
When the shift is completed the new snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
position will be illuminated. If the mode only the rear wheels will hold
transfer case can not complete a the vehicle from sliding when
shift command, it will go back to its parked. If parking on a steep grade,
last chosen setting. use 4 m to keep all four wheels
The settings are: engaged.
N (Neutral) : Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use

If equipped, use the transfer case vehicle needs to be towed. this position when extra traction is
knob next to the steering wheel to See Recreational Vehicle Towing needed, such as when driving on
shift into and out of four-wheel drive. 0 440 or Towing the Vehicle 0 439. snowy or icy roads, when
All of the lights will blink on then off off-roading, or when plowing snow.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
momentarily when the ignition is for driving on most streets and 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
moved to the ON/RUN position. The highways. The front axle is not setting engages the front axle and
light that remains on will indicate the
state of the Transfer Case.
engaged. This setting provides the delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
best fuel economy. when driving off-road in deep sand,
If the indicator mark on the switch AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel deep mud, or deep snow, and while
does not match up with the light Drive) : Use when road surface climbing or descending steep hills.
then that likely means the switch traction conditions are variable.
was moved when the ignition Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
When driving in AUTO, the front
was off. Control and StabiliTrak off. See
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
power is sent to the front and rear
Control 0 299.
wheels automatically based on
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for Shifting Out of 4 n
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop To shift:
position at any speed, except from flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or
4 n. The indicator light will flash moving less than 5 km/h
while shifting and will remain on (3 mph) with the transmission
when the shift is completed. Caution in N (Neutral) and the ignition in
ON/RUN. It is best for the
Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear
vehicle to be moving
before the requested mode 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped
except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
and will remain on when the shift is or 2 m indicator light to stop
completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or flashing before shifting the
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), transmission into gear.
Shifting Into 4 n
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the Caution
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob Shifting the transmission into gear
To shift: before the requested mode
1. The ignition must be in ON/ to 4 m to display the indicator. With
indicator light has stopped
RUN and the vehicle must be the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h flashing could damage the
stopped or moving less than (3 mph), and the transmission in
transfer case.
5 km/h (3 mph) with the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
(1 to 2 mph).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If the transmission is in gear and/or 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift out of N (Neutral):
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light stops and hold it there until the
will flash for 30 seconds but will not N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and
complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least apply the brake pedal.
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
and the transmission in N (Neutral), release the dial to the 4 n with the engine off.
attempt the shift again. position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
will come on when the transfer N (Neutral).
Shifting Into N (Neutral) case shift to N (Neutral) is
To shift into N (Neutral): complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
the desired setting.
1. Park the vehicle on a level 7. With the engine running, verify
surface. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has
N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the
2. Set the parking brake and N (Neutral) light will go out.
press and hold the brake transmission to R (Reverse),
pedal. See Parking Brake then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake.
0 297. D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while 6. Start the engine and shift the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the shifting the transmission. transmission to the
ignition to ON/RUN. desired gear.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
4. Shift the transmission to ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
N (Neutral).
9. Place the transmission shift
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 440.
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always
0 146. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a the driving situation dictates. The
regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that Brake Assist feature will
pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. automatically disengage when the
pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are brake pedal is released or brake
If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips decreased.
See Brake System Warning Light 0 320.
0 145. Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Brake Assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
Caution The Brake Assist feature is (HSA) feature, which may be useful
designed to assist the driver in when the vehicle is stopped on a
Driving with the parking brake on grade. This feature is designed to
stopping or decreasing vehicle
can overheat the brake system prevent the vehicle from rolling,
speed in emergency driving
and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the either forward or rearward, during
damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake vehicle drive off. After you
Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the completely stop and hold the vehicle
is fully released and the brake power brake system under in a complete standstill on a grade,
warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has HSA will automatically activate.
quickly and forcefully applied the During the transition period between
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly when you release the brake pedal
To release the parking brake, hold and start to accelerate to drive off
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake on a grade, HSA holds the braking
push down momentarily on the pressure for a maximum of
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the two seconds to ensure that there is
the pedal release. Slowly pull your no rolling. The brakes will
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or automatically release when the
If the parking brake is not released accelerator pedal is applied within
when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should the two-second window. If the
continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle is equipped with the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
(ITBC) system, HSA may also apply Ride Control Systems intended path. Trailer Sway Control
the trailer brakes. It will not activate (TSC) is also on automatically when
if the vehicle is in a drive gear and the vehicle is started. See Trailer
facing downhill or if the vehicle is Traction Control/ Sway Control (TSC) 0 349.
facing uphill and in R (Reverse). Electronic Stability If cruise control is being used and
There may be situations on minor Control traction control or StabiliTrak begins
hills (less than 5% grade) with a to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
loaded vehicle or while pulling a System Operation disengage. Cruise control may be
trailer where HSA may activate. turned back on when road
The vehicle has a Traction Control
If you release the brake pedal and System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an conditions allow.
then reapply the brake pedal while electronic stability control system. Both systems come on
HSA is activated, the brake pedal These systems help limit wheel spin automatically when the vehicle is
typically feels firmer with less pedal and assist the driver in maintaining started and begins to move. The
travel. control, especially on slippery road systems may be heard or felt while
conditions. they are operating or while
TCS activates if it senses any of the performing diagnostic checks. This
drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there
beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle.
happens, TCS applies the brakes to It is recommended to leave both
the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving
engine power to limit wheel spin. conditions, but it may be necessary
StabiliTrak activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 264
the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and
StabiliTrak selectively applies On” later in this section.
braking pressure to any one of the When the transfer case (if equipped)
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the stability system is automatically
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
disabled, g comes on, and the maintaining control. The vehicle is

safe to drive, but driving should be Caution
appropriate message will appear on
the DIC. Both traction control and adjusted accordingly.
Do not repeatedly brake or
StabiliTrak are automatically If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
disabled in this condition. off. The vehicle driveline could be
1. Stop the vehicle.
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release g. The traction off light i
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on displays in the instrument cluster.
and stays on, the vehicle may need The appropriate message will
The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem. display in the DIC. See Ride Control
is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your System Messages 0 161. To turn
light will: dealer. TCS on again, press and release g.
. Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off The traction off light i displayed in
wheel spin. and On the instrument cluster will turn off.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
activated. is pressed, the system will not turn
. Turn on and stay on when either off until the wheels stop spinning.
system is not working. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
If either system fails to turn on or to press and hold g until the traction
activate, a message displays in the
off light i and the StabiliTrak OFF
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak light g come on and stay on in the
d comes on and stays on to is on the center stack.
indicate that the system is inactive instrument cluster, then release. The
and is not assisting the driver in
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
appropriate message will display in Hill Descent HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
the DIC. See Ride Control System between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
Messages 0 161.
Control (HDC) 14 mph) on an incline greater than
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on If equipped, HDC can be used when or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
driving downhill. It sets and HDC light indicates the system is
again, press and release g. The maintains vehicle speed while actively applying the brakes to
traction off light i and the descending a very steep incline in a maintain vehicle speed.
StabiliTrak OFF light g in the forward or reverse gear. When HDC is activated, the initial
instrument cluster turn off. The HDC switch is on the center HDC speed is set to the current
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on stack, below the climate controls. driving speed. It can be increased or
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h decreased by pressing the +RES or
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. SET- steering wheel controls or by
(35 mph). Traction control will
Vehicle speed must be below applying the accelerator or brake
remain off.
50 km/h (31 mph). pedal. This adjusted speed
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway becomes the new set speed.
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature. HDC will remain enabled between
See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
0 349 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) however vehicle speed cannot be
0 298. set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
vehicle performance. See The HDC light displays on the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h
Accessories and Modifications instrument cluster when enabled.
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
0 357.
must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When enabled, if the vehicle is at a Cruise Control If equipped with an Allison or

speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and Hydra-Matic 6-speed automatic
less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC With cruise control a speed of about transmission, see “Tow/Haul Mode
message will display. See Vehicle 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be Grade Braking” under Tow/Haul
Speed Messages 0 167. maintained without keeping your Mode 0 288 for an explanation of
foot on the accelerator. Cruise how cruise control interacts with the
Locking Rear Axle control does not work at speeds Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). Mode, and Grade Braking systems.
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
give more traction on snow, mud, If the cruise control is being used
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a { Warning and the Traction Control System
standard axle most of the time, but (TCS) or StabiliTrak begins to limit
Cruise control can be dangerous wheel spin, the cruise control will
when traction is low, this feature will where you cannot drive safely at
allow the rear wheel with the most automatically disengage. See
a steady speed. Do not use Traction Control/Electronic Stability
traction to move the vehicle.
cruise control on winding roads or Control 0 299. If a collision alert
in heavy traffic. occurs when cruise control is
Cruise control can be dangerous activated, cruise control is
on slippery roads. On such roads, disengaged. See Forward Collision
fast changes in tire traction can Alert (FCA) System 0 308. When
cause excessive wheel slip, and road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, cruise control can be
you could lose control. Do not use
turned back on.
cruise control on slippery roads.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
* : Press to disengage cruise Once the vehicle speed reaches

control without erasing the set about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
speed from memory. press +RES briefly. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.
Setting Cruise Control
Increasing Speed While Using
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or Cruise Control
+RES could get pressed and go into
If the cruise control system is
cruise when not desired. Keep 5 already activated:
off when cruise is not being used.
. Press and hold +RES until the
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise desired speed is reached, then
system on. release it.
2. Get up to the desired speed. . To increase vehicle speed in
5 : Press to turn the system on or small increments, briefly press
off. A white indicator comes on in 3. Press and release SET−. +RES. For each press, the
the instrument cluster when cruise
4. Remove foot from the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
control is on and turns off when
accelerator. (1 mph) faster.
cruise control is off.
The cruise control indicator on the The speedometer reading can be
+RES : If there is a set speed in
instrument cluster turns green after displayed in either English or metric
memory, press briefly to resume to
cruise control has been set to the units. See Instrument Cluster 0 132.
that speed or press and hold to
desired speed. See Instrument The increment value used depends
accelerate. If cruise control is
Cluster 0 132. on the units displayed.
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed. Resuming a Set Speed
SET− : Press briefly to set the If the cruise control is set at a
speed and activate cruise control. desired speed and then the brakes
If cruise control is already active, are applied or * is pressed, the
use to decrease vehicle speed. cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Reducing Speed While Using pressing SET– will result in cruise To disable and enable Cruise
Cruise Control control set to the current vehicle Grade Braking for the current
If the cruise control system is speed. ignition key cycle, press and
already activated: hold the Tow/Haul button for
Using Cruise Control on Hills five seconds. A DIC message
. Press and hold SET– until the How well the cruise control works displays. See Transmission
desired lower speed is reached, on hills depends on the vehicle Messages 0 164.
then release it. speed, the load, and the steepness . Vehicles with a diesel engine
. To slow down in small of the hills. When going up steep have Cruise Grade Braking
increments, briefly press SET– . hills, pressing the accelerator pedal enabled when Tow/Haul Mode is
For each press, the vehicle goes may be necessary to maintain on, the exhaust brake is on,
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle speed. or both are on.
The speedometer reading can be While going downhill: For other forms of descent control,
displayed in either English or metric . Vehicles with a 6-speed see Hill Descent Control (HDC)
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 132. automatic transmission and a 0 301, Automatic Transmission
The increment value used depends gasoline engine have Cruise 0 283, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 288.
on the units displayed. Grade Braking to help maintain
driver selected speed. Ending Cruise Control
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control Cruise Grade Braking is enabled There are four ways to end cruise
when the vehicle is started and control:
Use the accelerator pedal to
cruise control is active. It is not . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the enabled in Range Selection
Mode. It assists in maintaining . Press *.
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While driver selected speed when . Shift the transmission to
pressing the accelerator pedal or driving on downhill grades by N (Neutral).
shortly following the release to using the engine and
. To turn off cruise control,
override cruise control, briefly transmission to slow the vehicle.
press 5.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Erasing Speed Memory Driver Assistance Warning (Continued)

The cruise control set speed is
Systems
erased from memory if 5 is pressed . Detect children,
or the ignition is turned off. This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists,
work together to help avoid crashes or animals.
or reduce crash damage while . Detect vehicles or objects
driving, backing, and parking. Read
outside the area monitored
this entire section before using
by the system.
these systems.
. Work at all driving speeds.
{ Warning . Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
Do not rely on the Driver crash.
Assistance Systems. These
. Work under poor visibility or
systems do not replace the need
bad weather conditions.
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor
alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered
these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor
result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with
damage. See Defensive Driving a sticker, magnet, or metal
0 254. plate.
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding
systems will not: the detection sensor is
(Continued) damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Warning (Continued)
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
Complete attention is always If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
required while driving, and you (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
should be ready to take action and Front Parking Assist (FPA) may
and apply the brakes and/or steer help the driver park or avoid objects.
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat The RVC and RPA will not work
Some driver assistance features properly if the tailgate is down. If the
alert the driver of obstacles by tailgate is down, do not use these
beeping. To change the volume of systems. 1. View Displayed by the
the warning chime, see “Comfort Rear Vision Camera (RVC) Camera
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 167. When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
If equipped with the Safety Alert image of the area behind the vehicle
Seat, the driver seat cushion may in the infotainment display. The
provide a vibrating pulse alert previous screen displays when the
instead of beeping. To change this, vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
see “Collision/Detection Systems” after a short delay. To return to the
under Vehicle Personalization previous screen sooner, press any
0 167. button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). 1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Displayed images may be farther or Parking Assist

closer than they appear. The area Warning (Continued)
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
displayed is limited and objects that as the vehicle moves at speeds of
are close to either corner of the or vehicle damage, even with
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the Parking Assist, always check the
bumper or under the bumper do not sensors on the bumpers may detect
display. area around the vehicle and
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and check all mirrors before moving
A warning triangle may display on 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle forward or backing.
the infotainment display to show within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
that RPA has detected an object. the ground and below bumper level.
This triangle changes from amber to These detection distances may be
red and increases in size the closer shorter during warmer or humid
the object. weather. Blocked sensors will not
detect objects and can also cause
{ Warning false detections. Keep the sensors
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
The camera(s) do not display slush; and clean sensors after a car
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, wash in freezing temperatures.
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the { Warning
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle. The Parking Assist system does
Shown distances may be different not detect children, pedestrians,
from actual distances. Do not bicyclists, animals, or objects The instrument cluster may have a
drive or park the vehicle using located below the bumper or that parking assist display with bars that
are too close or too far from the show “distance to object” and object
only these camera(s). Always
vehicle. It is not available at location information for the Parking
check behind and around the
speeds greater than 8 km/h Assist system. As the object gets
vehicle before driving. Failure to closer, more bars light up and the
use proper care may result in (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
bars change color from yellow to
injury, death, or vehicle damage. (Continued) amber to red.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When an object is first detected in personalization. The On with Towbar beeps or pulses the driver seat.
the rear, one beep will be heard setting allows for the parking assist FCA also lights an amber visual
from the rear, or both sides of the to work properly with an attached alert if following another vehicle
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two trailer hitch. Turn off parking assist much too closely.
times. When an object is very close when towing a trailer. FCA detects vehicles within a
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, To turn the rear parking assist distance of approximately 60 m
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), symbols or guidance lines on or off, (197 ft) and operates at speeds
a continuous beep will sound from see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle above 40 km/h (25 mph).
the front or rear, or both sides of the Personalization 0 167.
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher { Warning
pitched than for RPA. Assistance Systems for
Driving FCA is a warning system and
Turning the Features On or Off does not apply the brakes. When
If equipped, when driving the approaching a slower-moving or
Press X on the center stack to vehicle in a forward gear, Forward stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
turn the Front and Rear Parking Collision Alert (FCA), Lane or when following a vehicle too
Assist on or off. The indicator light in Departure Warning (LDW), and/or closely, FCA may not provide a
the button comes on when the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) can help to warning with enough time to help
features are on and turns off when avoid a crash or reduce crash
avoid a crash. It also may not
the features have been disabled. damage.
provide any warning at all. FCA
Front and Rear Parking Assist can does not warn of pedestrians,
be turned off, on, or on with towbar Forward Collision Alert animals, signs, guardrails,
through vehicle personalization. See (FCA) System bridges, construction barrels,
“Park Assist” under Vehicle or other objects. Be ready to take
If equipped, the FCA system may
Personalization 0 167. If the parking action and apply the brakes. See
help to avoid or reduce the harm
assist is turned off through vehicle Defensive Driving 0 254.
caused by front-end crashes. When
personalization, the parking assist
approaching a vehicle ahead too
button on the center stack will be
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
disabled. To turn the parking assist
alert on the windshield and rapidly
on again, select On in vehicle
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
FCA can be disabled with either the Collision Alert

FCA steering wheel control or, { Warning
if equipped, through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/ FCA does not provide a warning
Detection Systems” under Vehicle to help avoid a crash, unless it
Personalization 0 167. detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in When your vehicle approaches
FCA warnings will not occur unless proper condition. Keep the another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the FCA system detects a vehicle windshield, headlamps, and FCA the red FCA display will flash on the
ahead. When a vehicle is detected, sensors clean and in good repair. windshield. Also, eight rapid
the vehicle ahead indicator will high-pitched beeps will sound from
display green. Vehicles may not be the front, or both sides of the Safety
detected on curves, highway exit Alert Seat will pulse five times.
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; When this Collision Alert occurs, the
or if a vehicle ahead is partially brake system may prepare for driver
blocked by pedestrians or other braking to occur more rapidly which
objects. FCA will not detect another can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
vehicle ahead until it is completely Continue to apply the brake pedal
in the driving lane. as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Tailgating Alert The first button press shows the . Clean the outside of the
current setting on the DIC. windshield in front of the
Additional button presses will rearview mirror.
change this setting. The chosen . Clean the entire front of the
setting will remain until it is changed vehicle.
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating . Clean the headlamps.
Alert features. The timing of both
The vehicle ahead indicator will alerts will vary based on vehicle Forward Automatic
display amber when you are speed. The faster the vehicle speed, Braking (FAB)
following a vehicle ahead much too the farther away the alert will occur.
closely. Consider traffic and weather If the vehicle has Forward Collision
conditions when selecting the alert Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
Selecting the Alert Timing timing. The range of selectable alert includes Intelligent Brake
timing may not be appropriate for all Assist (IBA). When the system
drivers and driving conditions. detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
Unnecessary Alerts direction that you may be about to
FCA may provide unnecessary crash into, it can provide a boost to
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles braking or automatically brake the
in other lanes, objects that are not vehicle. This can help avoid or
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts lessen the severity of crashes when
are normal operation and the driving in a forward gear. Depending
vehicle does not need service. on the situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
Cleaning the System hard. This forward automatic
If the FCA system does not seem to braking can only occur if a vehicle is
operate properly, this may correct detected. This is shown by the FCA
The FCA control is on the steering
the issue: vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
wheel. Press [ to set the FCA See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
timing to Far, Medium, Near, or Off. System 0 308.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
The system works when driving in a

forward gear between 8 km/h Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it objects. To override FAB, firmly
It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft). is partially blocked by press the accelerator pedal, if it is
pedestrians or other objects. safe to do so.
{ Warning Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
FAB is an emergency crash should be ready to take action
preparation feature and is not and apply the brakes and/or steer IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
designed to avoid crashes. Do the vehicle to avoid crashes.
a boost to braking based on the
not rely on FAB to brake the
speed of approach and distance to
vehicle. FAB will not brake FAB may slow the vehicle to a a vehicle ahead.
outside of its operating speed complete stop to try to avoid a
range and only responds to Minor brake pedal pulsations or
potential crash. The vehicle will only pedal movement during this time is
detected vehicles. hold at a stop briefly. A firm press of normal and the brake pedal should
FAB may not: the accelerator pedal will also continue to be applied as needed.
release FAB. IBA will automatically disengage
. Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads. only when the brake pedal is
. Detect all vehicles,
{ Warning released.
especially vehicles with a FAB may automatically brake the
trailer, tractors, muddy vehicle suddenly in situations { Warning
vehicles, etc. where it is unexpected and IBA may increase vehicle braking
. Detect a vehicle when undesired. It could respond to a in situations when it may not be
weather limits visibility, such turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, necessary. You could block the
as in fog, rain, or snow. signs, and other non-moving
(Continued)
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
camera sensor to detect the lane

Warning (Continued) markings at speeds of 56 km/h Warning (Continued)
(35 mph) or greater.
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take departing the lane on the side
your foot off the brake pedal and where it has detected a lane
then apply the brakes as needed. { Warning marking. Always keep your
The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and
FAB and IBA can be disabled the vehicle. The LDW system maintain proper vehicle position
through vehicle personalization. See may not: within the lane, or vehicle
“Collision/Detection Systems” under damage, injury, or death could
. Provide enough time to occur. Always keep the
Vehicle Personalization 0 167. avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and
. Detect lane markings under
{ Warning poor weather or visibility
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
Using FAB or IBA while towing a conditions. This can occur if bad weather conditions.
trailer could cause you to lose the windshield or
control of the vehicle and crash. headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works
Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer. not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera sensor is on the
the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview
the camera. mirror.
Lane Departure Warning . Detect road edges. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
(LDW) (2500/3500 Series) . Detect lanes on winding or the center stack. The control
If equipped, LDW may help avoid hilly roads. indicator will light when LDW is on.
crashes due to unintentional lane If LDW only detects lane
departures. It may provide an alert if markings on one side of the road,
the vehicle is crossing a lane it will only warn you when
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. LDW uses a (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If the LDW system is not functioning camera to detect lane markings

properly when lane markings are between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
clearly visible, cleaning the 180 km/h (112 mph).
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar { Warning
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
The LKA system does not
When LDW is on, @ is green if temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road continuously steer the vehicle.
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a imperfections. This is normal system It may not keep the vehicle in the
detected lane marking without using operation; the vehicle does not need lane or give a Lane Departure
service. Turn LDW off if these Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
the turn signal in that direction, @
conditions continue. lane marking is detected.
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there may be three The LKA and LDW systems
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse Lane Keep Assist (LKA) may not:
three times on the right or left, (1500 Series) . Provide an alert or enough
depending on the lane departure steering assist to avoid a
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
direction. lane departure or crash.
crashes due to unintentional lane
When the System Does Not departures. It may assist by gently . Detect lane markings under
Seem to Work Properly turning the steering wheel if the poor weather or visibility
vehicle approaches a detected lane conditions. This can occur if
The system may not detect lanes as marking without using a turn signal
well when there are: the windshield or
in that direction. It may also provide headlamps are blocked by
. Close vehicles ahead. a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
system alert as the lane marking is not in proper condition, or if
. Sudden lighting changes, such crossed. The LKA system will not the sun shines directly into
as when driving through tunnels. assist or provide an LDW alert if it the camera.
. Banked roads. detects that you are actively
steering. Override LKA by turning . Detect road edges.
the steering wheel. LKA uses a (Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
three times, on the right or left,

Warning (Continued) { Warning depending on the lane departure
direction.
. Detect lanes on winding or Using LKA while towing a trailer
hilly roads. or on slippery roads could cause Take Steering
If LKA only detects lane markings loss of control of the vehicle and The LKA system does not
on one side of the road, it will a crash. Turn the system off. continuously steer the vehicle.
only assist or provide an LDW If LKA does not detect active driver
alert when approaching the lane How the System Works steering, an alert, chime, or DIC
on the side where it has detected message may be provided. Move
The LKA camera sensor is on the the steering wheel to dismiss.
a lane marking. Even with LKA
windshield ahead of the rearview
and LDW, you must steer the When the System Does Not
mirror.
vehicle. Always keep your Seem to Work Properly
attention on the road and To turn LKA on and off, press A
maintain proper vehicle position on the center stack. The system performance may be
within the lane, or vehicle affected by:
damage, injury, or death could When on, A is green if LKA is . Close vehicles ahead.
occur. Always keep the available to assist and provide LDW
alerts. It may assist by gently . Sudden lighting changes, such
windshield, headlamps, and as when driving through tunnels.
turning the steering wheel and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LKA in display A as amber if the vehicle . Banked roads.
bad weather conditions. approaches a detected lane marking . Roads with poor lane markings,
without using a turn signal in that such as two-lane roads.
direction. It may also provide an
LDW alert by flashing A amber If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
as the lane marking is crossed.
clearly visible, cleaning the
Additionally, there may be three
windshield may help.
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
A camera blocked message may Fuel Except the 6.2L engine, use regular
display if the camera is blocked. unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
Cleaning the outside of the For diesel engine vehicles, see specification D4814 with a posted
windshield behind the rearview “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not
mirror may correct the issue. Some Duramax diesel supplement. use gasoline with a posted octane
driver assistance systems may have GM recommends the use of TOP rating of less than 87, as this may
reduced performance or not work at TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep cause engine knock and will lower
all. An LKA or LDW unavailable the engine cleaner and reduce fuel economy.
message may display if the systems engine deposits. See For the 6.2L engine, premium
are temporarily unavailable. This www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
message could be due to a blocked TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers specification D4814 with a posted
camera. The LKA system does not and applicable countries. octane rating of 93 is highly
need service. Clean the outside of recommended for best performance
the windshield behind the rearview and fuel economy. Unleaded
mirror. gasoline with an octane rated as low
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts as 87 can be used. Using unleaded
may occur due to tar marks, gasoline rated below 93 octane,
shadows, cracks in the road, however, will lead to reduced
temporary or construction lane acceleration and fuel economy.
markings, or other road If knocking occurs, use a gasoline
imperfections. This is normal system rated at 93 octane as soon as
operation; the vehicle does not need possible, otherwise, the engine
service. Turn LKA off if these could be damaged. If heavy
conditions continue. knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
If the vehicle has a yellow sticker on engine needs service.
the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel
0 317.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Prohibited Fuels occurs, return to your authorized

Caution (Continued) dealer for diagnosis. If it is
Caution determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
Do not use fuels with any of the
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance,
its warranty: and may decrease the life of Fuels in Foreign
. For vehicles which are not the emissions catalyst. Countries
FlexFuel, fuel labeled The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
greater than 15% ethanol by fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
volume, such as mid-level California Fuel
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
ethanol blends (16 – 50% Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuels” in Fuel 0 315.
. Fuel with any amount of California Emissions Standards, it is
methanol, methylal, and designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives
aniline. These fuels can meet California specifications. See
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
corrode metal fuel system the underhood emission control
TIER detergent gasoline is
parts or damage plastic and label. If this fuel is not available in
recommended. See Fuel 0 315.
rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions
. Fuel containing metals such Standards, the vehicle will operate If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
satisfactorily on fuels meeting not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
as methylcyclopentadienyl
federal specifications, but emission System Treatment Cleaner added to
manganese tricarbonyl
control system performance may be the fuel tank at every engine oil
(MMT), which can damage
affected. The malfunction indicator change, can help. GM Fuel System
the emissions control
lamp could turn on and the vehicle Treatment Cleaner is the only
system and spark plugs.
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by
(Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at
(Check Engine Light) 0 144. If this your dealer.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If your vehicle is able to use E85 or E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
FlexFuel, GM Fuel System Specification D 5798 or CAN/ Caution
Treatment Cleaner - FlexFuel is the CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
only recommended additive for use. the fuel if the ethanol content is Some additives are not
Do not use any other additives with greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
an E85 or FlexFuel vehicle. See do not meet ASTM or CGSB and can harm the vehicle's fuel
E85 or FlexFuel 0 317. specifications can affect driveability system. Do not add anything to
and could cause the malfunction E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
E85 or FlexFuel indicator lamp to come on. by additives would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Vehicles with a yellow sticker on the For the 6.0L V8 engine, after
fuel door can use either unleaded refueling, the vehicle calculates the
gasoline or fuel containing up to composition of the fuel. It is not
85% ethanol (E85). All other recommended to repeatedly switch Caution
vehicles should use only the between fuels. If fuels are switched
unleaded gasoline as described in frequently, add as much fuel as Do not use fuel containing
Fuel 0 315. possible and do not add less than methanol. It can corrode metal
11 L (3 gal) when refueling. Drive at parts in the fuel system and also
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is least 11 km (7 mi) immediately after
encouraged when the vehicle is damage plastic and rubber parts.
refueling to allow the vehicle to That damage would not be
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel adapt to the change in ethanol
is made from renewable sources. covered under the vehicle
concentration. warranty.
To help locate fuel stations that Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. energy per liter (gallon) than
Department of Energy has an gasoline, the vehicle will need to be Filling the Tank
alternative fuels website. See refilled more often. See Filling the
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
Tank 0 317. see the Duramax diesel supplement
stations.
for more information.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn . Fuel can spray out if the Overfilling the fuel tank by more
violently and can cause injury or refueling nozzle is inserted than three clicks of a standard fill
death. too quickly. This spray can nozzle may cause:
happen if the tank is nearly
. To help avoid injuries to you . Vehicle performance issues,
full, and is more likely in hot
and others, read and follow weather. Insert the refueling including engine stalling and
all the instructions on the nozzle slowly and wait for damage to the fuel system.
fuel pump island. any hiss noise to stop prior . Fuel spills.
. Turn off the engine when to beginning to flow fuel. . Potential fuel fires.
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
smoking materials away
few seconds after you have finished
from fuel.
pumping before removing the
. Do not leave the fuel pump nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
unattended. surfaces as soon as possible. See
. Do not use a cell phone Exterior Care 0 444.
while refueling.
. Do not reenter the vehicle { Warning
while pumping fuel. If a fire starts while you are
The vehicle has a capless refueling
. Keep children away from system and does not have a fuel refueling, do not remove the
the fuel pump and never let cap. The filling nozzle must be fully nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
children pump fuel. inserted and latched prior to starting shutting off the pump or by
(Continued) fuel flow. notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
For models with dual fuel tanks, the

fuel gauge shows an average of { Warning Warning (Continued)
both tanks. The rear tank is emptied
Attempting to refuel without using . Use approved fuel
first. When refueling, refuel the front
tank first, then add fuel to the the funnel adapter may cause fuel containers.
rear tank. spillage and damage the capless . Remove the container from
fuel system. This could cause a the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
Filling the Tank With a Portable fire and you or others could be bed before filling.
Gas Can badly burned and the vehicle
. Place the container on the
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and could be damaged.
ground.
must be filled from a portable
gas can: . Place the nozzle inside the
3. Remove and clean the funnel fill opening of the container
adapter and return to the before dispensing fuel, and
storage location. keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
1. Locate the capless funnel { Warning expansion.
adapter from inside the vehicle. . Do not smoke, light
Filling a portable fuel container
2. Insert and latch the funnel into while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
the capless fuel system. fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or
means. You or others could be other electronic devices.
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. The trailer must be equipped
Trailer Towing with brakes adequate for the { Warning
intended use. A loaded trailer
General Towing weighing more than 900 kg When towing a trailer, exhaust
Information (2,000 lb) must be equipped with gases may collect at the rear of
its own brake system, with the vehicle and enter if the
Only use towing equipment that has liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
brakes working on all axles.
been designed for the vehicle. window is open.
Trailer braking equipment
Contact your dealer or trailering
conforming to Canadian When towing a trailer:
dealer for assistance with preparing
Standards Association (CSA)
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Do not drive with the
requirement CAN3-D313, or its
the entire section before towing a liftgate, trunk/hatch,
equivalent, is recommended.
trailer. or rear-most window open.
. Do not tow a trailer during the
For towing a disabled vehicle, see . Fully open the air outlets on
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
Towing the Vehicle 0 439. For or under the instrument
damage to the engine, axle,
towing the vehicle behind another panel.
or other parts.
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 440. . Then during the first 800 km . Also adjust the climate
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
Driving Characteristics drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
air. See “Climate Control
do not make starts at full throttle.
and Towing Tips Systems” in the Index.
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Driving with a Trailer The Tow/Haul Mode may be For more information about
When towing a trailer: used if the transmission shifts carbon monoxide, see Engine
too often. See Tow/Haul Mode Exhaust 0 282.
. Become familiar with the state 0 288.
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing. . Turn off Park Assist when Towing a trailer requires a certain
towing. amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with Passing When turning with a trailer, make
the handling and braking of the rig wider turns than normal. Do this so
More passing distance is needed
before setting out for the open road. the trailer will not strike soft
when towing a trailer. The
The structure, tires, and brakes of shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
combination will not accelerate as
the trailer must be rated to carry the or other objects. Avoid jerky or
quickly and is longer so it is
load. Inadequate trailer equipment sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
necessary to go much farther
can cause the combination to advance.
beyond the passed vehicle before
operate in an unexpected or unsafe returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
manner. out, the arrows on the instrument
Backing Up cluster will still flash for turns. It is
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
tires, and mirrors. Get familiar with trailer to the left, move that hand to working.
the handling and braking of the rig. the left. To move the trailer to the Driving on Grades
If the trailer has electric brakes, start right, move your hand to the right.
the combination moving and then Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a lower
apply the trailer brake controller by if possible, have someone gear before starting down a long or
hand to be sure the brakes work. guide you. steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
During the trip, check occasionally Making Turns brakes might get hot and no longer
to be sure that the load is secure work well.
and the lamps and any trailer Caution
brakes still work. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
Making very sharp turns while the transmission to a lower gear if
Following Distance the transmission shifts too often
trailering could cause the trailer to
Stay at least twice as far behind the under heavy loads and/or hilly
come in contact with the vehicle.
vehicle ahead as you would when conditions.
The vehicle could be damaged.
driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
This can help to avoid heavy while trailering. the transmission shifts too often.
braking and sudden turns. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 288.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill: 5. Let up on the brake pedal.
steep uphill grades, consider the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
following: Engine coolant will boil at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn clear of the chocks.
a lower temperature than at normal the wheels into the curb if
altitudes. If the engine is turned off 7. Stop and have someone pick
facing downhill or into traffic if up and store the chocks.
immediately after towing at high facing uphill.
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance when Trailer
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this, under the trailer wheels. Towing
let the engine run while parked, 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more
preferably on level ground, with the place, release the regular often when pulling a trailer. See
transmission in P (Park) for a few brakes until the chocks absorb Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
minutes before turning the engine the load. Things that are especially important
off. If the overheat warning comes in trailer operation are automatic
on, see Engine Overheating 0 376. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
apply the parking brake and lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
Parking on Hills shift into P (Park). brake system. It is a good idea to
5. Release the brake pedal. inspect these before and during
{ Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill
the trip.
Parking the vehicle on a hill with Check periodically to see that all
1. Apply and hold the brake hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
the trailer attached can be pedal.
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move. 2. Start the engine.
People can be injured, and both 3. Shift into a gear.
the vehicle and the trailer can be
4. Release the parking brake.
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Trailer Towing Caution

The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, and safety rules. Many of these are
see the Duramax diesel Pulling a trailer improperly can important for your safety and that of
supplement. damage the vehicle and result in your passengers. Read this section
costly repairs not covered by the carefully before pulling a trailer.
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See New Vehicle Break-In 0 273. vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this Weight of the Trailer
section and see your dealer for
{ Warning important information about
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
The driver can lose control when towing a trailer with the vehicle. grades, outside temperature, and
pulling a trailer if the correct how frequently the vehicle is used to
equipment is not used or the See Vehicle Load Limits 0 265 for pull a trailer. Take into consideration
vehicle is not driven properly. For more information about the vehicle's any special equipment on the
example, if the trailer is too heavy maximum load capacity. vehicle, and the amount of tongue
or the trailer brakes are weight the vehicle can carry. See
To identify the trailering capacity of “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
inadequate for the load, the the vehicle, read the information in in this section for more information.
vehicle may not stop as expected. “Weight of the Trailer” later in this
The driver and passengers could section. Trailer weight rating (TWR) for
be seriously injured. The vehicle pickup models is calculated
may also be damaged; the Trailering is different than just assuming the tow vehicle has the
driving the vehicle by itself. driver, a front seat passenger, and
resulting repairs would not be
Trailering means changes in all required trailering equipment.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
handling, acceleration, braking, Weight of additional optional
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in durability, and fuel economy.
this section have been followed. equipment, passengers, and cargo
Successful, safe trailering takes in the tow vehicle must be
Ask your dealer for advice and correct equipment, and it has to be subtracted from the trailer weight
information about towing a trailer used properly. rating.
with the vehicle.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
For kingpin weight and trailer Use the following chart to determine Weights listed apply for
tongue weight information, see how much the vehicle can weigh, conventional trailers and
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later based upon the vehicle model and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless
in this section. options. otherwise noted.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1500/2500/3500 Series Pickups – SAE J2807 Compliant

Maximum Trailer
Vehicle Axle Ratio Weight (c) GCWR (a)
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
4.3L V6 4.10 2 087 kg (4,600 lb) 4 309 kg (9,500 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 3 130 kg (6,900 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Double Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 540 kg (5,600 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8, 6-speed automatic 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
transmission
transmission – Conventional
Trailer
transmission – Gooseneck/
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
transmission with Enhanced
Towing Package – Conventional
Trailer
Towing Package – Gooseneck/
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
5.3L V8 – Conventional Trailer 3.73 5 035 kg (11,100 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
5.3L V8 – Gooseneck/Fifth-Wheel 3.73 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Standard Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 449 kg (5,400 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Towing Package – Conventional
Trailer
Towing Package – Gooseneck/
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Trailer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.23 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
transmission
transmission
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 218 kg (9,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 670 kg (12,500 lb) 8 255 kg (18,200 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Long Box
4.3L V6 3.23 2 676 kg (5,900 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb)
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Standard Box
Trailer
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 221 kg (7,100 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 812 kg (6,200 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Towing Package
Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
4.3L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Towing Package
Trailer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
Trailer
Trailer
1500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Short Box (b)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
Towing Package
5.3L V8 3.73 4 899 kg (10,800 lb) 7 575 kg (16,700 lb)
6.2L V8 3.23 4 128 kg (9,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.2L V8 3.42 5 307 kg (11,700 lb) 8 029 kg (17,700 lb)
4.3L V6 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 806 kg (12,800 lb)
5.3L V8 3.08 2 948 kg (6,500 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
5.3L V8 3.42 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 – Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 577 kg (14,500 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 672 kg (10,300 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (RPO UB7) 3.73 4 627 kg (10,200 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
2500 Series 2WD Double Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 491 kg (9,900 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
2500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Long Box
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 309 kg (9,500 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 354 kg (9,600 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 581 kg (10,100 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
6.0L V8 Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lb) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
Fifth-Wheel Trailer
Conventional Trailer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
3500 Series Chassis Cab 2WD/4WD
6.0L V8 3.73 (d) 7 530 kg (16,600 lb)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

Maximum Trailer
6.0L V8 4.10 (d) 9 571 kg (21,100 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
(b) This model is neither designed nor intended to tow fifth-wheel or gooseneck trailers.
(c) For pickup box delete vehicles, choose an appropriate hitch and load the truck and trailer within the limits of
GCWR, GVWR, and RGAWR.
(d) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.
Ask your dealer for trailering passengers and cargo in the vehicle
information or advice. reduce the amount of tongue weight
the vehicle can carry, which will also
Weight of the Trailer Tongue reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is can tow.
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Trailer tongue weight (1) should be Maximum Tongue

10-15% and fifth-wheel or Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight
gooseneck kingpin weight should be
15-25% of the loaded trailer 1500 Weight-Carrying 318 kg (700 lb)
weight (2) up to the maximums for 1500 Weight-Distributing 567 kg (1,250 lb)
vehicle series and hitch type.
2500/3500 Weight-Carrying or 680 kg (1,500 lb)
Standard Box Weight-Distributing
2500/ Weight-Carrying or 907 kg (2,000 lb)
3500 Long Box Weight-Distributing
2500 Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 361 kg (3,000 lb)
3500 Single Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 814 kg (4,000 lb)
Wheels
3500 Dual Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 2 495 kg (5,500 lb)
Wheels
Do not exceed the maximum the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight

allowable tongue weight for the Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch Axle Weight Rating). See “Total
extension that will position the hitch Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later
ball closest to the vehicle. This will in this section.
help reduce the effect of trailer After loading the trailer, weigh the
tongue weight on the rear axle. trailer and then the tongue,
Trailer rating may be limited by the separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle's ability to carry tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments
weight. Tongue or kingpin weight might be made by moving some
cannot cause the vehicle to exceed items around in the trailer.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
If a cargo carrier is used in the Weight of the Trailering Fifth-wheel and gooseneck hitches
trailer hitch receiver, choose a Combination may also be used. See “Weight of
carrier that positions the load as the Trailer Tongue” under Trailer
close to the vehicle as possible. It is important that the combination Towing 0 323 for rating limits with
Make sure the total weight, of the tow vehicle and trailer does various hitch types.
including the carrier, is no more than not exceed any of its weight ratings
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
half of the maximum allowable the bumper could be damaged in
tongue weight for the vehicle or Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not sharp turns. Make sure there
227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. is ample room when turning to avoid
exceeding any of these ratings is to
Total Weight on the Vehicle's weigh the tow vehicle and trailer contact between the trailer and the
Tires combination, fully loaded for the trip, bumper.
getting individual weights for each of Consider using sway controls with
Be sure the vehicle's tires are these items.
inflated to the inflation pressures any trailer. Ask a trailering
found on the Certification/Tire label professional about sway controls or
on the center pillar or see Vehicle Towing Equipment refer to the trailer manufacturer's
Load Limits 0 265. Make sure not to recommendations and instructions.
Hitches
exceed the GVWR limit for the Weight-Distributing Hitch and
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow The correct hitch equipment helps
maintain combination control. Many Adjustment
vehicle and trailer fully loaded for
the trip including the weight of the trailers can be towed with a A weight-distributing hitch may be
trailer tongue. If using a weight-carrying hitch which simply useful with some trailers. Use the
weight-distributing hitch, make sure features a coupler latched to the following guidelines to determine if a
not to exceed the RGAWR before hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a weight-distributing hitch should
applying the weight distribution pintle hook. Other trailers may be used.
spring bars. require a weight-distributing hitch
that uses spring bars to distribute
the trailer tongue weight among the
tow vehicle and trailer axles.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
2500/3500 Up to 9 080 kg (20,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer
manufacturer’s
recommendation
When using a weight-distributing than conventional trailers. Make

hitch, measure distance (2) before sure this weight does not cause the
coupling the trailer to the hitch ball. vehicle to exceed GAWR or GVWR.
Measure the height again after the Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin
trailer is coupled and adjust the weight should be 15 to 25% of the
spring bars so the distance (2) is as trailer weight up to the maximum
close as possible to halfway amount specified in the trailering
between the two measurements. chart for the vehicle. See “Weight of
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck the Trailer” under Trailer Towing
Trailering 0 323.
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers The hitch should be located in the
can be used with many pickup pickup bed so that its centerline is
models. These trailers place a over or slightly in front of the rear
1. Front of Vehicle
larger percentage of the weight axle. Take care that it is not so far
2. Body to Ground Distance forward that it will contact the back
(kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle
of the cab in sharp turns. This is
especially important for short box
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
pickups. Trailer pin box extensions Trailer Brakes If equipped, this relay will be on the
and sliding fifth-wheel hitch driver side of the vehicle, next to the
A loaded trailer that weighs more
assemblies can help this condition. underhood electrical center.
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) must be
There should be at least 15 cm (6 in) Be sure to follow the proper
equipped with its own brake system,
of clearance between the top of the installation instructions included with
with brakes working on all axles.
pickup box and the bottom of the any electrical equipment that is
Trailer braking equipment
trailer shelf that extends over installed.
conforming to Canadian Standards
the box.
Association (CSA) requirement
Safety Chains CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is Caution
recommended.
Always attach chains between the Leaving electrical equipment on
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the State and local regulations may also
require the trailer to have its own for extended periods will drain the
safety chains under the tongue of
braking system if loaded above a battery. Always turn off electrical
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it certain threshold. These equipment when not in use and
becomes separated from the hitch. requirements vary from state to do not use equipment that
Instructions about safety chains state. exceeds the maximum amperage
may be provided by the hitch rating of 30 amps for the auxiliary
Read and follow the instructions for
manufacturer or by the trailer battery provision.
the trailer brakes so they are
manufacturer. If the trailer being installed, adjusted, and maintained
towed weighs up to 2 271 kg properly. Trailer Wiring Harness
(5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
step bumper, safety chains may be Do not tap into the vehicle's The vehicle is equipped with one of
attached to the attaching points on hydraulic brake system. the following wiring harnesses for
the bumper; otherwise, safety towing a trailer or hauling a slide-in
Auxiliary Battery camper.
chains should be attached to holes
on the trailer hitch platform. Always The auxiliary battery provision can
be used to supply electrical power Basic Trailer Wiring
leave just enough slack so the
combination can turn. Never allow to additional equipment that may be All regular, double cab, and crew
safety chains to drag on the ground. added, such as a slide-in camper. cab pickups have a seven-wire
trailer towing harness.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Use only a round, seven-wire . Red/Green: Battery Feed

connector with flat blade terminals . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity. To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
For vehicles not equipped with Haul Mode button at the end of the
heavy-duty trailering, the harness is shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
secured to the vehicle's frame Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
behind the spare tire mount. The headlamps to help charge the
harness requires the installation of a battery.
trailer connector, which is available
through your dealer. Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring
Package
Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness For vehicles with the fifth wheel/
Package For vehicles without the fifth wheel/
gooseneck trailer package, the
gooseneck tralier package,
harness connector is mounted on
seven-wire camper harness is under
the inside of the pickup bed behind
the rear bumper, attached to the
the rear wheel.
frame near the rear crossmember.
The seven-wire harness contains A connector must be added to the
the following trailer circuits: wiring harness that connects to the
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn camper.
Signal The harness contains the following
. Yellow/Gray: Left Stop/Turn camper/trailer circuits:
Signal . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn
. Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking Signal
Lamps . Yellow/Gray: Left Stop/Turn
For vehicles equipped with . White: Ground Signal
heavy-duty trailering, the harness . Gray/Brown: Taillamps/Parking
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps
connector is mounted in the bumper. Lamps
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. White: Ground Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
. White/Green: Back-up Lamps when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
. Red/Green: Battery Feed Mode 0 288.
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most
If the vehicle is equipped with the effective when the vehicle and
heavy-duty trailering option, see trailer combined weight is at least
“Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness 75% of the vehicle's Gross
Package” earlier in this section. Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
When the camper-wiring harness is Trailer Towing 0 323. Tow/Haul is
ordered without the heavy-duty most useful under the following
trailering package, a seven-wire driving conditions:
harness with a seven-pin connector
is at the rear of the vehicle and is . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
tied to the vehicle's frame. Pressing this button at the end of large or heavy load through
the shift lever turns on and off the rolling terrain.
Electric Brake Control Wiring Tow/Haul Mode.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
Provisions large or heavy load in
These wiring provisions are stop-and-go traffic.
included with the vehicle as part of . When pulling a heavy trailer or a
the trailer wiring package. These large or heavy load in busy
provisions are for an electric brake parking lots where improved low
controller. speed control of the vehicle is
The harness should be installed by This indicator light on the instrument desired.
your dealer or a qualified service cluster comes on when the Tow/ Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
center. Haul Mode is on. when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer

vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available { Warning
selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes
in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of Connecting a trailer that has an
transmission driving characteristics trailering situations. air brake system may result in
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ reduced or complete loss of trailer
The ITBC system is integrated with braking. There may be an
Haul is recommended only when the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or increase in stopping distance or
and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering trailer instability which could
heavy load. conditions that cause the vehicle’s
result in personal injury or
Integrated Trailer Brake antilock brake or StabiliTrak
damage to the vehicle, trailer,
Control System systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be or other property. Use the ITBC
The vehicle may have an Integrated automatically adjusted to minimize system only with electric or
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system trailer wheel lock-up. This does not electric over hydraulic trailer
for use with electric trailer brakes or imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. brakes.
most electric over hydraulic trailer
brakes. If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC
system may not be fully functional
or may not function at all. Make sure
all of these systems are fully
operational to ensure full
functionality of the ITBC system.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake The ITBC system is powered
Control Panel on vehicles with an through the vehicle's electrical
ITBC system. The power output to system. Turning the ignition off will
the trailer brakes is based on the also turn off the ITBC system. The
amount of brake pressure being ITBC system is fully functional only
applied by the vehicle’s brake when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Trailer Brake Control Panel Page on the Driver Information To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one
Center (DIC) to adjust and display of the Trailer Gain Adjustment
power output to the trailer brakes. buttons. Press and hold a gain
button to continuously adjust the
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page Trailer Gain. To turn the output to
The ITBC system displays the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain
messages in the DIC. setting to 0.0 (zero).
The display page indicates Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays
Gain setting, power output to the anytime a trailer with electric brakes
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and is connected. Output to the trailer
system operational status. brakes is based on the amount of
To display the Trailer Brake Display vehicle braking present and relative
Page, do any of the following: to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
. Scroll through the DIC menu gain setting.
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
pages.
Lever The Trailer Output will indicate “- - -
2. Trailer Gain Adjustment . Press a Trailer Gain button. - - -” on the Trailer Brake Display
Buttons If the Trailer Brake Display Page Page whenever the following occur:
is not currently displayed, press
The ITBC system has a control . No trailer is connected.
a Trailer Gain button to recall the
panel on the instrument panel to the current Trailer Gain setting. . A trailer without electric brakes
left of the steering column. See Each press and release of the is connected (no DIC message
Instrument Panel 0 6. The control gain buttons will then change the will display).
panel allows adjustment to the Trailer Gain setting.
amount of output, referred to as . A trailer with electric brakes has
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer . Activate the Manual Trailer become disconnected (a
brakes and allows manual Brake Apply Lever. CHECK TRAILER WIRING
application of the trailer brakes. The TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be message will also display on
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either the DIC).
along with the Trailer Brake Display a trailer connected or disconnected.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. There is a fault present in the Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Adjusting Trailer Gain at
wiring to the trailer brakes (a Trailer Gain should be set for a speeds lower than 32 to
CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may
message will also display on be adjusted anytime vehicle loading, result in an incorrect gain
the DIC). trailer loading, or road surface setting.
. The ITBC system is not working conditions change. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
due to a fault (a SERVICE the Trailer Gain Adjustment
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message will also display in
{ Warning Buttons, to just below the point
of trailer wheel lock-up,
the DIC). Trailer brakes that are indicated by trailer wheel
over-gained or under-gained may squeal or tire smoke when a
Manual Trailer Brake Apply trailer wheel locks.
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
The Manual Trailer Brake Apply as intended and can result in a Trailer wheel lock-up may not
Lever is used to apply the trailer’s crash. Always follow the occur if towing a heavily loaded
electric brakes independent of the instructions to set the Trailer Gain trailer. In this case, adjust the
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to for the proper trailer stopping Trailer Gain to the highest
the left will apply only the trailer allowable setting for the towing
performance.
brakes. Use this lever to adjust condition.
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
power output to the trailer brakes. Use the following to adjust Trailer 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime
Gain for each towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading,
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake or road surface conditions
lamps will come on when either 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
change or if trailer wheel
vehicle brakes or manual trailer attached on a level road
lock-up is noticed at any time
brakes are applied. surface representative of the
while towing.
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h
(20 to 25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while If the CHECK TRAILER
In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this WIRING message only
GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the reappears when connecting the
DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This trailer wiring harness to the
system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is vehicle, the electrical fault is on
the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer the trailer side.
harness is reconnected. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
. There is an electrical fault in the SYSTEM: This message will display
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This when there is a problem with the
connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long ITBC system. If this message
message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in continues over multiple ignition
in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message cycles, there is a problem with the
can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is ITBC system. Have the vehicle
automatically turns off. acknowledged. serviced.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is If either the CHECK TRAILER
message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
the trailer wiring harness BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
. The ITBC system first connection: while driving, the ITBC system may
determines connection to a not be fully functional or may not
trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle. function at all. When traffic
then the trailer harness becomes conditions allow, carefully pull the
disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off. vehicle over to the side of the road
If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the and turn the ignition off. Check the
the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN. wiring connection to the trailer and
message will automatically turn turn the ignition back on. If either of
4. If the CHECK TRAILER these messages continues, either
off in about 30 seconds. This WIRING message reappears,
message will also turn off if it is the vehicle or trailer needs service.
the electrical fault is on the
acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side.
harness is reconnected.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Adding non-dealer accessories can
diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway affect the vehicle performance. See
the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce Accessories and Modifications
and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the 0 357.
covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/
Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 299.
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information. { Warning
Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped
Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result
in loss of control and the vehicle
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. sway is detected, slow down to a
Trailer sway is unintended safe speed. Check the trailer and
side-to-side motion of a trailer while vehicle to help correct possible
being towed. If the vehicle is towing
causes. These could include an
a trailer and the TSC detects that
improperly or overloaded trailer,
sway is increasing, the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at unrestrained cargo, improper
each wheel, to help reduce trailer hitch configuration,
excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
is equipped with the Integrated or improperly inflated or incorrect
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
and the trailer has the electric Equipment 0 340 for trailer ratings
actuated brake system, StabiliTrak and hitch setup
may also apply the trailer brakes. recommendations.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Conversions and Caution

Adding a Snow Plow or
Add-Ons Similar Equipment
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause Caution
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Equipment would not be covered by the Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph)
vehicle warranty. Always check with a snow plow mounted to the
{ Warning with your dealer before adding vehicle. The vehicle could
electrical equipment. overheat and be damaged.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the Before installing a snow plow on the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle, follow these guidelines:
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 144
. A device connected to the DLC The vehicle has an airbag system. Caution
— such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see If the vehicle does not have the
driver-behavior tracking device —
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped snow plow prep package, RPO
may interfere with vehicle
Vehicle 0 85 and Adding Equipment VYU, adding a plow can damage
systems. This could affect vehicle
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle the vehicle, and the repairs would
operation and cause a crash.
0 86. not be covered by the vehicle
Such devices may also access
warranty. Unless the vehicle was
information stored in the vehicle’s For information on wiring auxiliary
built to carry a snow plow, do not
systems. switches, see www.gmupfitter.com
or contact your dealer. add one to the vehicle. If the
vehicle has RPO VYU, then the
payload the vehicle can carry will
be reduced when a snow plow is
installed. The vehicle can be
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
much if there is other equipment . For the front axle, if more cargo
Caution (Continued) already adding to the weight of the or passengers must be carried,
vehicle. appropriate counter ballast must
damaged if either the front or rear be installed rear of the rear axle.
axle ratings or the Gross Vehicle To safely carry a snow plow on the
vehicle: Counter ballast must be properly
Weight Rating (GVWR) are secured so it will not move
exceeded. . Follow all aftermarket snow plow during driving.
manufacturer’s instructions for
. Rear ballast may be required to
The plow the vehicle can carry the operation and transportation
of the snow plow. ensure a proper front and rear
depends on many things, such as: weight distribution ratio, even
. The options the vehicle came . With a snow plow attached, the though the actual weight at the
with, and the weight of those engine coolant temperature front axle may be less than the
options. gauge may show a higher front axle rating.
temperature than while driving
. The weight and number of . The snow plow manufacturer or
without one. The snow plow
passengers to be carried. could block the airflow to the installer can assist in
radiator. This could be more determining the amount of rear
. The weight of items added to the ballast required, to help make
vehicle, like a tool box or noticeable as vehicle speed
increases. At speeds above sure the snow plow/vehicle
truck cap. combination does not exceed
72 km (45 mph), this may cause
. The total weight of any the engine coolant to overheat. the GVW rating, the front and
additional cargo to be carried. rear axle ratings, and the front
. To increase the airflow, move the and rear weight distribution ratio.
For example, if the snow plow snow plow blade postion.
weighs 318 kg (700 lb), the total . The total vehicle must not
weight of all occupants and cargo . If driving more than 24 km exceed the GVW rating.
inside the cab should not exceed (15 mi), angle the plow blade
position. Front axle reserve capacity is the
135 kg (300 lb). This means that you difference between the Gross Axle
may only be able to carry one . Make sure the weight on the Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front
passenger. Even this may be too front and rear axles does not axle weight of the vehicle with full
exceed the axle rating for each. fuel and passengers. This is the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
amount of weight that can be added

to the front axle before reaching the
front GAWR.
Canada (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the

The front axle reserve capacity for accessory is adding to the
the vehicle is in the lower right front axle.
United States corner of the Certification/Tire label. Where:
To calculate the amount of weight W = Weight of added accessory
any front accessory, such as a snow A = Distance that the accessory
plow, is adding to the front axle, use is in front of the front axle
this formula: W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
For example, adding a 318 kg Reserve capacity numbers are

(700 lb) snow plow actually adds { Warning intended as a guide when selecting
more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the the amount of equipment or cargo
front axle. Using the formula, if the On some vehicles that have the truck can carry. If unsure of the
snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of certain front mounted equipment, vehicle's front, rear, or total weight,
the front axle and the wheelbase is such as a snow plow, it may be go to a weigh station and weigh the
305 cm (10 ft), then: possible to load the front axle to vehicle. Your dealer can also help
W = 318 kg (700 lb) the front Gross Axle Weight with this.
A = 122 cm (4 ft) Rating (GAWR) but not have
The total vehicle reserve capacity
W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) enough weight on the rear axle to
for the vehicle is in the lower right
have proper braking performance.
(W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = corner of the Certification/Tire label
(318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg If the brakes cannot work as shown previously.
(980 lb) properly, the vehice could crash.
Always follow the snow plow See your dealer for additional
This means if the front axle reserve manufacturer or installer's advice and information about using
capacity is more than 445 kg recommendation for rear ballast a snow plow on the vehicle. Also,
(980 lb), the snow plow could be to ensure a proper front and rear see Vehicle Load Limits 0 265.
added without exceeding the weight distribution ratio.
front GAWR. Emergency Roof Lamp
Maintaining a proper front and Provisions
Heavier equipment can be added on rear weight distribution ratio is
the front of the vehicle if less cargo necessary to provide proper Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow
or fewer passengers are carried, plow prep package also have an
braking performance.
or by positioning cargo toward the emergency roof lamp provision
rear. This reduces the load on the package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the
front. However, the front GAWR, Total vehicle reserve capacity is the emergency roof lamp is provided
rear GAWR, and Gross Vehicle difference between the GVWR and above the overhead console. See
Weight Rating (GVWR) must never the weight of the truck with full fuel Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp 0 183
be exceeded. and passengers. It is the amount of for switch location.
weight that can be added to the
vehicle before reaching the GVWR.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab
We are aware that some vehicle
owners might consider having the
pickup box removed and a
commercial or recreational body
installed. Owners should be aware
that, as manufactured, there are
differences between a chassis cab
and a pickup with the box removed
which could affect vehicle safety.
The components necessary to adapt
a pickup to permit its safe use with
a specialized body should be
installed by the body builder.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 355
Power Steering Fluid (1500

Vehicle Care Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
390
Power Steering Fluid (2500/ Stoplamps, and Back-Up

3500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
General Information Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Center High-Mounted
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 356 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
California Proposition Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Battery - North America . . . . . . 383 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 392
California Perchlorate Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Materials Requirements . . . . . 357 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Electrical System
Accessories and Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 High Voltage Devices and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 386 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 387 Electrical System Overload . . . 392
Vehicle Checks Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Doing Your Own Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Engine Compartment (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Park Brake and P (Park) Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 367 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 388
Automatic Transmission Fluid Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 388 Wheels and Tires
(6 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 368 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 389 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Automatic Transmission Fluid Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
(8 Speed Transmission) . . . . . 371 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 371 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Bulb Replacement All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 402
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 376 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Overheated Engine Protection High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Terminology and
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
356 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Recreational Vehicle General Information

Tire Pressure for High-Speed Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Pressure Monitor Appearance Care your dealer. You will receive
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 and supported service people.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Genuine GM parts have one of
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 these marks:
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 421
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 434
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 357
California Proposition For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for
65 Warning perchlorate. affected parts.
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, GM Accessories are designed to
including this one, as well as many Accessories and complement and function with other
of its service parts and fluids, Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your
contain and/or emit chemicals dealer to accessorize the vehicle
known to the State of California to Adding non-dealer accessories or
using genuine GM Accessories
cause cancer and birth defects or making modifications to the vehicle
installed by a dealer technician.
other reproductive harm. Engine can affect vehicle performance and
exhaust, many parts and systems, safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the
many fluids, and some component airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 86.
wear by-products contain and/or handling, emissions systems,
emit these chemicals. aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
See Battery - North America 0 383
brakes, traction control, and stability
and Jump Starting - North America
control. These accessories or
0 435.
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty.
Materials Requirements Damage to suspension components
Certain types of automotive caused by modifying vehicle height
applications, such as airbag outside of factory settings will not be
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, covered by the vehicle warranty.
and lithium batteries contained in Damage to vehicle components
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, resulting from modifications or the
may contain perchlorate materials. installation or use of non-GM
Special handling may be necessary. certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
358 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 468.
Service Work
Caution
{ Warning Even small amounts of
It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
follow owner’s manual procedures 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
and consult the service manual find the secondary hood
for your vehicle before doing any Hood release. The handle is under
service work. To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near
the center. Push the handle to
If doing some of your own service the right and at the same time
work, use the proper service raise the hood.
manual. It tells you much more Before closing the hood, be sure all
about how to service the vehicle the filler caps are on properly. Then
than this manual can. To order the bring the hood from full open to
proper service manual, see Service within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
Publications Ordering Information 1. Pull the handle with this symbol position, pause, and push the front
0 483. on it. It is inside the vehicle center of the hood with a swift, firm
under the steering wheel. motion to fully close the hood.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 85.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 359
Engine Compartment Overview
4.3L V6 Engine
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
360 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Jump Starting - North America “Checking Engine Oil” under
0 435. Engine Oil 0 364.
2. Battery - North America 0 383. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Brake Fluid 0 381.
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
System 0 372. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 371. Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 380.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
“How to Check Automatic Block 0 393.
Transmission Fluid” under
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 368
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8 Speed Transmission)
0 371.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 435.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 372.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 364.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 361
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar

Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
362 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Jump Starting - North America “Checking Engine Oil” under
0 435. Engine Oil 0 364.
2. Battery - North America 0 383. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Pressure Cap. See Cooling Fluid” under Washer Fluid
System 0 372. 0 380.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 371. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See

Brake Fluid 0 381.
5. Automatic Transmission
Dipstick (If Equipped). See 12. Engine Compartment Fuse
“How to Check Automatic Block 0 393.
Transmission Fluid” under
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 368
or Automatic Transmission
Fluid (8 Speed Transmission)
0 371.
6. Remote Negative (–) Location
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 435.
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 372.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 364.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 363
6.0L V8 Engine
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
364 Vehicle Care
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 9. Remote Negative (–) Location. Engine Oil
Jump Starting - North America See Jump Starting - North
0 435. America 0 435. For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
2. Battery - North America 0 383. 10. Power Steering Fluid supplement.
3. Coolant Surge Tank and Reservoir.
See Power Steering Fluid To ensure proper engine
Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful
System 0 372. (1500 Series) 0 379 or Power
Steering Fluid (2500/3500 attention must be paid to engine oil.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 371. Series) 0 379. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
5. Automatic Transmission 11. Windshield Washer Fluid your investment:
Dipstick (If Equipped). See Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
“How to Check Automatic Fluid” under Washer Fluid . Use engine oil approved to the
Transmission Fluid” under 0 380. proper specification and of the
Automatic Transmission Fluid proper viscosity grade. See
(6 Speed Transmission) 0 368 12. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
or Automatic Transmission Brake Fluid 0 381. in this section.
Fluid (8 Speed Transmission) 13. Auxiliary Battery (If Equipped). . Check the engine oil level
0 371. See Battery - North America regularly and maintain the
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 0 383. proper oil level. See “Checking
“Checking Engine Oil” under 14. Engine Compartment Fuse Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil 0 364. Block 0 393. Engine Oil” in this section.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When If the vehicle has a diesel engine . Change the engine oil at the
to Add Engine Oil” under and/or an Allison Transmission, see appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Engine Oil 0 364. the Duramax diesel supplement. Life System 0 367.
8. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of For an eAssist vehicle, see the . Always dispose of engine oil
View). See Cooling System Silverado/Sierra supplement. properly. See “What to Do with
0 372. Used Oil” in this section.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 365
Checking Engine Oil checking a cold engine prior to use. For engine oil crankcase
starting. Remove the dipstick capacity, see Capacities and
Check the engine oil level regularly,
and check the level. Specifications 0 470.
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil . If unable to wait two hours, the
dipstick handle is a loop. See engine must be off for at least Caution
Engine Compartment Overview 15 minutes if the engine is
0 359 for the location. warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil
the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
{ Warning the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful
The engine oil dipstick handle back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you
may be hot; it could burn you. again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the
Use a towel or glove to touch the check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine
dipstick handle. has so much oil that the oil level
When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
If a low oil Driver Information Center operating range, the engine could
(DIC) message displays, check the be damaged. You should drain
oil level. out the excess oil or limit driving
Follow these guidelines: of the vehicle and seek a service
. To get an accurate reading, park professional to remove the
the vehicle on level ground. excess amount of oil.
Check the engine oil level after If the oil is below the cross-hatched
the engine has been off for at area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least See Engine Compartment Overview
least two hours. Checking the 0 359 for the location of the engine
engine oil level on steep grades 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap.
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings. the level. See “Selecting the Right
Accuracy improves when Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
366 Vehicle Care
Add enough oil to put the level Engine Oil Additives/Engine

somewhere in the proper operating Caution Oil Flushes
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
Selecting the right engine oil
engine protection.
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
See Recommended Fluids and recommended and could cause
Lubricants 0 464. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade for engine damage not covered by the
the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines. Use vehicle warranty.
Specification SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade for the
Ask for and use engine oils that 4.3L V6, and 6.0L V8 engines. What to Do with Used Oil
meet the dexos1™ specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain
Engine oils that have been area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for
approved by GM as meeting the temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause
dexos1 specification are marked (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used in the 4.3L or 6.0L engine. An your skin for very long. Clean your
www.gmdexos.com. oil of this viscosity grade will provide skin and nails with soap and water,
easier cold starting for the engine at or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
extremely low temperatures. properly dispose of clothing or rags
When selecting an oil of the containing used engine oil. See the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is manufacturer's warnings about the
recommended to select an oil of the use and disposal of oil products.
correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the
“Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 367
trash or pouring it on the ground, the oil life system might indicate that engine oil life to 100% after every oil
into sewers, or into streams or an oil change is not necessary for change. It will not reset itself. To
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking up to a year. The engine oil and reset the engine oil life system:
it to a place that collects used oil. filter must be changed at least once 1. Display the OIL LIFE
a year and, at this time, the system REMAINING on the DIC. If the
Engine Oil Life System must be reset. For vehicles without vehicle does not have DIC
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON buttons, the vehicle must be in
When to Change Engine Oil message, an oil change is needed P (Park) to access this display.
This vehicle has a computer system when the OIL LIFE REMAINING See Driver Information Center
that indicates when to change the percentage is near 0%. Your dealer (DIC) (Base Level Cluster)
engine oil and filter. This is based has trained service people who will 0 152 or Driver Information
on a combination of factors which perform this work and reset the Center (DIC) (Uplevel and
include engine revolutions, engine system. It is also important to check Denali Cluster) 0 154.
temperature, and miles driven. the oil regularly over the course of
Based on driving conditions, the an oil drain interval and keep it at 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
mileage at which an oil change is the proper level. odometer reset stem if the
indicated can vary considerably. For If the system is ever reset vehicle does not have DIC
the oil life system to work properly, accidentally, the oil must be buttons, for several seconds.
the system must be reset every time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) The oil life will change
the oil is changed. since the last oil change. to 100%.
On some vehicles, when the system Remember to reset the oil life The oil life system can also be reset
has calculated that oil life has been system whenever the oil is changed. as follows:
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE How to Reset the Engine Oil 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
OIL SOON message comes on to Life System with the engine off.
indicate that an oil change is
necessary. See Engine Oil Reset the system whenever the 2. Fully press the accelerator
Messages 0 159. Change the oil as engine oil is changed so that the pedal slowly three times within
soon as possible within the next system can calculate the next five seconds.
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine oil change. Always reset the
if driving under the best conditions,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
368 Vehicle Care
3. Display the OIL LIFE dealer service department and have How to Check Automatic
REMAINING on the DIC. If the it repaired before driving the vehicle Transmission Fluid
display shows 100%, the further.
system is reset.
Caution
If the vehicle has a CHANGE Caution
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it Too much or too little fluid can
comes back on when the vehicle is Use of the incorrect automatic damage the transmission. Too
started and/or the OIL LIFE transmission fluid may damage much can mean that some of the
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine the vehicle, and the damage may fluid could come out and fall on
oil life system has not been reset. not be covered by the vehicle hot engine parts or exhaust
Repeat the procedure. warranty. Always use the system parts, starting a fire. Too
automatic transmission fluid listed little fluid could cause the
Automatic Transmission in Recommended Fluids and transmission to overheat. Be sure
Fluid (6 Speed Lubricants 0 464. to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.
Transmission)
Change the fluid and filter at the
When to Check and Change scheduled maintenance intervals Before checking the fluid level,
Automatic Transmission Fluid listed in Maintenance Schedule prepare the vehicle:
0 455. Be sure to use the
It is usually not necessary to check 1. Start the engine and park the
transmission fluid listed in
the transmission fluid level. The only vehicle on a level surface.
Recommended Fluids and
reason for fluid loss is a Keep the engine running.
Lubricants 0 464.
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is 2. Apply the parking brake and
suspected, then use the following place the shift lever in P (Park).
checking procedures to check the 3. With your foot on the brake
fluid level. However, if there is a pedal, move the shift lever
large leak, then it may be necessary through each gear range,
to have the vehicle towed to a pausing for about
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 369
three seconds in each range. Cold Check Procedure 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
Then, move the shift lever back Use this procedure only as a the dipstick and wipe it with a
to P (Park). reference to determine if the clean rag or paper towel.
4. Allow the engine to idle transmission has enough fluid to be 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
(500–800 rpm) for at least operated safely until a hot check back in all the way; wait
one minute. Slowly release the procedure can be made. The hot three seconds, and then pull it
brake pedal. check procedure is the most back out again.
5. Keep the engine running and accurate method to check the fluid 4. Check both sides of the
check the transmission fluid level. Perform the hot check dipstick and read the lower
temperature on the Driver procedure at the first opportunity. level. Repeat the check
Information Center (DIC). Use this cold check procedure to procedure to verify the reading.
See Driver Information Center check fluid level when the
(DIC) (Base Level Cluster) transmission temperature is
0 152 or Driver Information between 27 °C and 32 °C (80 °F and
Center (DIC) (Uplevel and 90 °F).
6. Using the transmission fluid
temperature reading, determine
and perform the appropriate 5. If the fluid level is below the
check procedure. If the COLD check band, add only
transmission fluid temperature enough fluid as necessary to
reading is not within the 1. Locate the transmission bring the level into the COLD
required temperature ranges, dipstick at the rear of the band. It does not take much
allow the vehicle to cool, engine compartment, on the fluid, generally less than 0.5 L
or operate the vehicle until the passenger side of the vehicle. (1 pt). Do not overfill.
appropriate transmission fluid
temperature is reached. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 359.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
370 Vehicle Care
6. Perform a hot check at the first

opportunity after the
transmission reaches a normal
operating temperature between
71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to
200 °F).
7. If the fluid level is in the 1. Locate the transmission
dipstick at the rear of the 5. Safe operating level is within
acceptable range, push the the HOT cross hatch band on
dipstick back in all the way, engine compartment, on the
passenger side of the vehicle. the dipstick. If the fluid level is
then flip the handle down to not within the HOT band, and
lock the dipstick in place. See Engine Compartment the transmission temperature is
Overview 0 359. between 71 °C and 93 °C
Hot Check Procedure
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out (160 °F and 200 °F), add or
Use this procedure to check the drain fluid as necessary to
the dipstick and wipe it with a
transmission fluid level when the bring the level into the HOT
clean rag or paper towel.
transmission fluid temperature is band. If the fluid level is low,
between 71 °C and 93 °C (160 °F 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it add only enough fluid to bring
and 200 °F). back in all the way; wait the level into the HOT band.
three seconds, and then pull it It does not take much fluid,
The hot check is the most accurate
back out again. generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt).
method to check the fluid level. The
hot check should be performed at 4. Check both sides of the Do not overfill.
the first opportunity in order to verify dipstick and read the lower 6. If the fluid level is in the
the cold check. The fluid level rises level. Repeat the check acceptable range, push the
as fluid temperature increases, so it procedure to verify the reading. dipstick back in all the way,
is important to ensure the then flip the handle down to
transmission temperature is within lock the dipstick in place.
range.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 371
Consistency of Readings service manual. See Service the Duramax diesel supplement for
Publications Ordering Information the correct inspection and
Always check the fluid level at least
0 483. replacement procedures.
twice using the procedure described
previously. Consistency (repeatable The engine air cleaner/filter is on
readings) is important to maintaining Caution the passenger side of the engine
proper fluid level. If readings are still compartment. See Engine
inconsistent, contact the dealer. Use of the incorrect automatic Compartment Overview 0 359.
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may When to Inspect the Engine Air
Automatic Transmission not be covered by the vehicle Cleaner/Filter
Fluid (8 Speed warranty. Always use the For intervals on changing and
Transmission) automatic transmission fluid listed inspecting the engine air filter, see
in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
When to Check and Change Lubricants 0 464.
Automatic Transmission Fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air
It is usually not necessary to check Cleaner/Filter
Change the fluid and filter at the
the transmission fluid level. The only scheduled maintenance intervals Do not start the engine or have the
reason for fluid loss is a listed in Maintenance Schedule engine running with the engine air
transmission leak or overheated 0 455. Be sure to use the cleaner/filter housing open. Before
transmission. This vehicle is not transmission fluid listed in removing the engine air cleaner/
equipped with a transmission fluid Recommended Fluids and filter, make sure that the engine air
level dipstick. There is a special Lubricants 0 464. cleaner/filter housing and nearby
procedure for checking and components are free of dirt and
changing the transmission fluid in debris. Remove the engine air
these vehicles. Because this
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
procedure is difficult, this should be If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the engine air cleaner/filter (away
done at the dealer. Contact the see “8-Cylinder Pickup Models” from the vehicle), to release loose
dealer for additional information or under “Engine Air Cleaner/Filter” in dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
the procedure can be found in the cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
372 Vehicle Care
the engine air cleaner/filter or 3. Disconnect the electrical

components with water or connectors (2) and the Warning (Continued)
compressed air. connector harness from the
cover. backfires. Use caution when
To inspect or replace the engine air working on the engine and do not
cleaner/filter: 4. Remove the four screws (1) on drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
top of the cover of the housing
and lift up the cover.
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/
filter from the housing. Take Caution
care to dislodge as little dirt as If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
possible.
can easily get into the engine,
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ which could damage it. Always
filter sealing surfaces and the have the air cleaner/filter in place
housing. when driving.
7. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
Cooling System
8. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall
1. Screws the filter cover housing. If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
2. Electrical Connectors
diesel supplement.
3. Air Duct Clamp { Warning The cooling system allows the
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct
assembly. See Engine working temperature.
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
Compartment Overview 0 359.
others to be burned. The air
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by cleaner not only cleans the air; it
loosening the air duct helps to stop flames if the engine
clamp (3).
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 373
Warning (Continued) { Warning

keep hands, clothing, and tools Heater and radiator hoses, and
away from any engine other engine parts, can be very
cooling fan. hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 4.3L fixed before you drive the vehicle.
V6 Engine and 6.2L V8 Engine
Similar
1. Coolant Surge Tank Caution

2. Coolant Surge Tank
Pressure Cap Using coolant other than
3. Engine Electric Cooling 6.0L V8 Engine DEX-COOL® can cause
Fans (Out of View) premature engine, heater core,
1. Coolant Surge Tank or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
{ Warning 2. Coolant Surge Tank
Pressure Cap changing sooner. Any repairs
An electric engine cooling fan can 3. Engine Belt-Driven Cooling would not be covered by the
start even when the engine is not Fan (Out of View) vehicle warranty. Always use
running. To avoid injury, always DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
374 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution

The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture,
coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others inhibitors, or additives are used in
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a 50/ the vehicle cooling system, the
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be
occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the
The following explains the cooling mixture can freeze and crack
system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, engine cooling parts. The repairs
coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL would not be covered by the
problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture, vehicle warranty. Use only the
see Engine Overheating 0 376. nothing else needs to be added. proper mixture of engine coolant
This mixture: for the cooling system. See
What to Use Recommended Fluids and
. Gives freezing protection down
Lubricants 0 464.
{ Warning to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
Adding only plain water or some . Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by
other liquid to the cooling system putting it in the trash, or by pouring
129 °C (265 °F), engine
can be dangerous. Plain water it on the ground, or into sewers,
temperature.
and other liquids, can boil before streams, or bodies of water. Have
. Protects against rust and the coolant changed by an
the proper coolant mixture will.
corrosion. authorized service center, familiar
The coolant warning system is set
. Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding
for the proper coolant mixture.
used coolant disposal. This will help
With plain water or the wrong . Helps keep the proper engine protect the environment and your
mixture, the engine could get too temperature. health.
hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 375
Checking Coolant the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,

there may be a leak in the cooling Caution
The coolant surge tank is located in
system.
the engine compartment on the This vehicle has a specific
passenger side of the vehicle. See If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to
Engine Compartment Overview level is not at or above the FULL follow this procedure could cause
0 359. COLD mark, see “How to Add the engine to overheat and be
Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank severely damaged.
The vehicle must be on a level
for Gasoline Engines,” following.
surface when checking the coolant
level. How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank for { Warning
Gasoline Engines
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Steam and scalding liquids from a
see “Cooling System” in the hot cooling system can blow out
Duramax diesel supplement for the and burn you badly. Never turn
proper coolant fill procedure. the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
{ Warning cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
You can be burned if you spill cap to cool.
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol If no coolant is visible in the surge
5.3L V8 Shown, 4.3L V6, 6.0L V8, and it will burn if the engine parts tank, add coolant.
and 6.2L V8 Similar are hot enough. Do not spill
Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on a hot engine.
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant level should be at or above
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
376 Vehicle Care
4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Overheating

pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the If the vehicle has the Duramax
engine coolant temperature diesel engine, see the Duramax
gauge indicates approximately diesel supplement.
90 °C (195 °F).
Light-Duty Heavy-Duty By this time, the coolant level Caution
Coolant Surge Coolant Surge inside the coolant surge tank
Tank Tank Running the engine without
may be lower. If the level is
coolant may cause damage or a
Pressure Cap Pressure Cap lower, add more of the proper
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
mixture to the coolant surge
1. Remove the coolant surge tank tank until the level reaches the covered by the vehicle warranty.
pressure cap when the cooling FULL COLD mark.
system, including the coolant The vehicle has several indicators
surge tank pressure cap and 5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly. to warn of engine overheating.
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot. 6. Verify coolant level after the There is a coolant temperature
engine is shut off and the gauge in the vehicle's instrument
Turn the pressure cap slowly cluster. See Engine Coolant
counterclockwise about one full coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure Temperature Gauge 0 138.
turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
that to stop. A hiss means Steps 1–6. In addition, there are ENGINE
there is still some pressure left. OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
Caution ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
2. Keep turning the pressure cap ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
slowly, and remove it. If the pressure cap is not tightly REDUCED messages in the Driver
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with installed, coolant loss and Information Center (DIC).
the proper mixture to the FULL possible engine damage may See Engine Cooling System
COLD mark. occur. Be sure the cap is properly Messages 0 159 and Engine Power
and tightly secured. Messages 0 160.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 377
If the decision is made not to lift the If there is an engine overheat

hood when this warning appears, Warning (Continued) warning, but no steam is seen or
get service help right away. See heard, the problem may not be too
Roadside Assistance Program off and get everyone away from serious. Sometimes the engine can
0 478. the vehicle until it cools down. get a little too hot when the vehicle:
Wait until there is no sign of
If the decision is made to lift the steam or coolant before you open . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
hood, make sure the vehicle is the hood. . Stops after high-speed driving.
parked on a level surface.
If you keep driving when the . Idles for long periods in traffic.
4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L engine is overheated, the liquids
V8 Engines . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing
in it can catch fire. You or others 0 323.
Check to see if the engine cooling could be badly burned. Stop the
fans are running. If the engine is engine if it overheats, and get out If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
overheating, the fans should be of the vehicle until the engine STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE
running. If they are not, do not is cool. OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
continue to run the engine and have message appears with no sign of
the vehicle serviced. steam, try this for a minute or so:
If No Steam is Coming from 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
If Steam is Coming from the the Engine Compartment
Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP highest temperature and to the
ENGINE or the ENGINE
{ Warning OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
message, along with a low coolant
Steam from an overheated engine condition, can indicate a serious 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
can burn you badly, even if you problem. the road, shift to P (Park) or
just open the hood. Stay away N (Neutral) and let the
from the engine if you see or hear engine idle.
steam coming from it. Just turn it
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
378 Vehicle Care
If the temperature overheat gauge is Overheated Engine Caution (Continued)

no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
Protection
displays, the vehicle can be driven. Operating Mode attempting any repair. Repair the
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly cause of coolant loss, change the
If an overheated engine condition oil, and reset the oil life system.
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe exists and the ENGINE POWER IS
vehicle distance from the vehicle in See Engine Oil 0 364.
REDUCED message displays, an
front. If the warning does not come overheat protection mode which
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
alternates firing groups of cylinders Engine Fan
helps to prevent engine damage. In
checked for proper fill and function. this mode, a loss in power and If the vehicle has a clutched engine
If the warning continues, pull over, engine performance will be noticed. cooling fan, when the clutch is
stop, and park the vehicle This operating mode allows the engaged, the fan spins faster to
right away. vehicle to be driven to a safe place provide more air to cool the engine.
in an emergency. Driving extended In most everyday driving conditions,
If there is still no sign of steam and the fan is spinning slower and the
distances and/or towing a trailer in
the vehicle is equipped with an clutch is not fully engaged. This
the overheat protection mode
engine driven cooling fan, push improves fuel economy and reduces
should be avoided.
down the accelerator until the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
engine speed is about twice as fast loading, trailer towing, and/or high
as normal idle speed for at least Caution outside temperatures, the fan speed
five minutes while the vehicle is increases as the clutch more fully
parked. If the warning is still there, After driving in the overheated
engages, so an increase in fan
turn off the engine and get everyone engine protection operating
noise may be heard. This is normal
out of the vehicle until it cools down. mode, the engine oil will be and should not be mistaken as the
severely degraded. Any repairs transmission slipping or making
If there is no sign of steam, idle the performed before the engine is
engine for five minutes while extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
cool may cause engine damage. system functioning properly. The fan
parked. If the warning is still
Allow the engine to cool before will slow down when additional
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. (Continued) cooling is not required and the
clutch disengages.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 379
This fan noise may also be heard Power Steering Fluid Wait for the power steering system
when starting the engine. It will go to cool, with the engine off, before
away as the fan clutch partially
(1500 Series) checking the fluid.
disengages. The vehicle has electric power
steering and does not use power How to Check Power Steering
If the vehicle has electric cooling Fluid
fan(s), the fans may be heard steering fluid.
spinning at low speed during most To check the power steering fluid:
everyday driving. The fans may turn Power Steering Fluid 1. Turn the ignition off and let the
off if no cooling is required. Under (2500/3500 Series) engine compartment
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, cool down.
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
system, the fans may change to reservoir clean.
high speed and an increase in fan 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
noise may be heard. This is normal dipstick with a clean rag.
and indicates that the cooling
4. Replace the cap and
system is functioning properly. The
See Engine Compartment Overview completely tighten it.
fans will change to low speed when
0 359 for reservoir location. 5. Remove the cap again and
additional cooling is no longer
required. When to Check Power Steering look at the fluid level on the
Fluid dipstick.
The electric engine cooling fans
may run after the engine has been It is not necessary to regularly The level should be between the
turned. off. This is normal and no check power steering fluid unless ADD and FULL marks. If necessary,
service is required. there is a leak suspected in the add only enough fluid to bring the
system or an unusual noise is level up to the hashed area between
heard. A fluid loss in this system the ADD and FULL marks.
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
380 Vehicle Care
What to Use Adding Washer Fluid

Caution
To determine what kind of fluid to The vehicle has a low washer fluid
use, see Recommended Fluids and message on the DIC that comes on . Do not use washer fluid that
Lubricants 0 464. Always use the when the washer fluid is low. The contains any type of water
proper fluid. message is displayed for repellent coating. This can
15 seconds at the start of each cause the wiper blades to
Caution ignition cycle. When the WASHER chatter or skip.
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message . Do not use engine coolant
Use of the incorrect fluid may displays, washer fluid will need to
(antifreeze) in the
damage the vehicle and the be added to the windshield washer
windshield washer. It can
damages may not be covered by fluid reservoir.
damage the windshield
the vehicle warranty. Always use washer system and paint.
the correct fluid listed in
. Do not mix water with
Recommended Fluids and
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Lubricants 0 464.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
Washer Fluid damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
Open the cap with the washer
What to Use washer system.
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
When windshield washer fluid needs the tank is full. See Engine . When using concentrated
to be added, be sure to read the Compartment Overview 0 359 for washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer's instructions before reservoir location. manufacturer instructions for
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient adding water.
protection against freezing in an . Fill the washer fluid tank
area where the temperature may fall only three-quarters full when
below freezing. it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 381
Replacing Brake System Parts

Caution (Continued) Caution
Always replace brake system parts
freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes
completely full. brake repair. may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the installed or parts are improperly
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly
indicators that make a high-pitched installed.
applied. This does not mean
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes.
are worn and new pads are needed. Brake Fluid
The sound can come and go or be Properly torqued wheel nuts are
heard all the time the vehicle is necessary to help prevent brake
moving, except when applying the pulsation. When tires are rotated,
brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
{ Warning proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
The brake wear warning sound Specifications 0 470.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
means that soon the brakes will Brake linings should always be is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
not work well. That could lead to replaced as complete axle sets. Engine Compartment Overview
a crash. When the brake wear 0 359 for the location of the
warning sound is heard, have the Brake Pedal Travel reservoir.
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
382 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn,
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and
. A fluid leak in the brake the vehicle could be damaged.
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is
brake hydraulic system fixed. done on the brake hydraulic
With a leak, the brakes will not system.
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake fluid falls to a low The fluid level should be above
reservoir cap and the area around level, the brake warning light comes MIN. If it is not, have the brake
the cap before removing it. on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system checked to see if
Do not top off the brake fluid. Light 0 145. there is a leak.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time. After work is done on the brake
If fluid is added when the linings are Replace brake fluid at the specified hydraulic system, make sure the
worn, there will be too much fluid intervals to prevent increased level is above MIN but not over the
when new brake linings are stopping distance. See Maintenance MAX mark.
installed. Add or remove fluid, as Schedule 0 455.
necessary, only when work is done What to Add
on the brake hydraulic system. Checking Brake Fluid Use only GM approved DOT 3
Check brake fluid by looking at the brake fluid from a clean, sealed
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine container. See Recommended
Compartment Overview 0 359. Fluids and Lubricants 0 464.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 383
Infrequent Usage: Remove the

{ Warning { Warning black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
The wrong or contaminated brake WARNING: Battery posts, running down.
fluid could result in damage to the terminals, and related
brake system. This could result in accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the
the loss of braking leading to a compounds, chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
possible injury. Always use the the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
proper GM approved brake fluid. cancer and birth defects or other charger.
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to Four-Wheel Drive
the State of California to cause Transfer Case
Caution cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. When to Check Lubricant
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the See California Proposition Refer to Maintenance Schedule
paint finish can be damaged. 65 Warning 0 357. 0 455 to determine when to check
Immediately wash off any painted the lubricant.
surface.
Vehicle Storage
Battery - North America { Warning

The original equipment battery is Batteries have acid that can burn
maintenance free. Do not remove
you and gas that can explode.
the cap and do not add fluid.
You can be badly hurt if you are
Refer to the replacement number not careful. See Jump Starting -
shown on the original battery label North America 0 435 for tips on
when a new battery is needed. See working around a battery without
Engine Compartment Overview getting hurt.
0 359 for battery location.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
384 Vehicle Care
1. Fill Plug Front Axle 2. Drain Plug

2. Drain Plug
When to Check and Change
To get an accurate reading, the Lubricant
vehicle should be on a level
surface. It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
If the level is below the bottom of is suspected, or an unusual noise is
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
transfer case, some lubricant will problem. Have it inspected and
need to be added. Add enough repaired.
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use How to Check Lubricant
care not to overtighten the plug. To get an accurate reading, the
When to Change Lubricant vehicle should be on a level All Except 1500 Series
surface.
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 455 to determine how often to 1. Fill Plug
change the lubricant. 2. Drain Plug
. When the differential is cold, add
What to Use
enough lubricant to raise the
Refer to Recommended Fluids and level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm
Lubricants 0 464 to determine what (1/8 in) below the fill
kind of lubricant to use. plug (1) hole.
. When the differential is at
operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricant to raise the
level to the bottom of the fill
plug (1) hole.
1500 Series
1. Fill Plug
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 385
What to Use five minutes after the vehicle has

Refer to Recommended Fluids and been driven will appear to have a
Lubricants 0 464 to determine what lower fluid level than a vehicle that
kind of lubricant to use. has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
Rear Axle to get a true reading.
When to Check Lubricant How to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and All Other Series and Engines
repaired. To get an accurate reading, the
All axle assemblies are filled by vehicle should be on a level
volume of fluid during production. surface.
They are not filled to reach a certain . For all 4.3L and 5.3L 1500
level. When checking the fluid level Series applications, the proper
on any axle, variations in the level is 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm
readings can be caused by factory (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below the
fill differences between the minimum 2500HD with 6.0L bottom of the fill hole, located on
and the maximum fluid volume. the rear axle. Add only enough
Also, if a vehicle has just been fluid to reach the proper level.
driven before checking the fluid . For 6.2L 1500 Series
level, it may appear lower than
applications, the proper level is
normal because fluid has traveled
from 15 mm to 40 mm (0.6 in to
out along the axle tubes and has
1.6 in) below the bottom of the
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/19/17
386 Vehicle Care
fill plug hole, located on the rear Noise Control System (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
axle. Add only enough fluid to (10,000 lb). The noise control
reach the proper level. Noise Emission Warranty system warranty is given in your
. For all 6.0L 2500HD Series General Motors warrants to the first warranty manual.
applications, the proper level is person who purchases this vehicle These standards apply only to
from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 to 0.5 in) for purposes other than resale and vehicles sold in the United States.
below the bottom of the fill plug to each subsequent purchaser that
hole, located on the rear axle. this vehicle as manufactured by TAMPERING WITH NOISE
Add only enough fluid to reach General Motors was designed, built CONTROL SYSTEM
the proper level. and equipped to conform at the time PROHIBITED
it left General Motors control with all Federal law prohibits the following
. For all 6.6L Duramax Diesel applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control acts or the causing thereof:
2500HD Series applications and Regulations. This warranty covers
all 3500 Series applications, the this vehicle as designed, built and 1. The removal or rendering
proper level is from 17 mm to equipped by General Motors and is inoperative by any person,
21 mm (0.6 in to 0.8 in) below not limited to any particular part, other than for purposes of
the bottom of the fill plug hole, component or system of the vehicle maintenance, repair or
located on the rear axle. Add manufactured by General Motors. replacement, of any device or
only enough fluid to reach the Defects in design, assembly or any element of design incorporated
proper level. part, component or system of the into any new vehicle for the
What to Use vehicle manufactured by General purpose of noise control, prior
Motors, which at the time it left to its sale or delivery to the
Refer to Recommended Fluids and General Motors control caused ultimate purchaser or while it is
Lubricants 0 464 to determine what noise emissions to exceed Federal in use; or
kind of lubricant to use. standards, are covered by the 2. The use of the vehicle after
warranty for the life of the vehicle. such device or element of
The following information relates to design has been removed or
compliance with federal noise rendered inoperative by any
emission standards for vehicles with person.
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/19/17
Vehicle Care 387
Among those acts presumed to . Removal of the exhaust pipes Automatic Transmission
constitute tampering are the acts and exhaust pipe clamps.
listed below.
Shift Lock Control
Starter Switch Check Function Check
Insulation:
Removal of the noise shields or any
underhood insulation. { Warning { Warning
When you are doing this When you are doing this
Engine:
inspection, the vehicle could inspection, the vehicle could
Removal or rendering engine speed move suddenly. If the vehicle move suddenly. If the vehicle
governor, if the vehicle has one, moves, you or others could be
moves, you or others could be
inoperative so as to allow engine injured.
injured.
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
1. Before starting this check, be 1. Before starting this check, be
Fan and Drive: sure there is enough room
sure there is enough room
. Removal of fan clutch, if the around the vehicle. around the vehicle. It should be
vehicle has one, or rendering parked on a level surface.
2. Apply both the parking brake
clutch inoperative. 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
and the regular brake.
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the ready to apply the regular
Do not use the accelerator brake immediately if the vehicle
vehicle has one.
pedal, and be ready to turn off begins to move.
Air Intake: the engine immediately if it
starts. 3. With the engine off, turn the
. Removal of the air cleaner ignition on, but do not start the
silencer. 3. Try to start the engine in each engine. Without applying the
. Modification of the air cleaner. gear. The vehicle should start regular brake, try to move the
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). shift lever out of P (Park) with
Exhaust: If the vehicle starts in any other normal effort. If the shift lever
. Removal of the muffler and/or position, contact your dealer for moves out of P (Park), contact
service. your dealer for service.
resonator.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
388 Vehicle Care
Ignition Transmission Warning (Continued)

Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check Windshield wiper blades should be
While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking.
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle
Replacement blades come in
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move.
different types and are removed in
position. different ways. For proper
. The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the windshield wiper blade length and
LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping type, see Maintenance
lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 466.
the parking brake.
. The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's Caution
holding ability: With the engine
Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in Allowing the wiper arm to touch
required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper
pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage
Park Brake and P (Park) pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that
Mechanism Check held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
. To check the P (Park)
the wiper arm to touch the
{ Warning mechanism's holding ability:
windshield.
With the engine running, shift to
When you are doing this check, P (Park). Then release the
the vehicle could begin to move. parking brake followed by the To replace the windshield wiper
You or others could be injured regular brake. blade:
and property could be damaged. Contact your dealer if service is 1. Pull the windshield wiper
Make sure there is room in front required. assembly away from the
of the vehicle in case it begins to windshield.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 389
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, contact your dealer.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, For any bulb-changing procedure
the headlamp aim may be affected. not listed in this section, contact
If adjustment to the headlamps is your dealer.
necessary, see your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
2. Press the button (2) in the Halogen bulbs have pressurized
middle of the wiper arm gas inside and can burst if you
connector, and pull the wiper drop or scratch the bulb. You or
blade away from the arm others could be injured. Be sure
connector (1). to read and follow the instructions
3. Remove the wiper blade. on the bulb package.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Glass Replacement
If the windshield or front side glass
must be replaced, see your dealer
to determine the correct
replacement glass.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
390 Vehicle Care
High Intensity Discharge Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs:
(HID) Lighting Stoplamps, and Back-Up 1. Open the tailgate.
Lamps
{ Warning
The High Intensity Discharge
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has

2. Remove the two rear lamp
been replaced, the beam might be a
assembly screws.
slightly different shade than it was 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn
originally. This is normal. Signal Lamp 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
2. Back-Up Lamp outboard away from the box
LED Lighting 3. Sidemarker Lamp side until the retainers release.
There will be a noise when the
This vehicle has several LED lamps. retainers release.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 391
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly 8. Verify the retainer ring of

straight back to remove it from attachment stud is pulled away
the vehicle. from lamp. If the retainer ring is
5. Turn the bulb socket out of position, it will not
counterclockwise. engage. Reset the retainer by
pulling it forward with a tool. 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket. 9. Push the rear lamp assembly 2. Center High-Mounted
straight in until it is seated Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
7. Replace the bulb, then insert against the vehicle.
the bulb socket into the rear
lamp assembly and turn 10. Make sure the rear lamp
clockwise. assembly is flush with the
box side.
11. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
392 Vehicle Care
To replace one of these bulbs: Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
For an eAssist vehicle, see the if the lamps go on and off or
Silverado/Sierra eAssist remain off.
supplement.
Windshield Wipers
Electrical System If the wiper motor overheats due to
Overload heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
The vehicle has fuses to protect and will then restart.
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power Although the circuit is protected
1. Remove the two screws and lift from electrical overload, overload
off the lamp assembly. devices in the vehicle.
due to heavy snow or ice may
2. Turn the bulb socket Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
counterclockwise and pull it of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
straight out. If there is a problem on the road and from the windshield before using the
3. Pull the bulb straight out from a fuse needs to be replaced, there windshield wipers.
the socket. are some spare fuses and a fuse If the overload is caused by an
puller in the left instrument panel electrical problem and not snow or
Replacement Bulbs fuse block. The same amperage ice, be sure to get it fixed.
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
For replacement bulbs, contact your some feature of the vehicle that is
dealer. not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 393
Fuses Fuses of the same amperage can

Caution
be temporarily borrowed from
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are another fuse location, if a fuse goes
protected from short circuits by out. Replace the fuse as soon as Spilling liquid on any electrical
fuses. This greatly reduces the you can. component on the vehicle may
chance of fires caused by electrical damage it. Always keep the
problems. Engine Compartment covers on any electrical
component.
Fuse Block
{ Danger
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, A fuse puller is available in the left
Fuses and circuit breakers are see the Duramax diesel instrument panel fuse block.
marked with their ampere rating. supplement.
Do not exceed the The vehicle may not be equipped
The engine compartment fuse block with all of the fuses, relays, and
specified amperage rating when is in the engine compartment, on
replacing fuses and circuit features shown.
the driver side of the vehicle.
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
Look at the silver-colored band

inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Lift the cover to access the fuse

block.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
394 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
4 Instrument
panel BEC 1
5 MSB passenger
6 4WD transfer case
electronic control
7 Electric park brake
8 Instrument
panel BEC 2
9 MSB driver
10 Rear window
defogger
11 Starter
12 Cooling fan 1
13 Cooling fan 2
14 Left trailer stop/
Turn lamps
15 Trailer parking
lamps
16 Trailer reverse
Fuses Usage lamps
Fuses Usage 2 Trailer battery 17 Right trailer stop/
1 Trailer brake Turn lamps
3 ABS pump
18 Fuel pump
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 395
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

19 Integrated chassis 35 A/C clutch 51 Engine control
control module 36 Heated mirrors module
20 Electronic 37 Upfitter 1 52 Interior heater
suspension control 53 Accessory power
module 38 Center
high-mounted module/TPM pump
21 Fuel pump power stoplamp 54 Front washer
module
39 Miscellaneous/ 55 A/C/Battery
22 Upfitter 1 Ignition regulated voltage
23 Upfitter 2 40 Transmission/ control
24 Front wiper Ignition 56 A/C module/
25 ABS Valves 41 Fuel pump 2 Battery pack
26 Upfitter 2 42 Cooling fan clutch 57 Transmission

control module/
27 Upfitter 3 43 Engine Engine control
28 Right parking 44 Fuel injectors A module
lamps – odd 58 Headlamps
29 Left parking lamps 45 Fuel injectors B 74 Electric running
30 Upfitter 3 – even boards (if
46 O2 Sensor B equipped)
31 Upfitter 4
47 Throttle control 76 Fuel pump prime
32 Upfitter 4
33 Reverse lamps 48 Horn
Relays Usage
34 Engine control 49 Fog lamps
59 Fuel pump
module/Ignition 50 O2 Sensor A
60 Upfitter 2
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
396 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

61 Upfitter 3 Block (Right)
62 Upfitter 4
63 Trailer parking
lamps
64 Run/Crank
65 Upfitter 1
66 Fuel pump 2
67 A/C control
68 Starter
69 Rear window
defogger
70 Engine control The right instrument panel fuse
module block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
71 Cooling fan clutch instrument panel.
72 CKT 95 Pull off the cover to access the fuse
73 CKT 92 block.
75 Fuel pump prime
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 397
Fuses Usage
2 Accessory power
outlet 4
7 Body control module 4
9 Rear seat
entertainment
10 Cargo lamp
15 Steering wheel
controls
18 Radio
19 –
20 Sunroof
23 Airbag/Info
26 Export/Power take off/
SEO battery 1
27 Obstacle detection/
USB ports
32 SEO battery 2
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and 35 AC inverter
features shown. 1 Accessory power
36 Amplifier
outlet 3
37 –
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
398 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

39 Rear sliding window Block (Left)
42 Right door window
motor
43 Front blower
44 SEO
47 Passenger seat
50 Retained accessory
power
51 Rear sliding
window open The left instrument panel fuse block
52 Rear sliding window access door is on the driver side
close edge of the instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 399
Number Usage
2 SEO/Retained
accessory power
3 Universal garage door
opener/Interior
rearview mirror
8 Driver window switch/
Mirror switch
9 –
10 Accessory power
outlet/Retained
accessory power
11 Accessory power
outlet battery
12 Accessory power
outlet 1/Cigarette
lighter
13 Discrete logic ignition
switch
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage 14 Switch backlighting
with all of the fuses, relays, and
1 Accessory power 17 Body control module 1
features shown.
outlet 2 19 –
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
400 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Number Usage Wheels and Tires

20 – 37 –
22 HVAC/Auxiliary 38 4WD TREC
Tires
HVAC/Ignition 40 Left doors Every new GM vehicle has
23 Instrument cluster/ high-quality tires made by a
41 Driver power seat leading tire manufacturer. See
Ignition sensing
diagnostic module/ 43 Left heated, cooled or the warranty manual for
Ignition ventilated seats (if information regarding the tire
equipped) warranty and where to get
24 –
44 Right heated, cooled service. For additional
25 Data link connector/ or ventilated seats (if information refer to the tire
Driver seat module equipped) manufacturer.
26 Passive entry/Passive 45 –
start/HVAC
49 Retained accessory { Warning
27 – power . Poorly maintained and
28 – 50 Run/Crank improperly used tires are
29 Park enable/ dangerous.
Electrically adjustable
pedals . Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
30 SEO
result of too much
31 Accessory/Run/Crank flexing. There could be a
32 Heated steering wheel blowout and a serious
33 – crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 265.
34 Instrument cluster
(Continued)
36 –
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 401
and weather conditions. Original

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
. Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original
overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be
resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters
cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will
Check all tires frequently be “MS.”
can cause a crash. Only
to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on
recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
Tire pressure should be center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
checked when the tires expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most
are cold. mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they
. Overinflated tires are . may not offer the same level of
Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter
punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
a sudden impact — such See Winter Tires 0 401.
surfaces such as snow,
as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
Keep tires at the Winter Tires
spinning may cause the
recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally
. Worn or old tires can equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tires are designed for increased
tread is badly worn,
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
replace them. This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
(Continued) driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
402 Vehicle Care
for details regarding winter tire Low-Profile Tires All-Terrain Tires

availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 418. If the vehicle has P275/55R20, This vehicle may have all-terrain
P285/50R20, or P285/45R22 tires. These tires provide good
With winter tires, there may be performance on most road surfaces,
decreased dry road traction, size tires, they are classified as
low-profile tires. weather conditions, and for off-road
increased road noise, and shorter driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 257.
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Caution The tread pattern on these tires may
handling and braking. wear more quickly than other tires.
Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more
If using winter tires: susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km
. Use tires of the same brand and hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
tread type on all four wheel standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are
positions. wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire Inspection
occur when coming into contact 0 414.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and with road hazards like potholes,
speed rating as the original or sharp edged objects, or when Tire Sidewall Labeling
equipment tires. sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is
does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires damage. Keep tires set to the examples show a typical
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, correct inflation pressure and passenger and light truck tire
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter when possible, avoid contact with sidewall.
tires with a lower speed rating are curbs, potholes, and other road
chosen, never exceed the tire's hazards.
maximum speed capability.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 403
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear,
is a combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week information, see Uniform Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits, Quality Grading 0 420.
and service description. See the the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that
section for more detail. have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the
(2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. maximum pressure needed to
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number support that load. For
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers information on recommended
equipment tires designed to following the DOT code are the tire pressure see Tire Pressure
GM's specific tire performance Tire Identification Number (TIN). 0 408 and Vehicle Load Limits
criteria have a TPC specification The TIN shows the 0 265.
code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer and plant code,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
404 Vehicle Care
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only and service description. See the U.S. Department of
use a temporary spare tire until “Tire Size” illustration later in this Transportation Motor Vehicle
the road tire is repaired and section for more detail. Safety Standards.
replaced. This spare tire should (2) TPC Spec (Tire DOT Tire Date of
not be driven on over 112 km/h Performance Criteria Manufacture : The last four
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) Specification) : Original digits of the TIN indicate the tire
when pulling a trailer, with the equipment tires designed to manufactured date. The first two
proper inflation pressure. See GM's specific tire performance digits represent the week
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 434. criteria have a TPC specification (01-52) and the last two digits,
code molded onto the sidewall. the year. For example, the third
GM's TPC specifications meet or week of the year 2010 would
exceed all federal safety have a four-digit DOT date
guidelines. of 0310.
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : (5) Tire Identification Number
Maximum load that can be (TIN) : The letters and numbers
carried and the maximum following the DOT code are the
pressure needed to support that Tire Identification Number (TIN).
load when used in a dual The TIN shows the
configuration. For information on manufacturer and plant code,
recommended tire pressure see tire size, and date the tire was
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Tire Pressure 0 408 and Vehicle manufactured. The TIN is
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code Load Limits 0 265. molded onto both sides of the
is a combination of letters and (4) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
numbers used to define a Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
particular tire's width, height, Department of Transportation (6) Tire Ply Material : The type
aspect ratio, construction type, (DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 405
(7) Single Tire Maximum the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Load : Maximum load that can vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
be carried and the maximum standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These
pressure needed to support that and Rim Association. characters represent the load
load when used as a single. For (2) Tire Width : The three-digit index and speed rating of the
information on recommended number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents
tire pressure see Tire Pressure width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire
0 408 and Vehicle Load Limits sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed
0 265. rating is the maximum speed a
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Designations
height-to-width measurements.
Tire Size For example, if the tire size
The examples show a typical aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
passenger vehicle and light item C of the tire illustration, it
truck tire size. would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(4) Construction Code : A letter (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric)

code is used to indicate the type Tire : The United States version
of ply construction in the tire. of a metric tire sizing system.
The letter R means radial ply The letters LT as the first two
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire construction; the letter D means characters in the tire size mean
diagonal or bias ply a light truck tire engineered to
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
construction; and the letter B standards set by the U.S. Tire
The United States version of a
means belted-bias ply and Rim Association.
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in construction.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
406 Vehicle Care
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit (7) Service Description : The Aspect Ratio : The relationship
number indicates the tire section service description indicates the of a tire's height to its width.
width in millimeters from load index and speed rating of a Belt : A rubber coated layer of
sidewall to sidewall. tire. If two numbers are given as cords between the plies and the
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit in the example, 120/116, then tread. Cords may be made from
number that indicates the tire this represents the load index for steel or other reinforcing
height-to-width measurements. single versus dual wheel usage materials.
For example, if the tire size (single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is Bead : The tire bead contains
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in steel wires wrapped by steel
item 3 of the light truck certified to carry a load.
cords that hold the tire onto
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it the rim.
would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and
sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
it is wide. Air Pressure : The amount of in which the plies are laid at
air inside the tire pressing alternate angles less than
(4) Construction Code : A letter 90 degrees to the centerline of
code is used to indicate the type outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is the tread.
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal) Cold Tire Pressure : The
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch). amount of air pressure in a tire,
diagonal or bias ply Accessory Weight : The measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional or psi (pounds per square inch)
means belted-bias ply accessories. Some examples of before a tire has built up heat
construction. optional accessories are from driving. See Tire Pressure
automatic transmission, power 0 408.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air Curb Weight : The weight of a
conditioning. motor vehicle with standard and
(6) Load Range : Load Range. optional equipment including the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 407
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle
and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb
passengers and cargo. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight.
signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The
compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle
Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Standards. The DOT code vehicles. Limits 0 265.
includes the Tire Identification Occupant Distribution :
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight vehicle. The side of the tire that
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears
0 265. white lettering, or bears
molded onto the sidewall.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight manufacturer, brand, and/or
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
Vehicle Load Limits 0 265. load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire.
Rating for the rear axle. See of the tire.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 265.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
408 Vehicle Care
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface. number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
Recommended Inflation comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Pressure : Vehicle the road. Limits 0 265.
manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
on the tire placard. bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
See Tire Pressure 0 408 and of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 265. 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label
tire in which the ply cords that 0 417. permanently attached to a
extend to the beads are laid at UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
90 degrees to the centerline of Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
the tread. information system that provides equipment tire size and
Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading
are seated. treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle
determined by tire Load Limits 0 265.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
Speed Rating : An The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of
alphanumeric code assigned to sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate
a tire indicating the maximum Tire Quality Grading 0 420. effectively.
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 409
The Tire and Loading Do not forget the spare tire,

Caution Information label on the vehicle if the vehicle has one. See
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment Full-Size Spare Tire 0 434 for
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire additional information.
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
How to Check
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to Use a good quality pocket-type
support the vehicle's maximum gauge to check tire pressure.
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be
overheating which could determined by looking at the tire.
lead to a blowout. For additional information
Check the tire inflation pressure
regarding how much weight the
. Premature or when the tires are cold, meaning
vehicle can carry, and an
irregular wear. the vehicle has not been driven
example of the Tire and Loading
for at least three hours or no
. Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Load Limits 0 265. How the
. Reduced fuel economy. vehicle is loaded affects vehicle Remove the valve cap from the
Overinflated tires, or tires that handling and ride comfort. Never tire valve stem. Press the tire
have too much air, can load the vehicle with more gauge firmly onto the valve to
result in: weight than it was designed to get a pressure measurement.
. Unusual wear. carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
. Poor handling. When to Check pressure on the Tire and
. Rough ride. Check the tires once a month Loading Information label, no
or more. further adjustment is necessary.
. Needless damage from If the inflation pressure is low,
road hazards. add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
410 Vehicle Care
inflation pressure is high, press Return the tires to the

on the metal stem in the center Warning (Continued) recommended cold tire inflation
of the tire valve to release air. pressure when high-speed driving
you or others could be killed. has ended.
Re-check the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires See Vehicle Load Limits 0 265 and
the tire gauge. require inflation pressure Tire Pressure 0 408.
adjustment for high-speed
Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and
valve stems to keep out dirt and Tire Pressure Monitor
road conditions allow the vehicle
moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make System
only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for The Tire Pressure Monitor System
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to technology to check tire pressure
not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
warranty. pressure for the vehicle load. the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
Tire Pressure for receiver located in the vehicle.
Vehicles with P275/55R20 or P285/
High-Speed Operation 50R20 size tires require inflation Each tire, including the spare (if
pressure adjustment when driving provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
{ Warning the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire the inflation pressure recommended
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h inflation pressure to 20 kPa (3 psi) by the vehicle manufacturer on the
above the recommended cold tire vehicle placard or tire inflation
(100 mph) or higher, puts
pressure shown on the Tire and pressure label. (If your vehicle has
additional strain on tires.
Loading Information label. tires of a different size than the size
Sustained high-speed driving indicated on the vehicle placard or
causes excessive heat buildup tire inflation pressure label, you
and can cause sudden tire failure. should determine the proper tire
This could cause a crash, and inflation pressure for those tires.)
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 411
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 411.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. 0 484.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver
of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to
illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure telltale. alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition
properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
412 Vehicle Care
located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and

If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper Caution (Continued)
as soon as possible and inflate the pressure.
tires to the recommended pressure the GM approved tire sealant
A Tire and Loading Information label available through your dealer or
shown on the Tire and Loading shows the size of the original
Information label. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle.
equipment tires and the correct
Limits 0 265. inflation pressure for the tires when
A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and
a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits 0 265, for an example of the Message
Information Center (DIC). The low Tire and Loading Information label The TPMS will not function properly
tire pressure warning light and the and its location. Also see Tire if one or more of the TPMS sensors
DIC warning message come on at Pressure 0 408. are missing or inoperable. When the
each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a low system detects a malfunction, the
inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does low tire pressure warning light
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC not replace normal tire flashes for about one minute and
buttons, tire pressure levels can be maintenance. See Tire Inspection then stays on for the remainder of
viewed. For additional information 0 414, Tire Rotation 0 415 and Tires the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
and details about the DIC operation 0 400. message also displays. The
and displays, see Driver Information malfunction light and DIC warning
Center (DIC) (Base Level Cluster) message come on at each ignition
0 152 or Driver Information Center Caution
cycle until the problem is corrected.
(DIC) (Uplevel and Denali Cluster) Some of the conditions that can
Tire sealant materials are not all
0 154 and Tire Messages 0 164. cause these to come on are:
the same. A non-approved tire
The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS . One of the road tires has been
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage replaced with the spare tire. The
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire spare tire does not have a
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the TPMS sensor. The malfunction
could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only light and the DIC message
(Continued) should go off after the road tire
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 413
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from matched to the tire/wheel positions,
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 418. following order: driver side front tire,
Matching Process" later in this . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
section. being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear.
. The TPMS sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
process was not done or not TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
completed successfully after sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
rotating the tires. The See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
If the TPMS is not functioning Activation Tool at
malfunction light and the DIC properly, it cannot detect or signal a
message should go off after www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
low tire condition. See your dealer call 1-800-GM TOOLS
successfully completing the for service if the TPMS malfunction
sensor matching process. See (1-800-468-6657).
light and DIC message come on
"TPMS Sensor Matching and stay on. There are two minutes to match the
Process" later in this section. first tire/wheel position, and
. One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
missing or damaged. The Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
malfunction light and the DIC longer, the matching process stops
Each TPMS sensor has a unique and must be restarted.
message should go off when the identification code. The identification
TPMS sensors are installed and code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching
the sensor matching process is tire/wheel position after rotating the process is:
performed successfully. See vehicle’s tires or replacing one or 1. Set the parking brake.
your dealer for service. more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
. Replacement tires or wheels do
should be performed after replacing with the engine off.
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels a spare tire with a road tire 3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure
other than those recommended containing the TPMS sensor. The the Tire Pressure info page
malfunction light and the DIC option is turned on. The info
message should go off at the next pages on the DIC can be
ignition cycle. The sensors are
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
414 Vehicle Care
turned on and off through the yes and press the trip identification code has been
Settings menu. odometer reset stem to confirm matched to the driver side rear
See Driver Information Center the selection. tire, and the TPMS sensor
(DIC) (Base Level Cluster) The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
0 152 or Driver Information signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
Center (DIC) (Uplevel and mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
Denali Cluster) 0 154. LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the ignition switch to
DIC, use the DIC controls on 6. Start with the driver side LOCK/OFF.
the right side of the steering front tire. 12. Set all four tires to the
wheel to scroll to the Tire recommended air pressure
Pressure screen under the DIC 7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire
info page. and Loading Information label.
stem. Then press the button to
If the vehicle has a base level activate the TPMS sensor.
DIC, use the trip odometer A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection
reset stem to scroll to the Tire sensor identification code has
Pressure screen. We recommend that the tires,
been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel wheel position.
vehicle has one, be inspected
DIC, press and hold the V 8. Proceed to the passenger side for signs of wear or damage at
(Set/Reset) button located in front tire, and repeat the least once a month.
the center of the DIC controls. procedure in Step 7.
Replace the tire if:
If the vehicle has a base level 9. Proceed to the passenger side
DIC, press and hold the trip rear tire, and repeat the . The indicators at three or
odometer reset stem for about procedure in Step 7. more places around the tire
five seconds. A message can be seen.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
asking if the process should
begin should appear. Select tire, and repeat the procedure . There is cord or fabric
in Step 7. The horn sounds two showing through the tire's
times to indicate the sensor rubber.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 415
. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel 6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. torque and wheel nut tightening
deep enough to show cord or See When It Is Time for New information, see “Removing the
fabric. Tires 0 417 and Wheel Flat Tire and Installing the Spare
. The tire has a bump, bulge, Replacement 0 421. Tire” under Tire Changing 0 425
or split. and “Wheel Nut Torque” under
Capacities and Specifications
. The tire has a puncture, cut, 0 470.
or other damage that cannot
The outer tire on a dual wheel
be repaired well because of
setup generally wears faster
the size or location of the
than the inner tire. Tires last
damage.
longer and wear more evenly if
Tire Rotation they are rotated.
See Tire Inspection 0 414 and
Tires should be rotated every Tire Rotation 0 415. Also see
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
Maintenance Schedule 0 455.
Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when { Warning
uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires if the vehicle
has single rear wheels. If the vehicle is operated with a
first rotation is the most
tire that is underinflated, the tire
important. Dual Tire Rotation can overheat. An overheated tire
Anytime unusual wear is When the vehicle is new, can lose air suddenly or catch
noticed, rotate the tires as soon or whenever a wheel, wheel fire. You or others could be
as possible, check for proper tire bolt, or wheel nut is replaced or injured. Properly inflate all tires,
inflation pressure, and check for serviced, check the wheel nut including the spare.
damaged tires or wheels. If the torque after 160, 1 600, and
unusual wear continues after the 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
416 Vehicle Care
See Tire Pressure 0 408, for to another position, however, must be replaced by the correct
information on proper tire they can be rotated from left to wheel in the front or rear outer
inflation. right to the same position. positions.
When installing dual wheels,
check that the vent holes in the
inner and outer wheels on each
side are lined up.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure 0 408 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 265.
Use this rotation pattern when Use this rotation pattern when Check that all wheel nuts are
rotating the tires if the vehicle rotating the tires if the vehicle properly tightened. See “Wheel
has dual rear wheels (except has polished forged aluminum Nut Torque” under Capacities
polished forged aluminum dual rear wheels. The spare and Specifications 0 470.
wheels). wheel can be used in any
Vehicles with polished forged position in the event of a flat tire, { Warning
aluminum dual wheels have and can be rotated with the rear
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
three unique wheels; a front, a inner wheels. After the flat tire is
parts to which it is fastened, can
rear outer and a rear inner. repaired, if the spare is not on make wheel nuts become loose
These wheels cannot be rotated one of the inner rear positions, it after time. The wheel could come
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 417
moves, tighten the cable. See commercial truck tires may not have
Warning (Continued) “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and treadwear indicators.
Tools” under Tire Changing See Tire Inspection 0 414 and Tire
off and cause an accident. When Rotation 0 415 for additional
changing a wheel, remove any 0 425.
information.
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time.
an emergency, a cloth or a paper Tires This also applies to the spare tire,
towel can be used; however, use if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Factors, such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
a scraper or wire brush later to
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
remove all rust or dirt. vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging
Lightly coat the inner diameter of takes place. GM recommends that
the wheel hub opening with tires, including the spare if
wheel bearing grease after a equipped, be replaced after six
wheel change or tire rotation to years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
prevent corrosion or rust digits of the DOT Tire Identification
build-up. Do not get grease on Number (TIN) which is molded into
the flat wheel mounting surface one side of the tire sidewall. The
or on the wheel nuts or bolts. first two digits represent the week
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor (01-52) and the last two digits, the
System (TPMS), if the vehicle year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
has one. See Tire Pressure four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Monitor Operation 0 411.
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
Check that the spare tire, if the tell when it is time for new tires.
vehicle has one, is stored Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when
properly. Push, pull, and then try mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
to rotate or turn the tire. If it a vehicle that will be stored for at
or less of tread remaining. Some
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
418 Vehicle Care
least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done,
area away from direct sunlight to system considers over a dozen all four tires (six for dual rear
slow aging. This area should be free critical specifications that impact wheels) should wear out at
of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
substances that can deteriorate
vehicle, including brake system Rotation 0 415 for information
rubber.
performance, ride and handling, on proper tire rotation. However,
Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire if it is necessary to replace only
cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring one axle set of worn tires, place
may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec the new tires on the rear axle
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
number is molded onto the tire's (two for single rear wheels, four
raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the for dual rear wheels).
weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number { Warning
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall Tires could explode during
GM has developed and matched Labeling 0 402 for additional improper service. Attempting
specific tires for the vehicle. The information. to mount or dismount a tire
original equipment tires installed could cause injury or death.
were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing worn Only your dealer or authorized
Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four (six tire service center should
Specification (TPC Spec) for dual rear wheels). Uniform mount or dismount the tires.
system rating. When tread depth on all tires will help
replacement tires are needed, to maintain the performance of
GM strongly recommends the vehicle. Braking and
buying tires with the same TPC handling performance may be
Spec rating. adversely affected if all the tires
are not replaced at the same
time. If proper rotation and
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 419
Vehicles that have a tire

{ Warning { Warning pressure monitoring system
Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate
brands, or types may cause vehicle may cause the wheel low-pressure warning if non-TPC
loss of control of the vehicle, rim flanges to develop cracks Spec rated tires are installed.
resulting in a crash or other after many miles of driving. See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail System 0 410.
correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading
of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the
This vehicle may have a the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the
different size spare than the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
road tires originally installed Winter tires with the same speed 0 265 for the label location and
on the vehicle. When new, the rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire
vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label.
and wheel assembly with a V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
similar overall diameter as the tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and
road tires and wheels, so it is tires’ maximum speed capability Wheels
all right to drive on it. The when using winter tires with a If wheels or tires are installed that
spare tire was developed for lower speed rating. are a different size than the original
use on this vehicle and will not If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
affect vehicle handling. performance, including its braking,
replaced with a tire that does not
ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has
load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock
construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction
original tires. control, electronic stability control,
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
420 Vehicle Care
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by Quality grades can be found
of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and where applicable on the tire
affected. temperature performance. This sidewall between tread shoulder
applies only to vehicles sold in and maximum section width. For
{ Warning the United States. The grades example:
are molded on the sidewalls of Treadwear 200 Traction AA
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
most passenger car tires. The Temperature A
level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply All Passenger Car Tires Must
tires not recommended for those Conform to Federal Safety
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with Requirements In Addition To
increases the chance of a crash
nominal rim diameters of These Grades.
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Treadwear
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
tires. The treadwear grade is a
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician. comparative rating based on the
While the tires available on wear rate of the tire when tested
General Motors passenger cars under controlled conditions on a
See Buying New Tires 0 418 and and light trucks may vary with specified government test
Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they course. For example, a tire
0 357. must also conform to federal graded 150 would wear one and
safety requirements and one-half (1½) times as well on
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire the government course as a tire
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) graded 100. The relative
The following information relates standards. performance of tires depends
to the system developed by the upon the actual conditions of
United States National Highway their use, however, and may
Traffic Safety Administration depart significantly from the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 421
norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire
habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when Balance
differences in road tested under controlled
characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to
Traction provide the longest tire life and best
high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular
and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check
the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the
pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
controlled conditions on performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to
specified government test passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road
concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
have poor traction performance. or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
A represent higher levels of vibrating when driving on a smooth
Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels may need
assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum to be rebalanced. See your dealer
straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis.
tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement
hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
Replace any wheel that is bent,
characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or
Temperature underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and
The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced.
(the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
representing the tire's resistance
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
422 Vehicle Care
Some aluminum wheels can be Used Replacement Wheels

repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution
these conditions exist.
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. Replacing a wheel with a used
cooling, speedometer or one is dangerous. How it has
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp been used or how far it has been
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle driven may be unknown. It could
diameter, width, offset and be ground clearance, and tire or tire fail suddenly and cause a crash.
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and When replacing wheels, use a
replaces. chassis. new GM original equipment
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel wheel.
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
System (TPMS) sensors with new or wheel nut is replaced on a dual
GM original equipment parts. wheel setup, check the wheel nut Tire Chains
torque after 160,1 600, and
{ Warning 10 000 km (100,1,000, and { Warning
6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
Using the wrong replacement torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque” If the vehicle has dual wheels or
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel under Capacities and Specifications 265/65R18, P265/65R18, P275/
nuts can be dangerous. It could 0 470. 55R20, LT265/70R17, LT265/
affect the braking and handling of See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 423 for 70R18, LT265/60R20, LT275/
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, more information. 65R18, P285/50R20, 285/45R22,
and cause loss of control, causing or P285/45R22 size tires, do not
a crash. Always use the correct use tire chains. They can damage
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel the vehicle because there is not
nuts for replacement. enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 423
Warning (Continued) Caution

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
proper amount of clearance can If the vehicle does not have dual while driving, especially if the tires
cause damage to the brakes, wheels and has a tire size other are maintained properly. If air goes
suspension, or other vehicle than 265/65R18, P265/65R18, out of a tire, it is much more likely to
parts. The area damaged by the P275/55R20, LT265/70R17, leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
tire chains could cause you to LT265/70R18, LT265/60R20, blowout, here are a few tips about
lose control of the vehicle and LT275/65R18, P285/50R20, 285/ what to expect and what to do:
you or others may be injured in a 45R22, or P285/45R22, use tire If a front tire fails, the flat tire
crash. chains only where legal and only creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
Use another type of traction when you must. Use chains that toward that side. Take your foot off
device only if its manufacturer are the proper size for the tires. the accelerator pedal and grip the
recommends it for use on the Install them on the tires of the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
vehicle and tire size combination rear axle. Do not use chains on maintain lane position, and then
the tires of the front axle. Tighten gently brake to a stop, well off the
and road conditions. Follow that
them as tightly as possible with road, if possible.
manufacturer's instructions. To
help avoid damage to the vehicle, the ends securely fastened. Drive A rear blowout, particularly on a
drive slowly, readjust, or remove slowly and follow the chain curve, acts much like a skid and
the device if it is contacting the manufacturer's instructions. If you may require the same correction as
vehicle, and do not spin the can hear the chains contacting used in a skid. Stop pressing the
vehicle's wheels. the vehicle, stop and retighten accelerator pedal and steer to
them. If the contact continues, straighten the vehicle. It may be
If you do find traction devices that slow down until it stops. Driving very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
will fit, install them on the rear too fast or spinning the wheels to a stop, well off the road,
tires. with chains on will damage the if possible.
vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
424 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving on a flat tire will cause be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic
permanent damage to the tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
Re-inflating a tire after it has been is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
driven on while severely use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
underinflated or flat may cause a 3. For four-wheel-drive
blowout and a serious crash. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire vehicles, be sure the
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and wheel damage by driving slowly transfer case is in a drive
that has been driven on while to a level place, well off the road, gear– not in N (Neutral).
severely underinflated or flat. if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do
Have your dealer or an authorized warning flashers. See Hazard not restart while the vehicle
tire service center repair or Warning Flashers 0 182. is raised.
replace the flat tire as soon as
5. Do not allow passengers to
possible. { Warning remain in the vehicle.
Changing a tire can be 6. Place wheel blocks,
dangerous. The vehicle can slip if equipped, on both sides of
{ Warning off the jack and roll over or fall the tire at the opposite
causing injury or death. Find a corner of the tire being
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
level place to change the tire. To changed.
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from
appropriate safety equipment and moving: When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. use the following example as a
the vehicle, it is designed only for guide to assist in the placement of
(Continued) the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 425
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)

2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
Regular Cab
how to use the jack and change
a tire. 1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel
Blocks
2. Wheel Blocks
Crew Cab
3. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
1. Wheel Blocks 4. Tool Kit
2. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel 5. Jack
Blocks 6. Jack Knob
3. Tool Kit
5. Jack
6. Jack Knob
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
426 Vehicle Care
2. Turn the wing nut 5. Hoist Shaft

counterclockwise to remove the 6. Jack Handle Extensions
wheel blocks and the wheel 7. Wheel Wrench
block retainer. 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
3. Turn the wing nut used to Equipped)
retain the storage bag and 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
tools counterclockwise to 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
remove it. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover
Use the jack handle extensions and on the bumper and use the
the wheel wrench to remove the ignition key to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire. spare tire lock (8). To remove
the spare tire lock, insert the
Double Cab
ignition key, turn, and pull
1. Wheel Blocks straight out.
3. Tool Kit
4. Jack
5. Jack Knob
For regular cab models, the
equipment you will need is behind
the passenger seat. For double and
crew cab models, the equipment is
on the shelf behind the passenger
side second row seat. 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem and the two jack handle
1. Turn the knob on the jack Pointed Down)
counterclockwise to lower the extensions (6), as shown.
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
jack head to release the jack 3. Hoist Cable
from its holder. 4. Hoist Assembly
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 427
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
3. Insert the hoist end (open 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
end) (10) of the extension with some slack in the cable to
through the hole (9) in the rear access the tire/wheel retainer.
bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to 1. Jack
lower the spare tire. 2. Wheel Blocks
4. Turn the wheel wrench 3. Jack Handle
counterclockwise to lower the Tilt the retainer and pull it 4. Jack Handle Extensions
spare tire to the ground. through the center of the wheel 5. Wheel Wrench
Continue to turn the wheel along with the cable and
wrench until the spare tire can spring. The tools you will be using include
be pulled out from under the the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2),
7. Put the spare tire near the the jack handle (3), the jack handle
vehicle. flat tire. extensions (4), and the wheel
5. Pull the spare tire out from wrench (5).
under the vehicle.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
428 Vehicle Care
1. Do a safety check before 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn

proceeding. See If a Tire Goes it counterclockwise to loosen
Flat 0 423. the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet.
If the wheel has a smooth

center cap, place the chisel
end of the wheel wrench in the
slot on the wheel, and gently
pry it out.
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut Front Position – 1500 Models

caps, loosen them by turning
4. If the flat tire is on the front of
the wheel wrench
the vehicle (1500 models),
counterclockwise.
position the jack under the
If the vehicle has a center cap bracket attached to the
with wheel nut caps, the wheel vehicle's frame, behind the flat
nut caps are designed to stay tire, as shown.
with the center cap after they
are loosened. Remove the
entire center cap.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 429
Front Position – All Other Models Rear Position – 1500 Models Rear Position – All Other Models
If the flat tire is on the front of 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, for For all other models, position
the vehicle (all other models), 1500 models position the jack the jack under the rear axle
position the jack under the under the rear axle about 5 cm between the spring anchor and
vehicle, as shown. (2 in) inboard of the shock the shock absorber bracket.
absorber bracket. If a snow plow has been added
to the front of the vehicle, lower
the snow plow fully before
raising the vehicle.
Make sure that the jack head is
positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
430 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from
take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting
Raising the vehicle with the jack surfaces, and spare wheel.
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire.
make the vehicle fall. To help Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
avoid personal injury and vehicle parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts
head into the proper location after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might
before raising the vehicle. off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel
changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash.
6. Turn the wheel wrench rust or dirt from places where the
clockwise to raise the vehicle. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper 10. Put the wheel nuts back on
Raise the vehicle far enough with the rounded end of the
off the ground so there is towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to nuts toward the wheel.
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well. remove all rust or dirt.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 431
11. Tighten each wheel nut by

hand. Then use the wheel Warning (Continued) Caution
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the hub. damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and
replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive
12. Turn the wheel wrench proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
counterclockwise to lower the When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper
vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper
completely.
use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See
{ Warning 0 470 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could Wheel nuts that are improperly or
come off and cause a crash. incorrectly tightened can cause
If any stud is damaged because the wheels to become loose or
of a loose-running wheel, it could come off. The wheel nuts should
be that all of the studs are be tightened with a torque wrench
damaged. To be sure, replace all to the proper torque specification
studs on the wheel. If the stud after replacing. Follow the torque
holes in a wheel have become specification supplied by the
larger, the wheel could collapse in aftermarket manufacturer when
operation. Replace any wheel if using accessory locking wheel 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
its stud holes have become larger nuts. See Capacities and crisscross sequence, as
or distorted in any way. Inspect Specifications 0 470 for original shown, by turning the wheel
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for equipment wheel nut torque wrench clockwise.
damage. Because of loose specifications.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
432 Vehicle Care
For vehicles with dual wheels, have Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
a technician check the wheel nut and Tools Caution
tightness of all wheels with a torque
wrench after the first 160, 1 600 and The tire hoist can be damaged if
10 000 km (100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi).
{ Warning there is no tension on the cable
Repeat this service whenever you when using it. To have the
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
have a tire removed or serviced. necessary tension, the spare or
equipment in the passenger
See Capacities and Specifications road tire and wheel assembly
compartment of the vehicle could
0 470. must be installed on the tire hoist
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
to use it.
When reinstalling the regular wheel collision, loose equipment could
and tire, also reinstall either the strike someone. Store all these in
center cap, or bolt-on hub cap, the proper place. Store the tire under the rear of the
depending on what the vehicle is vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
equipped with. For center caps,
place the cap on the wheel and tap
it into place until it seats flush with Caution
the wheel. The cap only goes on
one way. Be sure to line up the tab Storing an aluminum wheel with a
on the center cap with the flat tire under your vehicle for an
indentation on the wheel. For extended period of time or with
bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic the valve stem pointing up can
nut caps with the wheel nuts and damage the wheel. Always stow
then tighten by hand. Then use the the wheel with the valve stem
wheel wrench to tighten. pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 433
3. Hoist Cable 5. Raise the tire part way upward.

4. Hoist Assembly Make sure the retainer is
5. Hoist Shaft seated in the wheel opening.
6. Jack Handle Extensions 6. Raise the tire fully against the
7. Wheel Wrench underside of the vehicle by
8. Spare Tire Lock (If turning the wheel wrench
Equipped) clockwise until you hear two
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole clicks or feel it skip twice. You
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool cannot overtighten the cable.
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
1. Put the tire on the ground at and extensions (6) together, as
the rear of the vehicle with the shown.
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
2. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
4. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear 7. Make sure the tire is stored
bumper and onto the hoist securely. Push, pull, and then
shaft. try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench
Do not use the chiseled end of to tighten the cable.
the wheel wrench.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
434 Vehicle Care
To store the jack and jack tools: 3. Assemble the wheel blocks (2) should not be driven on over
and jack (7) together with the 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
wing nut (1) and retaining (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
bolt (8). the proper inflation pressure. Repair
4. Position the jack (7) in the and replace the road tire as soon as
mounting bracket (6). Position it is convenient, and stow the spare
the holes in the base of the tire for future use.
jack (7) onto the pin in the
mounting bracket (6). Caution
5. Return them to their original If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
location in the vehicle. See and a different size spare tire is
“Removing the Spare Tire and installed, do not drive in
Tools.” four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
1. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Full-Size Spare Tire vehicle could be damaged and
Blocks
2. Wheel Blocks If this vehicle came with a full-size the repairs would not be covered
spare tire, it was fully inflated when by the warranty. Never use
new, however, it can lose air over four-wheel drive when a different
4. Wheel Wrench and
time. Check the inflation pressure size spare tire is installed on the
Extensions
regularly. vehicle.
5. Tool Bag See Tire Pressure 0 408 and
6. Jack Mounting Bracket Vehicle Load Limits 0 265. For
7. Jack instructions on how to remove, The vehicle may have a different
8. Bolt Retaining Wheel Blocks install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire than the road tires
Changing 0 425. originally installed on the vehicle.
1. Put the tools (4) in the tool This spare tire was developed for
bag (5) and place them in the If equipped with a temporary use use on this vehicle, so it is all right
retaining bracket (3). full-size spare tire, it is indicated on to drive on it. If the vehicle has
2. Tighten down the wing nut (3). the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 402. This spare tire
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 435
four-wheel drive and a different size Jump Starting

spare tire is installed, drive only in Warning (Continued)
two-wheel drive.
Jump Starting - North the State of California to cause
After installing the spare tire on the cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
America
HANDLING.
and check that the spare tire is For an eAssist vehicle, see the
correctly inflated. Silverado/Sierra supplement. See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 357.
Have the damaged or flat road tire For more information about the
repaired or replaced and installed vehicle battery, see Battery - North
back onto the vehicle as soon as America 0 383.
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) { Warning
has run down, you may want to use
Do not mix tires and wheels of Batteries can hurt you. They can
another vehicle and some jumper
different sizes, because they will not cables to start your vehicle. Be sure be dangerous because:
fit. Keep your spare tire and its to use the following steps to do it . They contain acid that can
wheel together. If the vehicle has a safely. burn you.
spare tire that does not match the . They contain gas that can
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
{ Warning explode or ignite.
the tire rotation. WARNING: Battery posts, . They contain enough
terminals, and related electricity to burn you.
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
436 Vehicle Care
may not be able to get enough four-wheel-drive vehicle, be

Caution power from a single battery in sure the transfer case is in a
another vehicle to start your drive gear, not in N (Neutral).
Ignoring these steps could result diesel engine. If your vehicle
in costly damage to the vehicle has more than one battery,
that would not be covered by the Caution
using the battery that is closer
vehicle warranty. Trying to start to the starter will reduce If any accessories are left on or
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it electrical resistance. This is plugged in during the jump
will not work, and it could damage located on the passenger side, starting procedure, they could be
the vehicle. in the rear of the engine damaged. The repairs would not
compartment. be covered by the vehicle
1. Check the other vehicle. 3. Get the vehicles close enough warranty. Whenever possible, turn
It must have a 12-volt battery so the jumper cables can off or unplug all accessories on
with a negative ground system. reach, but be sure the vehicles either vehicle when jump starting.
are not touching each other.
Caution If they are, it could cause an
4. Turn off the ignition on both
unwanted ground connection.
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
If the other vehicle does not have You would not be able to start
accessories plugged into the
a 12-volt system with a negative your vehicle, and the bad
accessory power outlets. Turn
ground, both vehicles can be grounding could damage the
off the radio and all the lamps
damaged. Only use a vehicle that electrical systems.
that are not needed. This will
has a 12-volt system with a To avoid the possibility of the avoid sparks and help save
negative ground for jump starting. vehicles rolling, set the parking both batteries. And it could
brake firmly on both vehicles save the radio!
2. If you have a vehicle with a involved in the jump start
5. Open the hood on the other
diesel engine with two procedure. Put the automatic
vehicle and locate the
batteries, you should know transmission in P (Park) or a
positive (+) and negative (−)
before you begin that, manual transmission in Neutral
terminal locations on that
especially in cold weather, you before setting the parking
vehicle.
brake. If you have a
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 437
The positive (+) terminal is Before you connect the cables,

under a red plastic cover at the Warning (Continued) here are some basic things you
positive battery post. To should know. Positive (+) will
uncover the positive (+) and some have been blinded. go to positive (+) or to a remote
terminal, open the red plastic Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal if the
cover. light. vehicle has one. Negative (−)
For more information on the Battery fluid contains acid that will go to a heavy, unpainted
location of the remote can burn you. Do not get it on metal engine part or to a
positive (+) and remote you. If you accidentally get it in remote negative (−) terminal if
negative (−) terminals, see your eyes or on your skin, flush the vehicle has one.
Engine Compartment Overview the place with water and get Do not connect positive (+) to
0 359. medical help immediately. negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
{ Warning battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
An electric fan can start up even { Warning negative (−) cable to the
when the engine is not running negative (−) terminal on the
Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can
and can injure you. Keep hands,
parts can injure you badly. Keep cause sparks.
clothing, and tools away from any
your hands away from moving
underhood electric fan.
parts once the engine is running.
6. Check that the jumper cables

{ Warning do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles
cause battery gas to explode. could be damaged too.
People have been hurt doing this,
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
438 Vehicle Care
Do not let the other end touch

anything until the next step.
10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable.
5.3L Shown, 4.3L, 6.0L, 6.2L, and 6.0L

6.6L Similar ‐ To the generator bracket, on
7. Connect the red positive (+) the vehicle with the dead
cable to the positive (+) battery.
terminal of the vehicle with the 4.3L Shown, 5.3L and 6.2L Similar
dead battery.
‐ To the metal bracket that is
8. Do not let the other end touch bolted to the engine and
metal. Connect it to the supports the resonator, on
positive (+) terminal of the the vehicle with the dead
good battery. Use a remote battery.
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
9. Connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal of the good battery.
Use a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 439
Caution Towing the Vehicle

If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
6.6L not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
metal.
‐ To the negative (−) post on
the auxiliary battery, on the Use only a flatbed tow truck for
vehicle with the dead battery. Jumper Cable Removal towing a disabled vehicle. Never
11. Start the vehicle with the good Reverse the sequence exactly when use a sling type lift or damage will
battery and run the engine for a removing the jumper cables. occur. Use ramps to help reduce
while. approach angles if necessary.
After starting the disabled vehicle A towed vehicle should have its
12. Try to start the vehicle that had and removing the jumper cables, drive wheels off the ground.
the dead battery. If it will not allow it to idle for several minutes.
start after a few tries, it Consult a professional towing
probably needs service. service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
440 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged.
towing the vehicle behind another use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered
vehicle, such as a motor home. The towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty.
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy be towed with all four wheels on the
towing is towing the vehicle with all Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground.
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict Caution
airflow and cause damage to the Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
transmission. The repairs would If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles with a two-speed transfer
not be covered by the vehicle towed with all four wheels on the case that have an N (Neutral) and a
(Continued) ground, the drivetrain Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) setting.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 441
(Drive). There should be no 8. Move the steering wheel to

{ Warning movement of the vehicle while make sure the steering column
shifting. is unlocked.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into 5. Turn the engine off. 9. With a foot on the brake pedal,
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle release the parking brake.
to roll even if the transmission is Caution Keep the ignition key in the
in P (Park). You or others could towed vehicle in ACC/
be injured. Set the parking brake Failure to disconnect the negative ACCESSORY to prevent the
battery cable or to have it contact steering column from locking.
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral). the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
to the vehicle.
Before disconnecting the towed
To dinghy tow: vehicle:
6. Disconnect the negative
1. Position the vehicle being battery cable at the battery and 1. Park on a level surface.
towed behind the tow vehicle, secure the nut and bolt. Cover 2. Set the parking brake, then
facing forward and on a level the negative battery post with a shift the transmission to
surface. non-conductive material to P (Park), and move the ignition
2. Securely attach the vehicle prevent any contact with the key to OFF.
being towed to the tow vehicle. negative battery terminal.
3. Connect the battery.
3. Apply the parking brake and 7. Shift the transmission to
4. Apply the brake pedal.
start the engine. P (Park).
5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
4. Shift the transfer case to with the engine off. Shift the
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Caution
transfer case out of N (Neutral)
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel to Two-Wheel Drive High. See
If the steering column is locked,
Drive 0 289. Check that the “Shifting out of N (Neutral)”
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by vehicle damage may occur.
under Four-Wheel Drive 0 289.
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to D
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
442 Vehicle Care
See your dealer if the transfer Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
case cannot be shifted out of be towed with the rear wheels on
N (Neutral). Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive
the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions
6. Check that the vehicle is in Vehicles
Two-Wheel Drive High by for internal lubrication while being
shifting the transmission to towed.
R (Reverse) and then to D To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
(Drive). There should be vehicle, the vehicle must be towed
movement of the vehicle while with the rear wheels on the dolly.
shifting. See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
7. Shift the transmission to the Ground)” later in this section.
P (Park) and turn off the Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
ignition. the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the Vehicles
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
Caution
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C (32 ° If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
F) but will reset with normal towed with the rear wheels on the
usage. ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 443
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
vehicle from the front: following the manufacturer's the Ground)
1. Attach the dolly to the tow instructions.
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
vehicle following the dolly 7. Shift the transfer case to
manufacturer's instructions. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
2. Drive the front wheels onto the N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
dolly. Drive 0 289 for the proper
procedure.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park). 8. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
4. Set the parking brake. firmly attached to the tow
vehicle.
{ Warning 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
to roll even if the transmission is vehicle from the rear:
in P (Park). You or others could
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
be injured. Set the parking brake
dolly.
to N (Neutral). 2. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 297.
5. Use a clamping device 3. Put the transmission in
designed for towing to ensure P (Park).
that the front wheels are locked 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
into the straight position. following the manufacturer's
instructions.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
444 Vehicle Care
5. Use a clamping device 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Appearance Care
designed for towing to ensure following the manufacturer's
that the front wheels are locked instructions.
into the straight position. Exterior Care
5. Use a clamping device
6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. designed for towing to ensure Locks
that the front wheels are locked Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles into the straight position. Use a de-icing agent only when
{ Warning 6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Shifting a four-wheel-drive N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Recommended Fluids and
vehicle's transfer case into Drive 0 289 for the proper Lubricants 0 464.
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle procedure.
Washing the Vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
in P (Park). You or others could To preserve the vehicle's finish,
be injured. Set the parking brake wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
to N (Neutral).
Caution
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Do not use petroleum-based,
vehicle from the rear: acidic, or abrasive cleaning
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the agents as they can damage the
dolly. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
2. Set the parking brake. See
not be covered by the vehicle
Parking Brake 0 297.
warranty. Approved cleaning
3. Put the transmission in products can be obtained from
P (Park).
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 445
Finish Care
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that sealant/wax materials is not
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the recommended. If painted surfaces
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. are damaged, see your dealer to
safety precautions, and have the damage assessed and
appropriate disposal of any repaired. Foreign materials such as
If using an automatic car wash, calcium chloride and other salts, ice
vehicle care product. follow with the car wash melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
instructions. The windshield wiper sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
and rear window wiper, if equipped, industrial chimneys, etc., can
Caution must be off. Remove any damage the vehicle's finish if they
accessories that may be damaged remain on painted surfaces. Wash
Avoid using high-pressure or interfere with the car wash the vehicle as soon as possible.
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) equipment. If necessary, use non-abrasive
to the surface of the vehicle. Use See Power Assist Steps 0 42 for cleaners that are marked safe for
of power washers exceeding cleaning information. painted surfaces to remove foreign
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
in damage or removal of paint washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild
and decals. cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove
are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See
they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Caution Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Do not power wash any avoid surface scratches and water uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
component under the hood that spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
has this e symbol. as damage can occur.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
446 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the rinse the bedliner surface following
Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome or a chemical spill to avoid permanent
stainless steel. To prevent damage damage.
Machine compounding or always follow these cleaning
aggressive polishing on a Spray-in bedliners can fade from
instructions: oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to hauling, and hard water stains.
non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any Clean it periodically by washing off
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution. the loose dirt and using a mild
. Use only approved cleaning detergent. To restore the original
clearcoat paint finish on the
solutions for aluminum, chrome appearance, apply the bedliner
vehicle.
or stainless steel. Some conditioner available through your
cleaners are highly acidic or dealer.
To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings. Caution
covered whenever possible.
. Always dilute a concentrated Using silicone-based products
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
Moldings may damage the bedliner, reduce
manufacturer’s instructions. the slip-resistant texture, and
. Do not use cleaners that are not attract dirt.
Caution intended for automotive use.
Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish. Stripes
This damage would not be Spray-In Bedliner Care
covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent soft cloth, and a car washing soap
coating that bonds to the truck bed to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
and cannot be removed. Promptly emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 447
Lamp covers are made of plastic, Replace the wiper blades if they are
and some have a UV protective Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
coating. Do not clean or wipe them caused by extreme dusty
while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice.
Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
. Washer fluids and other cleaning water only. weatherstrips to make them last
agents in higher concentrations longer, seal better, and not stick or
than suggested by the Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
manufacturer. once a year. Hot, dry climates may
Clear debris from the air intakes, require more frequent application.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield, Black marks from rubber material on
or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle. painted surfaces can be removed by
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Windshield and Wiper Blades
. Recommended Fluids and
Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield Lubricants 0 464.
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
illuminated, due to excessive Tires
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Caution
detergent. Wash the windshield
Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
cover that would not be covered
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
448 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and

Caution (Continued) Caution Chassis Components
or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering,
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose,
surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at
acid on aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Inspect power steering for proper
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
approved cleaners. Also, never attachment, connections, binding,
or Chrome
drive a vehicle with aluminum or leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
soap and water to clean the wheels. Visually check constant velocity joint
automatic car wash that uses boots and axle seals for leaks.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur 1500 Series vehicles, at least every
A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be other oil change lubricate the outer
covered by the vehicle warranty. tie rod ends.
Caution 2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least
every other engine oil change
Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System lubricate the upper and lower
trim may be damaged if the Visually inspect brake lines and control arm ball joints. Control arm
vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding, ball joints on 1500 series vehicles
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect are maintenance-free.
with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum
with steering linkage, at least every
chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or
other engine oil change lubricate the
conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
tie rod ball joints, idler arm pivot
Always wash the chrome with shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and
soap and water after exposure. pitman arm socket.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 449
with power assist steps, extend corrosion. Larger areas of finish

Caution them and then use a high pressure damage can be corrected in your
wash to clean all joints and gaps. dealer's body and paint shop.
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting
done unless the temperature is transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher, and attack painted vehicle surfaces
or damage could result. can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped
fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular
For an eAssist vehicle, see the transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint
Silverado/Sierra eAssist should be replaced. surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
supplement. previously in this section.
Sheet Metal Damage
Body Component Lubrication Interior Care
If the vehicle is damaged and
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
steel fuel door hinge unless the repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils.
components are plastic. Applying material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can
silicone grease on weatherstrips replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s
with a clean cloth will make them protection. interior.
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the
Underbody Maintenance protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
corrosive materials from the repellent from all interior surfaces or
Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result.
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and scratches with touch-up materials
other debris can collect. If equipped available from your dealer to avoid
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
450 Vehicle Care
Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will Speaker Covers
for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
Vacuum around a speaker cover
prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
gently, so that the speaker will not
cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
be damaged. Clean spots with water
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the and mild soap.
switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
cleaners quickly. Coated Moldings
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
follow to all safety instructions on
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
the label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
open the doors and windows to get sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water.
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When heavily soiled, use warm
To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following soapy water.
If necessary, use a commercial
cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede
. Never use a razor or any other plain water.
Start by vacuuming the surface
sharp object to remove a soil using a soft brush attachment. If a
from any interior surface. Caution rotating vacuum brush attachment is
. Never use a brush with stiff being used, only use it on the floor
To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. carpet. Before cleaning, gently
abrasive cleaners on automotive
remove as much of the soil as
. Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or possible:
aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
pressure. the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
. Do not use laundry detergents or
more soil can be removed.
dishwashing soaps with Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming.
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 451
To clean: If the soil is not completely

removed, it may be necessary to Caution
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water. use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Do not attach a device with a
Microfiber cloth is suction cup to the display. This
recommended to prevent lint hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would
transfer to the fabric or carpet. not be covered by the vehicle
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire warranty.
gently wringing until water does fabric or carpet.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
After cleaning use a paper towel to Instrument Panel, Leather,
3. Start on the outside edge of the blot excess moisture. Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
soil and gently rub toward the Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
center. Rotate the cleaning Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and Natural Open Pore Wood
cloth to a clean area frequently
Radio Displays Surfaces
to prevent forcing the soil in to
the fabric. Use a soft microfiber cloth
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
dampened with water to remove
4. Continue gently rubbing the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
dust and loose dirt. For a more
soiled area until there is no use a soft bristle brush to remove
thorough cleaning, use a soft
longer any color transfer from dirt that can scratch the surface.
microfiber cloth dampened with a
the soil to the cleaning cloth. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
mild soap solution.
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth. Never use window
removed, use a mild soap cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth Caution
solution followed only by plain
water. separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse Soaking or saturating leather,
thoroughly and air dry before especially perforated leather, as
next use. well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
452 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Floor Mats
Wipe excess moisture from these the vehicle, blot immediately and { Warning
surfaces after cleaning and allow clean with a soft cloth dampened
them to dry naturally. Never use with a mild soap solution. If a floor mat is the wrong size or
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do Damage caused by air fresheners is not properly installed, it can
not use cleaners that contain would not be covered by the interfere with the pedals.
silicone or wax-based products. vehicle warranty. Interference with the pedals can
Cleaners containing these cause unintended acceleration
solvents can permanently change and/or increased stopping
Care of Safety Belts distance which can cause a crash
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not Keep belts clean and dry. and injury. Make sure the floor
recommended. mat does not interfere with the
{ Warning pedals.
Do not use cleaners that increase Do not bleach or dye safety belt
gloss, especially on the instrument Use the following guidelines for
webbing. It may severely weaken proper floor mat usage:
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
the webbing. In a crash, they
visibility through the windshield . The original equipment floor
might not be able to provide
under certain conditions. mats were designed for your
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse safety belt webbing only vehicle. If the floor mats need
Caution replacing, it is recommended
with mild soap and lukewarm
that GM certified floor mats be
Use of air fresheners may cause water. Allow the webbing to dry.
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
permanent damage to plastics may not fit properly and may
and painted surfaces. If an air interfere with the pedals. Always
freshener comes in contact with check that the floor mats do not
any plastic or painted surface in interfere with the pedals.
(Continued)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Vehicle Care 453

. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
Verify the floor mat does not
floor mat to unlock each retainer
interfere with the pedals.
and remove.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
454 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 454 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 455 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 468 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Service and Maintenance 455
keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance

condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service
and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require
Schedule
Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are:
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See
Normal Service Engine Oil 0 364.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month
those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire Pressure
vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or
competitive driving. 0 408.
. Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service. Tire Inspection 0 414.
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits . Check the windshield washer
0 265. { Warning fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 380.
. Are driven on reasonable road
Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving Engine Oil Change
be dangerous and can cause
limits. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
serious injury. Perform
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 315. required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within
and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the
have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not
work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Service Work 0 358.
filter must be changed at least once
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
a year and the oil life system must Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 414.
technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire 0 371.
system when the oil is changed. Rotation 0 415.
. Inspect brake system. See
See Engine Oil Life System 0 367. . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 444.
life percentage. If needed,
Passenger Compartment Air . Visually inspect steering,
change engine oil and filter, and
Filter reset oil life system.
suspension, and chassis
See Engine Oil 0 364 and components for damaged, loose,
The passenger compartment air
Engine Oil Life System 0 367. or missing parts or signs of wear
filter removes dust, pollen, and
at least once a year. See
other airborne irritants from outside . Check engine coolant level. See Exterior Care 0 444. Lubricate
air that is pulled into the vehicle. Engine Coolant 0 374. the suspension and steering
The filter should be replaced as part
. Check windshield washer fluid components at least every other
of routine scheduled maintenance.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 380. oil change. (If equipped with
Inspect the passenger compartment
grease fittings)
air filter every 36 000 km/ . Visually inspect windshield wiper
22,500 miles or two years, blades for wear, cracking, . Check restraint system
whichever comes first. Replace if or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
necessary. More frequent Care 0 444. Replace worn or Check 0 71.
replacement may be needed if the damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy Wiper Blade Replacement damage or leaks.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, 0 388.
or areas with high dust levels. . Visually inspect exhaust system
Replacement may also be needed if . Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
there is a reduction in air flow, See Tire Pressure 0 408. loose or damaged parts.
excessive window fogging, or odors.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Lubricate body components. See . Visually inspect gas strut for
Exterior Care 0 444. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check starter switch. See Starter damage. Check the hold open
Switch Check 0 387. ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check automatic transmission
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift if equipped. See Sunroof 0 53.
Lock Control Function Check . Verify spare tire key lock
0 387. operation and lubricate as
. Check ignition transmission lock. needed. See Tire Changing
See Ignition Transmission Lock 0 425.
Check 0 388.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 388.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance traffic, poor air quality, areas with Service location can help you
Schedule Additional Required high dust levels or are sensitive to determine when it is the right time to
Services — Normal environmental allergens. Filter replace your filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
comes first. More frequent you notice reduced airflow, windows lines and hoses for proper
replacement may be needed if the fogging up, or odors. Your local GM attachment, connection, routing, and
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy condition.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
(3) Or every four years, whichever

comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 372.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 381.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
@ @ @ @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance vehicle is driven in areas with heavy Service location can help you
Schedule Additional Required traffic, poor air quality, areas with determine when it is the right time to
Services — Severe high dust levels or are sensitive to replace your filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever environmental allergens. Filter
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if
replacement may be needed if the you notice reduced airflow, windows
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor Special Application Additional
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and Services Maintenance and Care
condition. . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Your vehicle is an important
(3) Or every four years, whichever Check dual wheel nut torque at investment and caring for it properly
comes first. If driving in dusty 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, may help to avoid future costly
conditions, inspect the filter at each 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. repairs. To maintain vehicle
oil change or more often as needed. Repeat this service whenever a performance, additional
(4) Do not directly power wash the tire/wheel is serviced or maintenance services may be
transfer case and/or front/rear axle removed. required.
output seals. High pressure water . Severe Commercial Use It is recommended that your dealer
can overcome the seals and Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis perform these services — their
contaminate the transfer case fluid. components every oil change. trained dealer technicians know
Contaminated fluid will decrease the . your vehicle best. Your dealer can
Have underbody flushing service
life of the transfer case and/or axles also perform a thorough
performed. See “Underbody
and should be replaced. assessment with a multi-point
Maintenance” in Exterior Care
(5) Or every five years, whichever 0 444. inspection to recommend when your
comes first. See Cooling System vehicle may need attention.
0 372. The following list is intended to
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever explain the services and conditions
comes first. Inspect for fraying, to look for that may indicate
excessive cracking, or damage; services are required.
replace, if needed. Battery
(7) Replace brake fluid every five The 12-volt battery supplies power
years. See Brake Fluid 0 381. to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 464 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 449 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 444. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine and/or an
Allison Transmission, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
®
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19331925, in
Transmission) Canada 19300537).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 374.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 364.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Front Axle Driveshaft Splines (All Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
1500/2500/3500 Series) and Rear Canada 19257122).
Axle Driveshaft Splines (All 1500
Series)
Front Axle – Four-Wheel Drive SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 19329451).
(2500/3500 Series Only)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474).
Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge,
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges,
Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Rear Axle (1500 Series) SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Rear Axle (2500/3500 Series) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter
4.3L V6 19330000 PF63E
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 19330000 PF63E
6.0L V8 19303975 PF48E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23281440 CF188
Spark Plugs
4.3L V6 12622441 41–114
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 12622441 41–114
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

6.0L V8 12621258 41–110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23417074 -
Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23417074 -
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Technical Data 469
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN)
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 . Model designation
Vehicle Data . Paint information
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 473 equipment
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 470 for the vehicle's engine code.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
470 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 464.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
4.3L V6 1500 Series 15.1 L 15.9 qt
5.3L V8 1500 Series (L83) 16.0 L 16.9 qt
5.3L V8 1500 Series (L8B eAssist) 16.4 L 17.3 qt
6.0L V8 2500 Series and 3500 Series (L96&MQ7) 16.3 L 17.1 qt
6.0L V8 2500 Series and 3500 Series (LC8/L96&MYD) 15.4. L 16.3 qt
6.2L V8 1500 Series 15.7 L 16.6 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
4.3L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
5.3L V8; 6.2L V8 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Technical Data 471
Capacities
Application
Metric English
6.0L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
1500 Series Standard and Short Box 98.4 L 26.0 gal
1500 Series Long Box 128.7 L 34.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal
3500 Series Chassis Cab 240.4 L 63.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Front Tank 89.0 L 23.5 gal
3500 Chassis Cab – Rear Tank (if equipped) 151.4 L 40.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
472 Technical Data
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L8B) R 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L83) C 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.0L V8 (L96) G 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L86) J 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Technical Data 473
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.0L V8 Engine
V6 Engines
6.2L V8 Engines
5.3L V8 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
474 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 GMC. Normally, any concerns with
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 486
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 477 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 477 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 481 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 it appears your concern cannot be
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Customer Information 475
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Customer Care Centre at with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
1-800-263-3777 (English), if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Blvd.
toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you
that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
why we suggest following Step One to you.
first.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call GMC encourages customers to call
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care the toll-free number for assistance.
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), However, if a customer wishes to
Company wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), write or e-mail GMC, the letter
its participation in a no-charge or write to: should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
Company has committed to binding General Motors of Canada GMC Customer Assistance Center
arbitration of owner disputes Company P.O. Box 33172
involving factory-related vehicle Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Detroit, MI 48232-5172
service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
provides for the review of the facts www.GMC.com
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
arbiter, and may include an informal Your inquiry should be accompanied 1-888-889-2438 (For Text
hearing before the arbiter. The by the Vehicle Identification Telephone devices (TTYs))
program is designed so that the Number (VIN). Roadside Assistance:
entire dispute settlement process, 1-888-881-3302
from the time you file your complaint From U.S. Virgin Islands:
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We 1-800-496-9994
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Canada can communicate with GMC by r : Track your vehicle’s warranty

dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users information.
General Motors of Canada
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Company J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Identification Number (VIN). See
CA1-163-005 Online Owner Center Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Experience 0 469.
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gmc.ca
(U.S.) my.gmc.com H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
The GMC online owner experience Satellite radio (if equipped), and
1-800-263-3777 (English) OnStar account information (if
is a one-stop resource that allows
1-800-263-7854 (French) equipped).
interaction with GMC and keeps
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
important vehicle-specific F : Chat live with online help
information in one place. representatives.
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800 Membership Benefits See my.gmc.com to register your
vehicle.
Overseas E : Download owner’s manuals
and view vehicle-specific how-to GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca
Please contact the local General videos.
Motors Business Unit. Take a trip to the GMC Centre:
G : View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help
Customer Assistance for alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule representatives.
Text Telephone (TTY) service appointments. . Use the Vehicle Tools section.
Users I : View and print dealer-recorded . Access third party enthusiast
To assist customers who are deaf, service records and self-recorded sites and social media networks.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records. . Locate resources such as
and who use Text Telephones D : Select a dealer and view lease-end, financing, and
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment locations, maps, phone numbers, warranty information.
available at its Customer Assistance and hours.
Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Retrieve your favorite articles, For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your
quizzes, tips, and multimedia offer, see www.gmmobility.com or location
galleries organized into the call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle
Features and Auto Care Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Sections. Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle
. Download the owner’s manual
for your vehicle, quickly and General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
easily. a Mobility Program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle
. Find the GMC-recommended
maintenance services for your for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem
vehicle. 1-800-263-3830.
Coverage
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Reimbursement Program Program duration of the vehicle's powertrain
warranty.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not
call 1-800-268-6800. covered.
Service is available 24 hours a day, Roadside Assistance is not a part of
365 days a year. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
reimbursement of eligible GMC reserve the right to make any
When calling Roadside Assistance, changes or discontinue the
aftermarket adaptive equipment have the following information
required for the vehicle, such as Roadside Assistance program at
ready: any time without notification.
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to . Mounting, dismounting,
GMC reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare or changing of snow tires,
services or payment to an owner or tire. The spare tire, if equipped, chains, or other traction devices
driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and Service is not provided if a vehicle
made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's is in an area that is not accessible
claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or to the service vehicle or is not a
replacement of the tire if it is not regularly traveled or maintained
Services Provided covered by the warranty. public road, which includes ice and
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to winter roads. Off-road use is not
Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. covered.
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Services Specific to
Assistance: If your trip is Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
. Lock-Out Service: Service to interrupted due to a warranty
unlock the vehicle if you are event, incidental expenses may . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
locked out. A remote unlock may be reimbursed within the is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery
be available if you have OnStar. Powertrain warranty period. may be restricted. Propane and
For security reasons, the driver Items considered are reasonable other fuels are not provided
must present identification and customary hotel, meals, through this service.
before this service is given. rental car, or a vehicle being . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
. Emergency Tow from a Public delivered back to the customer, registration is required.
Road or Highway: Tow to the up to 805 km (500 mi).
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
nearest GMC dealer for warranty
service, or if the vehicle was in a
Services Not Included in Assistance: Must be over
Roadside Assistance 150 km from where your trip was
crash and cannot be driven.
started to qualify.
Assistance is not given when the . Impound towing caused by Pre-authorization, original
vehicle is stuck in the sand, violation of any laws detailed receipts, and a copy of
mud, or snow. . Legal fines the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Assistance advisor will help to If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation
make arrangements and explain into the service department options are available to assist in
how to receive payment. immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when
. Alternative Service: If can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required.
assistance cannot be provided unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a
right away, the Roadside safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
Assistance advisor may give your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet
permission to get local and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and
emergency road service. You will If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information”
receive payment, up to $100, the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle
after sending the original receipt urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage
to Roadside Assistance. day as possible to allow for information.
Mechanical failures may be same-day repair.
covered, however any cost for Transportation Options
parts and labor for repairs not Courtesy Transportation Warranty service can generally be
covered by the warranty are the completed while you wait. However,
owner responsibility.
Program
if you are unable to do so, your
To enhance your ownership dealer may offer the following
Scheduling Service experience, we and our participating transportation options:
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Appointments Transportation, a customer support Shuttle Service
When the vehicle requires warranty program for vehicles with the This includes one-way or round-trip
service, contact your dealer and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty shuttle service within reasonable
request an appointment. By Coverage period in Canada), time and distance parameters of
scheduling a service appointment extended powertrain, and/or your dealer's area.
and advising the service consultant hybrid-specific warranties in both
of your transportation needs, your the U.S. and Canada.
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc. equipment and quality replacement
Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage parts. Poorly performed collision
If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, repairs diminish the vehicle resale
needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage value, and safety performance can
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair be compromised in subsequent
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility. collisions.
within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a Collision Parts
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
customers arrange their own Genuine GM Collision parts are new
transportation, limited Additional Program parts made with the same materials
reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information and construction methods as the
expenses may be available. Claim parts with which the vehicle was
All program options, such as shuttle
amounts should reflect actual costs originally built. Genuine GM
service, may not be available at
and be supported by original Collision parts are the best choice to
every dealer. Contact your dealer
receipts. See your dealer for ensure that the vehicle's designed
for specific availability.
information. appearance, durability, and safety
General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
Courtesy Rental Vehicle unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
For an overnight warranty repair, the or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
dealer may provide an available Transportation at any time and to
Recycled original equipment parts
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for resolve all questions of claim
may also be used for repair. These
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. eligibility pursuant to the terms and
parts are typically removed from
Reimbursement is limited and must conditions described herein at its
vehicles that were total losses in
be supported by original receipts as sole discretion.
prior crashes. In most cases, the
well as a signed and completed parts being recycled are from
rental agreement and meet state/ Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provincial, local, and rental vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
provider requirements. collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
Requirements vary and may include damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
minimum age requirements, technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
performance; however, the history of center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
these parts is not known. Such parts technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement
are not covered by the GM New equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any you may be charged at the end of
related failures are not covered by Insuring the Vehicle the lease for poor quality repairs.
that warranty. Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
If a Crash Occurs
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
companies other than GM and may are significant differences in the emergency services for help. Do not
not have been tested for the vehicle. quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
As a result, these parts may fit various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of.
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position
corrosion problems, and may not reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are
perform properly in subsequent vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not damage repairs through the use of officer.
covered by the GM New Vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some Give only the necessary information
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle insurance companies will not to police and other parties involved
failure related to such parts is not specify aftermarket collision parts. in the crash.
covered by that warranty. When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the For emergency towing see
Repair Facility vehicle will be repaired with GM Roadside Assistance Program
original equipment collision parts. 0 478.
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that If such insurance coverage is not Gather the following information:
meets your needs before you ever available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching . Driver name, address, and
need collision repairs. Your dealer telephone number
may have a collision repair center to another insurance carrier.
with GM-trained technicians and If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver license number
state-of-the-art equipment, or be company may require you to have . Owner name, address, and
able to recommend a collision repair insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17

. Vehicle license plate number new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications
original GM parts. Remember,
. Vehicle make, model, and
recycled parts will not be covered by
Ordering Information
model year
the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the
. Insurance company and policy Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle,
number your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical,
. General description of the initially value the repair using steering, body, etc.
damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on Owner Information
Choose a reputable repair facility Genuine GM parts. Remember,
that uses quality replacement parts. Owner publications are written
if the vehicle is leased, you may be specifically for owners and intended
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this obligated to have the vehicle
section. to provide basic operational
repaired with Genuine GM parts, information about the vehicle. The
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage Owner’s Manual includes the
Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. Maintenance Schedule for all
Inflates? 0 78. If another party's insurance models.
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
you are not obligated to accept a
Repair Process Owner’s Manual, and Warranty
repair valuation based on that Manual.
In the event that the vehicle requires insurance company's collision policy
damage repairs, GM recommends repair limits, as you have no RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
that you take an active role in its contractual limits with that company. $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
repair. If you have a pre-determined In such cases, you can have control shipping fees.
repair facility of choice, take the of the repair and parts choices as Without Pouch: Owner’s
vehicle there, or have it towed there. long as the cost stays within Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Statement Defects
This vehicle has systems that
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
Service and Owner publications are complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
available for many current and past Federal Communications
to the United States
model year GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
ORDER TOLL FREE:
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday has a defect which could cause
ICES‐001.
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time a crash or could cause injury or
Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
For Credit Card Orders Only
two conditions: inform the National Highway
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Or write to:
2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Helm, Incorporated
interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
Attention: Customer Service
interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
47911 Halyard Drive
undesired operation of the
Plymouth, MI 48170 investigation, and if it finds that
device.
Prices are subject to change without a safety defect exists in a group
Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
notice and without incurring
these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
obligation. Allow ample time for
authorized service facility could void
delivery. However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. become involved in individual
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. problems between you, your
funds. dealer, or General Motors.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. to General Motors about the vehicle’s performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle this, notify General Motors.
transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Call 1-800-GMC-8782 monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. (1-800-462-8782), or write: deployment and deploy them in a
GMC Customer Assistance Center crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33172 antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian Detroit, MI 48232-5172 control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
Government In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 technician service the vehicle.
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write:
believe that the vehicle has a about how the vehicle is operated,
safety defect, notify Transport General Motors of Canada such as rate of fuel consumption or
Canada immediately, and notify Company average speed. These modules may
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: retain personal preferences, such as
General Motors of Canada radio presets, seat positions, and
CA1-163-005
Company. Call Transport 1908 Colonel Sam Drive temperature settings.
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
write to:
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and OnStar and has an active
special equipment is required, and
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 493.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
488 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
> Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call,
electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call.
and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands.
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
collect information about you and Navigation voice commands.
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar 489
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
24/7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
490 OnStar
Navigation Cancel Route Get My Destination

OnStar navigation requires a 1. Press =. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds:
specific OnStar service plan. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn 2. Say “Cancel route.” System 2. Say “Get my destination.”
directions or have them sent to the responds: “Do you want to System responds with the
vehicle’s navigation screen, cancel directions?” address and distance to the
if equipped. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: destination, then responds with
“OK, request completed, thank “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation you, goodbye.” Send Destination to Vehicle
1. Press Q to connect to an Route Preview Subscribers can have directions
Advisor. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
1. Press =. System responds: screen, if equipped.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three download directions to the vehicle’s
commands. navigation system, if equipped. After
maneuvers.
the call ends, the navigation screen
Using Voice Commands Repeat will provide prompts to begin driving
During a Planned Route directions. Routes that are sent to
Functionality of the Voice Command 1. Press =. System responds: the navigation screen can only be
button may vary by vehicle and “OnStar ready,” then a tone. canceled through the navigation
region. For some vehicles, press = 2. Say “Repeat.” System system.
to open the OnStar app on the responds with the last direction See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
infotainment display. For other given, then responds with www.onstar.ca (Canada).
vehicles press = as follows. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar 491
Connections 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the

devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
The following OnStar services help plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor.
with staying connected. controls only when it is safe to
do so. OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App
For coverage maps, see (If Equipped)
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
www.onstar.ca (Canada). Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Ensuring Security the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™, BlackBerry®,
. Change the default passwords settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices.
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the
RemoteLink mobile application. screen. following services from a mobile
Make these passwords different 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display device:
from each other and use a the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, password, and on some if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the vehicles, the connection type
security. (no Internet connection, 3G, . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier). (poor, good, excellent). . Activate the horn and lamps.
This is your network’s name that 3. To change the SSID or . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless password, press Q or call life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or with an Advisor. Pressure Monitor System.
vehicle descriptions. .
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Send directions to the vehicle.
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If Wi-Fi hotspot will connect . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) automatically to your mobile (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in devices. Manage data usage by
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
to the Internet and web content at
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
492 OnStar
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot 2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call
on/off, manage settings, and “Call. Please say the name or
monitor data consumption, number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
if equipped. ended.”
3. Say the entire number without
For OnStar RemoteLink information pausing, including a “1” and the Verify Minutes and Expiration
and compatibility, see area code. System responds:
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or “OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then
www.onstar.ca (Canada). “Verify” to check how many minutes
Calling 911 Emergency remain and their expiration date.
Remote Services
1. Press =. System responds:
Contact an OnStar Advisor to “OnStar ready.”
Diagnostics
unlock the doors or sound the horn Advanced Diagnostics provides a
and flash the lamps. 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or status of the vehicle’s key systems
OnStar AtYourService number to call.” with a monthly e-mail, or by
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
OnStar Advisors can provide offers 3. Say “911” without pausing.
Alerts can be received in real-time
from restaurants and retailers on System responds: “911.”
via e-mail or text. The Proactive
your route, help locate hotels,
4. Say “Call.” System responds: Alerts feature (if available) can help
or book a room. These services
“OK, dialing 911.” predict and alert of potential
vary by market.
upcoming maintenance issues with
Retrieve My Number select components on the vehicle,
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
1. Press =. System responds: before they become a problem.
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service, “OnStar ready.” OnStar can also monitor and report
which requires available minutes. 2. Say “My number.” System tire pressure, if the vehicle is
responds: “Your OnStar equipped with a Tire Pressure
Make a Call Monitoring System.
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
1. Press =. System responds: then says the number.
“OnStar ready.”
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar 493
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
. After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
at 90 days. Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
Selling/Transferring the of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
494 OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
0 484. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar 495
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 350. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
496 OnStar
the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this unzip:
via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
cannot be assured. Third parties copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
may unlawfully intercept or access THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document
transmissions and private “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp://
communications without consent. ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely.
Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved.
Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright
third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals:
libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
NOTICE WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE.
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
Except as contained in this notice, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Permission to use, copy, modify, not be used in advertising or Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
and distribute this software for any otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
purpose with or without fee is or other dealings in this Software Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
hereby granted, provided that the without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
the copyright holder.
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
OnStar 497
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being
must retain the above copyright the original source. Such
notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not
and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
(including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
498 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Makes an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 What Will You See after an
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . . 281 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 350 When Should an Airbag
Adding a Snow Plow or Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Similar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 74
Additional Information Airbags
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Maintenance Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Adjustable Throttle and On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . . 143
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Agreements Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Trademarks and License . . . . . 238 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 371 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Air Conditioning . . . . . .243, 245, 246 Alarm
Air Filter, Passenger Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197, 199
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Antenna
How Does an Airbag Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 81 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 297
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 499
Antilock Brake System Automatic Transmission (cont'd) Brakes (cont'd)

(ABS) (cont'd) Shift Lock Control Function Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Appearance Care Auxiliary System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 183 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Apple CarPlay and Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 273
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Assistance Program, Center High-Mounted
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
B
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Battery
Assistance Systems for Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Assistance Systems for Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Voltage and Charging
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 306 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Audio High Intensity Discharge
Battery - North America . . . .383, 435
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 388
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 189 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Audio Players Stoplamps, and Back-up
Bluetooth
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Overview . . . . . . . . 222, 224,
Automatic Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
228, 233
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 C
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Brake Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Pedal and Adjustable California
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 145
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . 368, 371
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Automatic Transmission
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
500 Index
California (cont'd) Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Perchlorate Materials Engine Light (Malfunction Traction and Electronic
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
California Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 388 Control Light
Proposition Child Restraints Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .357, 383, 435 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 89 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Capacities and for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Coolant
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Carbon Monoxide Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 110 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 138
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Engine Temperature
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Cleaning Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243, 245, 246
Cargo Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Climate Control Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243, 245 Courtesy Transportation
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . 243, 245 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 120 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 245 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Center High-Mounted Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 481 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Compartments Text Telephone (TTY)
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Charging Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Customer Information
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Service Publications
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 143 Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 483
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 501
Customer Satisfaction Driving Emergency

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 308 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Characteristics and Engine
D
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 481
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Check Light (Malfunction
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Data Collection
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 31 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 359
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 262 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 264 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 486
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Coolant Temperature
Daytime Running
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Coolant Temperature
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Diagnostics
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Cooling System Messages . . . 159
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Door E
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Electrical Equipment,
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 137
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Electrical System
Overheated Protection
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine Compartment Fuse
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 473 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 305 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Driver Information Instrument Panel Fuse
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 282
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .152, 154 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396, 398
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
502 Index
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Fluid (cont'd) Fuel (cont'd)

Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Four-Wheel Drive Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 150
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 486 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 281
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Requirements, California . . . . . 316
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 178 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 180 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 310 Engine Compartment Fuse
F
Forward Collision Alert Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Fan
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .289, 383 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396, 398
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 147
Features G
Frequency Statement
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Filter, Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Gauges
Front Fog Lamp
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Coolant
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Front Seats
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 182 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 137
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 62
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
FlexFuel Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 121 Transmission Temperature . . . . 139
Filling a Portable Fuel
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Fluid Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Automatic Warning Lights and
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 368, 371 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 503
General Information Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Infants and Young Children,

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 454 Heater Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243, 245, 246 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 High Voltage Devices and Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Instrument Panel
GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 410 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 50
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 262 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
H
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 301
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 J
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 147
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 182 Jack
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 298
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194, 196
Headlamps Jump Starting - North
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
How to Wear Safety Belts K
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 160
Daytime Running
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243, 245, 246 Keyless Entry
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 36
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 I Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
High Intensity Discharge Idle System
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 L
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 151 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 402
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 180 Ignition Transmission Lock Lamps
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 151 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Auxiliary Roof
Heated Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Indicator Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Heated and Ventilated Front Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 181
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
504 Index
Lamps (cont'd) Lighting (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Exterior Lamps Off LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Traction Control System
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147, 148 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 149
Malfunction Indicator Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Antilock Brake System Locks
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 145 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Lane Departure Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Check Engine (Malfunction Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lane Departure Warning Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 313 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 148 Engine Coolant Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 150
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 149 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 150 Lower Anchors and Tethers
LATCH System Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 for Children (LATCH
Replacing Parts after a Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 180
M
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 147
Maintenance
Light Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 147 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 140
Maintenance and Care
Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 455
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 505
Maintenance Schedule (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) N

Recommended Fluids and Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Navigation
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 144 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 386
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
O
Object Detection System
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Mirrors
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Automatic Dimming
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Messages Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Battery Voltage and Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Oil
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 367
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 137
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 159 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 87
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 50
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Monitor System, Tire
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
OnStar® Additional
Object Detection System . . . . . 161 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 161
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
506 Index
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Passenger Airbag Status Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 70
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Privacy
Operating Mode Passenger Compartment Air Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 485
Overheated Engine Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Program
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 81 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 480
Operation Perchlorate Materials Proposition
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Requirements, California . . . . . . 357 65 Warning,
Ordering Personalization California . . . . . . . . . . . .357, 383, 435
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 483 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
R
Outlets Phone
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 484
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Apple CarPlay and
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Overheated Engine Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Radios
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 378 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 222, 224,
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 199
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 228, 233
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 201
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189, 193 Pickup Conversion to
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
P Port
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Park Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 208
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64
Power
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 306
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Parking Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Brake and P (Park) Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 388 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 277
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 281 Recognition
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Parking or Backing Recommended Fluids and
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 306 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 507
Records Ride Control Systems Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 440 Roads Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reimbursement Program, Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Roadside Assistance Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .200, 201
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 480
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Roof Seats
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Replacement Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 473 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Running the Vehicle While Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 62
Replacement Parts Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 58
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
S
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 58
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 87 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Replacing LATCH System Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Securing Child
How to Wear Safety Belts
Replacing Safety Belt System Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 110
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Security
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Reporting Safety Defects Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 485 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 72
Restraints Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 70
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Safety Defects Reporting
Retained Accessory Accessories and
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 485
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
508 Index
Service (cont'd) StabiliTrak Switches

Climate Control OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 245 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 358 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38 System
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 468 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Forward Collision
Maintenance, General Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 487
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 469 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Publications Ordering Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Systems
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 480 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
T
Services Steering System Messages . . . . . 163
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Steps
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Taillamps
Shift Lock Control Function Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Check, Automatic Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 477
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Storage Areas
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 45
Shifting Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Signals, Turn and Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 119
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Special Application Services . . . . 461 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Specifications and Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
Index 509
Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) Turn and Lane-Change

Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 349 Turn Signal
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Traction
U
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Control System (TCS)/
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 420
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408, 410 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 174
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Pressure Monitor Operation . . .411 Traction Control/Electronic
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 410 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Updates
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Trademarks and License
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206, 208
Terminology and Definitions . . 406 Trailer
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Uniform Tire Quality Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 349
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 V
Wheel Alignment and Tire Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Vehicle
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 421 Transmission Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
When It Is Time for New Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . 368, 371 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 469
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 139 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Transportation Program, Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Towing Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 166
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 320 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Truck-Camper Loading Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 320 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 440
Mexico-9955992) - 2017 - crc - 4/18/17
510 Index
Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 148 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 93
Vehicle Care Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vehicle Data Recording and Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Windshield
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 392 Winter
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
W
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 388
Warning
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 392
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 312
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 421
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

17_GMC_Sierra_SierraDenali_COV_en_US_84360189C_2017APR05.

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

In Brief Vehicle Features

Uplevel Shown, Base Similar

Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks

Crew/Double Cab Premium Trim

To adjust the power lumbar support,

To adjust a manual seatback:

Passenger Sensing Exterior Mirrors

To adjust the tilt and telescoping

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps Press m or n next to each reading

There are reading lamps in the

Climate Control System (with Heater Only)

1. Fan Control 4. Defrost

Climate Control System (with Air Conditioning)

1. Fan Control 6. K (Rear Window Defogger, If

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

The Range Selection Mode buttons,

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone If equipped, some audio controls

Cruise Control SET − : Press briefly to set the w or x : Press to move up or

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Sunroof

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To eAssist Features Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The combination and size of the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

1. Insert the original, already Programming without

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Lockout Protection Doors

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Assist Steps

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Enable/Disable Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Inclination and Intrusion Immobilizer The security light, in the instrument

Immobilizer Operation When trying to start the vehicle, the

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The passenger side mirror is convex

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Crew/Double Cab Premium

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Auto Mirror Folding

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof

Pull the sun visor down to block

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 55

Seats and Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .

Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual